Green v. County School Board of New Kent County, Virginia Briefs and Appendices
Public Court Documents
January 1, 1967
Cite this item
-
Brief Collection, LDF Court Filings. Green v. County School Board of New Kent County, Virginia Briefs and Appendices, 1967. 1f9d68e0-c99a-ee11-be36-6045bdeb8873. LDF Archives, Thurgood Marshall Institute. https://ldfrecollection.org/archives/archives-search/archives-item/0f262c12-02db-4962-9c91-d707af92c655/green-v-county-school-board-of-new-kent-county-virginia-briefs-and-appendices. Accessed November 01, 2025.
Copied!
L ©REE;
V, IV.
( W / O f K G O i ,
3 0 \. : 0 1
ME'W iVENl
C 0 :" v'i'Y
BRIEFS &
PPENDICi
I n th e
isrtprnne (Enurt of tĥ HXmUb Elates
O ctober T eem , 1967
No. 695
Charles C. G reen, et al.,
—v.—
Petitioners,
County S chool B oard of N ew K en t C ounty ,
V irginia, et al.
ON W R IT OF CERTIORARI TO T H E U N ITED STATES
COURT OF APPEALS FOR T H E FO U R TH CIRCU IT
BRIEF FOR THE PETITIONERS
J ack Greenberg
J ames M. Nabrit, III
F ran k lin E. W h ite
10 Columbus Circle
New York, New York 10019
S. W. T ucker
H enry L. M arsh , III
214 East Clay Street
Richmond, Virginia
Attorneys for Petitioners
Of Counsel:
M ichael M eltsner
M ichael J. H enry
I N D E X
Citations to Opinions Below .......................................... 1
Jurisdiction .................................. 1
Question Presented .................................................. 2
Constitutional Provision Involved ........... 2
Statement .................................................. 2
I. The Pleadings .................................. 2
II. The Plan Adopted by the B oard ...................... 4
III. The Evidence ....................................................... 5
IV. The District Court’s Decision............................ 8
V. The Court of Appeals’ Opinion....................... 8
Summary of Argument................................................... 11
A rgument :
I. Introduction ........................................................ 13
II. A Freedom of Choice Plan Is Constitutionally
Unacceptable Where There Are Other Meth
ods, No More Difficult to Administer, Which
Would More Speedily Disestablish the Dual
System......................................................... 27
PAGE
11
A. The Obligation of a School Board Under
Brown v. Board of Education Is to Dises
tablish the Dual School System and to
Achieve a Unitary, Non-racial System ..... 28
1. The Fourth Circuit’s Adherence to
Briggs .............................. 28
2. Brown Contemplated Complete Reor
ganization .................................................. 30
3. Case and Statutory Law ...................... 32
4. Equitable Analogies ......................... 38
5. Summary .......................... 39
III. The Record Clearly Shows That a Freedom
of Choice Plan Was Not Likely to Disestab
lish, and Has Not Disestablished, the Dual
School System and That a Geographic Zone
Plan or Consolidation Would Immediately
Have Produced Substantial Desegregation .... 41
Co n c l u sio n ......................................................................... 50
TABLE OF CASES
American Enka Corp. v. N. L. R. B., 119 F. 2d 60 (4th
Cir. 1941) ..................... 39
Anderson v. Martin, 375 U. S. 399 ................................ 42n
Board of Education of Oklahoma City Public Schools
v. Dowell, 372 F. 2d 158 (10th Cir. 1967) ............. 37
Bolling v. Sharpe, 347 U. S. 497 ...... 30
PAGE
I ll
Borders v. Flippy, 247 F. 2d 268, 271 (5th Cir., 1957) .. 28n
Boson v. Bippy, 285 F. 2d 43, 48 (5th Cir., 1960) ....... 28n
Bowman v. County School Board of Charles City
County, Va., 382 F. 2d 326 (4th Cir. 1967) ............... 9n
Bradley v. School Board of the City of Richmond, 382
U. S. 103 ......................... ................................... 18n, 27n, 30
Braxton v. Board of Public Instruction of Duval
County, Florida, No. 4598 (M. D. Fla.), January 24,
1967 ................................................................................ 49n
Briggs v. Elliot, 132 F. Supp. 776 (E. D. S. C. 1955) ..28, 33
Brown v. Board of Education, 347 U. S. 483, 349 U. S.
294 ................................................... 4n, 13,15n, 21, 30, 31,47
Burton v. Wilmington Parking Authority, 365 U. S.
715 .......................... ................................... ................... 42n
Calhoun v. Latimer, 377 U. S. 263 .............................. 30n
Carpenter v. Steel Co., 76 NLRB 670 (1948) ............... 39
Clark v. Board of Education, Little Rock School Dis
trict, 369 F. 2d 661 (8th Cir. 1966) .......................... 48n
Cooper v. Aaron, 358 U. S. 1 ......................................30, 31n
Coppedge v. Franklin County Board of Education,
273 F. Supp. 289 (E. D. N. C. 1967) ...................... 23n, 49n
Corbin v. County School Board of Loudon County,
Virginia, C. A. No. 2737, August 27, 1967 ............... 49n
Dove v. Parham, 282 F. 2d 256 (8th Cir. 1960) ........... 15n
Evans v. Ennis, 281 F. 2d 385 (3rd Cir. 1960) ........... 37
Farley v. Turner, 281 F. 2d 131 (4th Cir.) .................. 16
Franklin v. County School Board of Giles County,
Va., 242 F. Supp. 371 (W. D. Va. 1965) reversed
360 F. 2d 325 (4th Cir. 1966) ...................................... 17n
PAGE
IV
Gibson v. Board of Public Instruction of Dade County,
272 F. 2d 763 (5th Cir. 1959) .................................... 15n
Gilliam v. School Board of the City of Hopewell, Va.,
345 F. 2d 325 (4th Cir. 1965) remanded 382 U. S.
103 (1965) ..................................................................... 17n
Goss v. Board of Education, 373 U. S. 683 .......30n, 42n, 43n
Green v. County School Board of the City of Roanoke,
304 F. 2d 118 (4th Cir. 1962) ...................................... 17
Griffin v. County School Board of Prince Edward
County, 377 U. S. 218 (1964) ..................................27n, 30n
Hamm v. County School Board of Arlington County,
264 F. 2d 945 (4th Cir. 1960) .................................... 16n
Harrison v. Day, 200 Va. 439, 106 S. E. 2d 636 ........... 16n
James v. Almond, 170 F. Supp. 331 (E. D. Va. 1959) .. 16n
Jeffers v. Whitley, 309 F. 2d 621 (4th Cir., 1962) ....... 28n
Kelley v. Altheimer Arkansas Public School District,
378 F. 2d 483 (8th Cir., 1967) ..................................36, 46n
Kelley v. Board of Education of the City of Nashville,
270 F. 2d 209 (6th Cir., 1959) ................................28n, 33n
Kemp v. Beasley, 352 F. 2d 14 (8th Cir. 1965) ........... 36
Kemp v. Beasley, — F. 2d ------ , No. 19017 (8th
Cir. Jan. 9, 1968) ............................................... 37n, 43n, 44
Lane v. Wilson, 307 U. S. 268 ........................................ 46n
Louisiana v. United States, 380 U. S. 145 .................. 38,47
Manning v. Board of Public Instruction of Hillsboro
County, 277 F. 2d 370 (5th Cir., 1960)
PAGE
15n
V
Marsh v. County School Board of Roanoke County,
Va., 305 F. 2d 94 (4th Cir., 1962) .............................. 17
Mason v. Jessamine County Board of Education, 8
Race Rel. L. Rep. 530 (E. D. Ky. 1963) ................... 49n
Monroe v. Board of Commissioners of the City of
Jackson, Tenn., 380 F. 2d 955 (6th Cir. 1967) cert.
granted, No. 740 ( 0. T. 1967) ..._............................. 13, 33n
Moses v. Washington Parish School Board, ------ F.
Supp.------ (E. D. La. Oct. 19, 1967) ..................14n, 19,49n
N. A. A. C. P. v. Patty, 159 F. Supp. 503 ...................... 16n
N. L. R. B. v. Newport News Shipbuilding and Dry
Dock Co., 308 U. S. 241 ....... .................................. . 39
Northcross v. Board of Education of the City of Mem
phis, 302 F. 2d 818 (6th Cir., 1962) .......................... 15n
Norwegian Nitrogen Products Co. v. United States,
288 U. S. 294 ................................................................ 32n
Pettaway v. County School Board of Surry County,
Va., 230 F. Supp. 480 (E. D. Va. 1964), modified
and remanded, 339 F. 2d 486 (4th Cir.) ...................
Porter v. Warner Holding Co., 328 U. S. 395 ...........
Raney v. The Board of Education of the Gould School
District, 381 F. 2d 252 (8th Cir. 1967), cert, granted,
PAGE
No. 805 ................... .....................................................13, 36n
Reitman v. Midkey, 18 L. ed. 831 .................................. 42n
Robinson v. Florida, 378 U. S. 153 ..................... ........ 42n
Rogers v. Paul, 382 U. S. 198 ....................................30n, 48n
17n
38
Schine Chain Theatres v. United States, 334 U. S. 110 38
School Board of City of Charlottesville v. Allen, 263
F. 2d 295 (4th Cir. 1959) ............................................. 16n
vi
Singleton v. Jackson Municipal Separate School Dis
trict, 348 F. 2d 729 (5th Cir. 1965) .......................... 35n
Singleton v. Jackson Municipal Separate School Dis
trict, 355 F. 2d 865 (5th Cir. 1966) ...................... 18n, 35n
Skidmore v. Swift & Co., 323 U. S. 134 ...................... 32n
Sperry Gyroscope Co. Inc. v. NLRB, 129 F. 2d 922,
931-932 (2d Cir. 1942) ................................................. 39
Swann v. Charlotte Mecklenburg Board of Education,
369 F. 2d 29 (4th Cir. 1966) ...................................... 30n
United States v. American Trucking Associations,
Inc., 310 U. S. 534 ..................... .................................. 32n
United States v. Crescent Amusement Co., 323 U. S.
173 ............ 38
United States v. County School Board of Prince
George County, Va., 221 F. Supp. 93, 105 (E. D.
Va. 1963) ........... 17n
United States v. Jefferson County Board of Educa
tion, 372 F. 2d 836, aff’d with modifications on re
hearing en banc, 380 F. 2d 385, cert, denied sub nom.
Caddo Parish School Board v. United States, 389
U. S. 840, 19 L. ed. 103 (1967) ...............4n, 9 ,18n, 33, 46n
United States v. Standard Oil Co., 221 TJ. S. 1 ........... 38
Vick v. Board of Education of Obion County, 205 F.
Snpp. 436 (W. D. Tenn. 1962) .................................. 28n
PAGE
Watson v. Memphis, 373 U. S. 526 27n
STATUTES
Code of Va., 1950 (1964 Replacement Vol.)
v ii
PAGE
§22.232.1 .... ................. ,.............................................6 ,16n
§22.232.6 .................................................................... 6
§22.232.20 ................................................................... 6
45 C. F. R. Part 181 .....................................................22, 32n
Civil Rights Act of 1964, 78 Stat. 241 .......................... 3, 32n
28 U. S. C. §1331 ............................................................. 3n
28 U. S. C. §1343 ...................... 3n
42 U. S. C. §1981 .............. ................................................ 3n
42 U. S. C. §1983 ............................................................. 3n
42 U. S. C. §2000-c .......... ..... ......................................... 32n
42 U. S. C. §2000-d ....... .................................................. 32n
OTHER AUTHORITIES
Black, The Supreme Court, 1966 Term—Foreword:
“ State Action,” Equal Protection and California’s
Proposition 14, 81 Harv. L. Rev. 69 (1967) ............... 42n
Campbell, Cunningham and McPhee, The Organiza
tion and Control of American Schools, 1965 ........13n, 14n
Conant, The American High School Today (1959) .... 44
Dunn, Title VI, The Guidelines and School Desegre
gation in the South, 53 Va. L. Rev. 42 (1967) .......30n, 32n
Equality of Educational Opportunity: A Report of
the Office of Education of the United States Depart
ment of Health, Education and W elfare.................. 21n
Vlll
Meador, The Constitution and the Assignment of
Pupils to Public Schools, 45 Va. L. Rev. 517 (1959) 14
Mizell, The South Has Genuflected and Held on to
Tokenism, Southern Education Report, Vol. 3, No.
6 ...................................................................................... 23n
Note, The Courts, HEW and Southern School Deseg
regation, 77 Yale L. J. 321 (1967) ......................... . 32n
Racial Isolation in the Public Schools, Volume I :
A Report of the United States Commission on Civil
Rights 1967 ................................................. 27n
Revised Statement of Policies for School Desegrega
tion Plans Under Title VI of the Civil Rights Act
of 1964 ............................................... 22
Southern School Desegregation, 1966-67, a Report
of the U. S. Commission on Civil Rights, July,
1967 ...............................................................15n, 24n, 26,48n
Survey of School Desegregation in the Southern and
Border States, 1965-1966, U. S. Commission on Civil
Rights, February, 1966 ..................................16n, 18n, 24n
U. S. Bureau of the Census. U. S. Census of Popula
tion: I960 General Population Characteristics, Vir
ginia. Final Report PC (1)-48B
PAGE
5n
I n the
(tort of tlj£ United States
O ctober T erm , 1967
No. 695
Charles C. Green , et al.,
Petitioners,
County S chool B oard of N ew K ent Cou nty ,
V irginia, et al.
ON W R IT OF CERTIORARI TO T H E U N ITED STATES
COURT OF APPEALS FOR T H E FO U R TH CIRCUIT
BRIEF FOR THE PETITIONERS
Citations to Opinions Below
The District Court filed memorandum opinions on May
17,1966 and June 28, 1966. Both, unreported, are reprinted
appendix at pp. 47-48a and 53-61a. The June 12, 1967 Court
of Appeals opinions, reprinted appendix pp. 63-89a, are
reported at 382 F. 2d 326 and 338.
Jurisdiction
The judgment of the Court of Appeals was entered
June 12, 1967, appendix p. 90a. Mr. Justice Black, on
September 8, 1967, extended time for filing the petition for
2
writ of certiorari until October 10, 1967 (91a). The petition
for certiorari was filed October 9, 1967 and was granted
December 11, 1967 (92a). The jurisdiction of this Court
is invoked under 28 U. S. C. Section 1254(1).
Question Presented
Whether—13 years after Brown v. Board of Education—
a school board discharges its obligation to conduct a unitary
non-racial school system, by adopting a freedom of choice
desegregation plan, where the evidence shows that such plan
is not likely to disestablish the dual system and where
there are other methods, no more difficult to administer,
which would immediately produce substantial desegrega
tion.
Constitutional Provision Involved
This case involves Section I of the Fourteenth Amend
ment to the Constitution of the United States.
Statement
Petitioners seek review of the constitutional adequacy
of a freedom of choice desegregation plan adopted by
defendant School Board and approved by the Court below
en banc. Judges Sobeloff and Winter disagreeing with the
majority opinion.
I. The Pleadings
Petitioners, Negro parents and children of New Kent
County, Virginia, filed on March 15, 1965, in the United
States District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia,
3
a class action seeking injunctive relief against the main
tenance of separate schools for the races. The complaint
named as defendants the County School Board, its indi
vidual members, and the Superintendent of Schools.1
The defendants filed, on April 5, 1965, a Motion to Dis
miss the complaint on the sole ground that it failed to state
a claim upon which relief could he granted (13a). In an
order entered on May 5, 1965, the district court deferred
ruling on the motion and directed the defendants to file
an answer by June 1, 1965 (14a). Defendants answered as
serting that plaintiffs were permitted under existing policy
(the pupil placement law) to attend the school of their
choice without regard to race, subject only to limitations
of space and denied that the court had jurisdiction to grant
any of the relief prayed (21-22a).
Thereafter, to comply with Title VI of the Civil Rights
Act of 1964, 78 Stat. 241, and regulations of the United
States Department of Health, Education and Welfare, the
New Kent County School Board, on August 2,1965, adopted
a freedom of choice desegregation plan (to be placed into
effect in the 1966-67 school year) and on May 10, 1966 filed
copies thereof with the District Court.
1 The action was filed pursuant to 28 U. S. C. §1331 and §1343,
and 42 U. S. C. §1981 and §1983. The complaint alleged that
(7-8a):
Notwithstanding the holding and admonitions in Brown v.
Board of Education, 347 U. S. 483 (1954) and 349 U. S. 294
(1955), the defendant school board maintains and operates a
biracial school system. . . .
[that the defendants] ha[d] not devoted efforts toward initiat
ing non-segregation in the public school system, [and had failed
to make] a reasonable start to effectuate a transition to a
racially non-discriminatory school system as under paramount
law it [was] their duty to do.
4
II. The Plan Adopted by the Board
The plan provides essentially for “permissive transfers”
for 10 of the 12 grades. Only students eligible to enter
grades one and eight are required to exercise a choice of
schools. It provides further that “ any student in grades
other than grades one and eight for whom a choice is not ob
tained will be assigned to the school he is now attending.” 2
It states that no choice will be denied other than for over
crowding in which case students living nearest the school
chosen will be given preference (34-40a).
2 By failing to require, at least in its initial year, that every stu
dent make a choice, the plan permits some students to be assigned
under the former dual assignment system until approximately 1973.
Under the plan students entering other than grades one or eight
who do not exercise a choice are assigned to the school they are
then attending. Thus, a student, who began school in fall, 1965,
one year before the plan went into effect and wras therefore assigned
to a school previously maintained for his race would, unless he
affirmatively exercised a choice to go elsevffiere, be reassigned there
for the remainder of his elementary school years. Similarly, stu
dents who entered high school prior to 1966-67 under the old dual
assignment system, would, unless they took affirmative action to
transfer elsewhere, be reassigned to that school until graduation.
The plan, then, permits some students (those who began at a school
before it went into effect) to be reassigned for as long as up to
seven years (in the case of a first grader) to schools to which they
originally had been assigned on the basis of race. It need hardly
be said that such a plan— one which fails immediately to abolish
continued racial assignments or reassignments— may not stand
under Brown v. Board of Education, 347 U. S. 483 and 349 U. S.
294. The Fifth Circuit has rejected plans having that effect. See
United States v. Jefferson County Board of Education, 372 F. 2d
836, 890-891, aff’d with modifications on rehearing en banc, 380 F.
2d 385, cert, denied sub nom. Caddo Parish School Board v. United
States, 389 U. S. 840, 19 L. Ed. 2d 103. We point this out only to
fully describe the workings of the plan. For overturning the deci
sion below on this ground would be insufficient to protect petitioners’
rights. As we more fully develop later what is objectionable about
this plan is its employment of free choice assignment provisions to
perpetuate segregation in an area, where, because of the lack of
residential segregation, it could not otherwise result.
5
III. The Evidence
New Kent is a rural county in Eastern Virginia, east
of the City of Richmond. There is no residential segrega
tion; both races are diffused generally throughout the
county3 (cf. PX “ A ” and “B ” ; see also the opinion of
Judge Sobeloff at pp. 72a, 23a).4 There are only two public
schools in the county: New Kent, the formerly all-white
combined elementary and high school, and George W.
Watkins, an all-Negro combined elementary and high school.
Students'.5 During the 1964-1965 school year some 1291
students (approximately 739 Negroes, 552 whites) were
enrolled in the school system. There tvere no attendance
zones. Each school served the entire county. Eleven Negro
buses canvassed the entire county to deliver 710 of the
740 Negro pupils to Watkins, located in the western half
of the county. Ten buses transported almost all of the
550 white pupils to New Kent in the eastern half (see PX
“A ” and “B ” and 24a, no. 4).
As the following table6 indicates, the Negro school was
more overcrowded and had a substantially higher pupil-
teacher ratio, and larger class sizes than the white school:
3 The Census reports show that the Negro population was sub
stantially the same in each of the four magisterial districts in New
Kent County: Black Creek— 479, Cumberland— 637, St. Peters—
633, and Weir Creek— 565. See U. S. Bureau of the Census. XJ. S.
Census of Population: 1960 General Population Characteristics,
Virginia. Pinal Report PC(1)-48B.
4 The prefix “ P X ” refers to plaintiffs’ exhibits. Exhibits “ A ” and
“B” show the bus routes for each of the two county schools. Because
of the difficulty in doing so, they have not been reproduced in the
appendix. Each exhibit shows the routes travelled by the various
buses bringing children to that particular school. Each school is
served by buses that traverse all areas of the county.
5 The information that follows was obtained from defendants’ an
swers to plaintiffs’ interrogatories (23-33a).
6 The data was compiled from 23-33a, in particular nos. 1-c, 1-f,
1-g, and 4.
6
N am e o f School
P up il-
T eacher
R a tio
A v era g e
Class
Size
O vercrow d in g
V arian ce
P rom
C ap acity
(E lem .
Grades
N um ber
B uses
A vera ge
Pupils
Per Bus
New Kent
(white) 1-12 ....... 22 21 + 3 7 ( 9 % ) 10 54.8
George W. Watkins
(Negro) 1-12 28 26 + 118 (28% ) u 64.5
From 1956 through the 1965-66 school year, school assign
ments of New Kent pupils were governed by the Virginia
Pupil Placement Act, §22-232.1 et seq. Code of Virginia,
1950 (1964 Replacement Volume), repealed by Acts of
Assembly, 1966, c. 590, under which any pupil could request
assignment to any school in the county; children making no
request were assigned to the school previously maintained
for their race.7 The free choice plan the Board adopted
in August, 1965 was not placed into effect until the 1966-
1967 school year by which time it had been approved by the
district court.
Despite their rights under the pupil placement procedure,
up to and including the 1964-1965 school year no Negro
pupil ever sought admission to New Kent and no white
7 Section 22-232.20 provided in part:
“ . . . any child who wishes to attend a school other than the
school which he attended the previous year shall not be eligible
for placement in a particular school unless application is made
therefor . . . ”
Section 22-232.6 provided:
“After December 29, 1956, each school child who has heretofore
attended a public school and who has not moved from the
county, city or town in which he resided while attending such
school shall attend the same school which he last attended until
graduation therefrom unless enrolled for good cause shown, in
a different school by the Pupil Placement Board.”
7
pupil ever sought admission to Watkins (25a, no. 7). Al
though, as the following table shows, some Negro students
have since chosen to attend New Kent, no white pupil has
ever attended Watkins:
S t u d e n t B o d y b y R a c e 8
Y ear
White
N ew K ent
Negro Other White
W a tk in s
Negro Other
1964-65 ..... ..... 552 0 0 0 739 0
1965-66 ...... ... 555 35 0 0 691 0
1966-67 ...... .... 517 111 0 0 628 0
1967-68 .......... 519 115 10 0 621 0
Thus, as late as 13 years after the decision in Brown,
85% of the Negro students in the county attend school only
with other Negroes.
Faculty. Teachers’ contracts are for one year only. Until
the 1966-67 school year, the Board adhered to a policy of
assigning only white teachers to New Kent and only Negro
teachers to Watkins. Despite the declarations of the Board,
its policy has remained essentially unchanged as the fol
lowing table shows:
F a c u l t y C o m p o s it io n b y R a c e 8 9
N ew K ent W a tk in s
White Negro White Negro
1964- 65 ____ ___ 26 0 0 26
1965- 66 _______ 26 0 0 27
1966- 67 ____ 28.4 .4 0 27
1967- 68 _______ 28 .2 1 29.8
8 The record in this case, like the records in all school desegrega
tion cases, is necessarily stale by the time it reaches this Court. In
this case the 1964-65 school year was the last year for which the
record supplied desegregation statistics. Information regarding stu
dent and faculty desegregation during the 1965-66, 1966-67 and
1967-68 school years was obtained from official documents, available
for public inspection, maintained by the United States Department
of Health, Education and Welfare. Certified copies thereof and an
accompanying affidavit have been filed with this Court and served
upon opposing counsel.
9 This information is taken from the H EW documents referred
to in Note 8, supra, and from number 1-f on 24a. Principals, li
brarians and other non-teaching personnel are not included.
8
In sum, during the current year, 1967-68, faculty in
tegration consists of the assignment of one full-time white
(of a total of 30.8 teachers) to Watkins and one part-time
(the equivalent of one day each week) Negro teacher to
New Kent. All the full-time teachers at that school are
stili white.
IV. The District Court’s Decision
On May 4, 1966, the case was tried before the District
Judge, Hon. John D. Butzner, Jr., who, on May 17, 1966,
entered a memorandum opinion and order: (a) denying
defendants’ motion to dismiss, and (b) deferring approval
of the plan pending the filing by the defendants of “ an
amendment to the plan [which would provide] for em
ployment and assignment of staff on a non-racial basis”
(47-49a).
The Board filed on June 6, 1966, a supplement to its
plan dealing with school faculties (50a). On June 10, 1966,
plaintiffs filed exceptions to the supplement contending
(a) that the supplement failed to provide sufficiently for
faculty and staff desegregation, and (b) that plaintiffs
would continue to be denied constitutional rights under
the freedom of choice plan and that the defendants should
be required to assign students pursuant to geographic
attendance areas (52a).
On June 28, 1966, the district court entered a memo
randum opinion and an order approving the freedom of
choice plan as amended (53-62a).
V. The Court of Appeals’ Opinion
On appeal to the Court of Appeals for the Fourth Cir
cuit petitioners contended that in view of the circum
9
stances in the county, the freedom of choice plan adopted
by the defendants was the method least likely to accomplish
desegregation and that the district court erred in ap
proving it.
On June 12, 1967, the Court, en banc, affirmed the dis
trict court’s approval of the freedom of choice assign
ment provisions of the plan, but remanded the case for
entry of an order regarding faculty “which is much more
specific and more comprehensive” and which would in
corporate in addition to a “minimal objective time table,”
some of the faculty provisions of the decree entered by
the Fifth Circuit in United States v. Jefferson County
Board of Education, supra (70-71a).
Judges Sobeloff and Winter concurred specially with
respect to the remand on the teacher issue but disagreed
on other aspects. Said Judge Sobeloff (71-72a) :10
I think that the District Court should be directed not
only to incorporate an objective time table in the
School Board’s plans for faculty desegregation, but
also to set up procedures for periodically evaluating
the effectiveness of the Boards’ “freedom-of-choice”
plans in the elimination of other features of a segre
gated school system.
# * # * #
. . . Since the Board’s “ Freedom-of-choice” plan has
now been in effect for two years as to grades 1, 2,
8, 9, 10, 11 and 12 and one year as to all other grades,
10 This case was decided together with a companion case Bowman
v. County School Board of Charles City County, Virginia, No.
10793, for which no review is sought. While the opinion discussed
herein was rendered in the Charles City ease, it was expressly made
applicable to New Kent (64 a ); similarly Judge Sobeloff stated that
his opinion in Charles City applied to New Kent (p. 71a). The
opinion in the Charles City case is at 65-89a.
10
clearly this court’s remand should embrace an order
requiring an evaluation of the success of the plan’s
operation over that time span, not only as to faculty
but as to pupil integration as well (73a).
While they did not hold, as petitioners had ui’ged, that the
peculiar conditions in the county made freedom of choice
constitutionally unacceptable as a tool for desegregation
they recognized that it was utilized to maintain segregation
(76-77a) :
As it is, the plans manifestly perpetuate discrimina
tion. In view of the situation found in New Kent
County, where there is no residential segregation, the
elimination of the dual school system and the establish
ment of a “unitary, non-racial system” could be readily
achieved with a minimum of administrative difficulty
by means of geographic zoning-—simply by assigning
students living in the eastern half of the county to
the New Kent School and those living in the western
half of the county to the Watkins School. Although a
geographical formula is not universally appropriate,
it is evident that here the Board, by separately busing
Negro children across the entire county to the “ Negro”
school, and the white children to the “ white” school, is
deliberately maintaining a segregated system which
would vanish with non-racial geographic zoning. The
conditions in this county represent a classical case for
this expedient. (Emphasis added.)
While the majority implied that freedom of choice was
acceptable regardless of result, Judges Sobeloff and Winter
stated the test thus (79a):
11
“ Freedom of choice” is not a sacred talisman; it is only
a means to a constitutionally required end—the aboli
tion of the system of segregation and its effects. If
the means prove effective, it is acceptable, but if it
fails to undo segregation, other means must be used
to achieve this end.
SUMMARY OF ARGUMENT
Brown condemned not only compulsory racial assign
ments of public school children, but required “ a transition
to a racially non-discriminatory system.” That goal is not
achieved if some schools are still maintained or identifiable
as being for Negroes and others for whites. It cannot be
achieved until the racial identification of schools, con
sciously imposed by the state during the era of enforced
segregation, has been erased. The specific direction in
Brown II and general equitable principles require that
school districts formerly segregated by law, employ af
firmative action to achieve this end.
If the time for deliberate speed has indeed ended, as this
Court has said (Note 38, infra), lower courts must now
fashion decrees which, consistent with educational and
equitable principles, will speedily and effectively disestab
lish the dual system thereby achieving the unitary non-
racial system mandated by the Constitution. That was not
done here.
Freedom of choice desegregation plans typically leave the
dual system undisturbed. The overwhelming majority of
school districts in Brown-affected states have adopted
such plans (Note 18, infra) and available statistics demon
1 2
strate that they have not disestablished the dual system
(infra, pp. 26-27). At best, such plans leave one segment,
the Negro segment, intact (Ibid.). Yet, most, but not all,
lower courts have not responded to the obvious: such plans
are not only wasteful and inefficient, but by nature are in
capable of effectuating that transition.
Lengthy related experience under the Virginia Pupil
Placement Law demonstrated that plans under which stu
dents assign themselves were not likely to disestablish the
dual system in New Kent County. Petitioners, moreover,
furnished uncontradicted evidence that another method,
more feasible to administer would immediately disestab
lish the dual system. Nonetheless, the Board failed to offer
any reasons justifying delay in achieving a unitary non-
racial system. There was no suggestion that administra
tive difficulties would preclude the division of the county
into two school attendance areas or the assignment of
elementary school pupils to one school and high school
students to the other.
Where alternative means of immediate accomplish
ment of a unitary non-racial school system are so readily
available, judicial approval of free choice is constitution
ally impermissible.
13
A R G U M E N T
I.
Introduction
The question here is whether in the late sixties, a full
generation of public school children after Brown v. Board
of E d u c a t io n school boards may employ so-called free
dom of choice desegregation plans which perpetuate ra
cially identifiable schools, where other methods, equally or
more feasible to administer, will more speedily disestab
lish the dual systems.
Other plans or programs, similarly ineffective where
adopted, are under review in Monroe v. Board of Com
missioners of the City of Jackson, Term., No. 740, and
Raney v. The Board of Education of the Gould School
District, No. 805.11 12 The controversies in all three cases
concern the precise point at which a school board has ful
filled its obligations under Brown; and all three present
for determination the question whether school districts for
merly segregated by law must employ affirmative action
to erase state-imposed racial identification of their schools.
The most marked and widespread innovation in school
administration in southern and border states in the last
fifty years has been the change in pupil assignment method
in the years since Brown,13 from geographic attendance
11 347 U. S. 483 (Brown I ) ■ 349 U. S. 294 (Brown II) .
12 All three cases will be argued together. See 36 U. S. L. W. 3286
(U. S. Jan. 15,1968).
13 See generally, Campbell, Cunningham and McPhee, The Or
ganization and Control of American Schools, 1965. ( “As a conse
quence of [Brown v. Board of Education, supra], the question of at
tendance areas has become one of the most significant issues in
American education of this Century” (at 136).)
14
zones to so-called “ free choice.” Prior to Brown, systems
in the north and south, with rare exception, assigned pupils
by zone lines around each school.14
Under an attendance zone system, unless a transfer is
granted for some special reason, students living in the zone
of the school serving their grade would attend that school.
Prior to the relatively recent controversy concerning seg
regation in large urban systems, assignment by geographic
attendance zones was viewed as the soundest method of
pupil assignment. This was not without good reason; for
placing children in the school nearest their home would
often eliminate the need for transportation, encourage the
use of schools as community centers and generally facili
tate planning for expanding school populations.15
In states where separate systems were required by law,
this method was implemented by drawing around each
white school attendance zones for whites in the area, and
around each Negro school zones for Negroes. In many
14 “ In the days before the impact of the Brown decision began to
be felt, pupils were assigned to the school (corresponding, of course
to the color of the pupils’ skin) nearest their homes; once the school
zones and maps had been drawn up, nothing remained but to in
form the community of the structure of the zone boundaries.” Ven-
trees Moses v. Washington Parish School Board,------ P. Supp._____
(slip op. 15-16) (E. D. La. 1967), discussed infra, p. 19. See also
Meador, The Constitution and the Assignment of Pwpils to Public
School, 4o Va. L. Rev. 517 (1959), “until now the matter has been
handled rather routinely almost everywhere by marking off geo
graphical attendance areas for the various buildings. In the South,
however, coupled with this method has been the factor of race.”
15 Campbell, Cunningham and McPhee, supra, Note 13 at 133-
144.
By showing that zone assignment was the norm prior to Brown,
we intend merely to indicate the background against which free
choice was developed. We do not suggest that the use of zones is
always the most desirable method of pupil assignment.
15
areas, as in the ease before the Court where the entire
county was a zone, lines overlapped because there was no
residential segregation. Thus, in most southern school dis
tricts, school assignment was largely a function of three
factors: race, proximity and convenience.
After Brown, southern school boards were faced with
the problem of “ effectuating a transition to a racially non-
discriminatory system” (Brown II at 301). The easiest
method, administratively, was to convert the dual attend
ance zones into single attendance zones, without regard
to race, so that assignment of all students would depend
only on proximity and convenience.16 With rare exception,
however, southern school boards, when finally forced to
begin desegregation, rejected this relatively simple method
in favor of the complex and discriminatory procedures of
pupil placement laws and, when those were invalidated,17
switched to what has in practice worked the same way—
so-called free choice.18
16 Indeed, it was to this method that this Court alluded in Brown
II when it stated “ ft] o that end, the courts may consider problems
related to administration, arising from . . . revision of school dis
tricts and attendance areas into compact units to achieve a system
of determining admission to the public schools on a non-racial basis”
(349 U. S. at 300-301).
17 For cases invalidating or disapproving such laws, see North-
cross v. Board of Education of the City of Memphis, 302 F. 2d 818
(6th Cir., 1962); Gibson v. Board of Public Instruction of Dade
County, 272 F. 2d 763 (5th Cir., 1959) ; Manning v. Board of
Public Instruction of Hillsboro County, 277 F. 2d 370 (5th Cir.,
1960); Dove v. Parham, 282 F. 2d 256 (8th Cir., 1960).
18 According to the Civil Rights Commission, the vast majority of
school districts in the south use freedom of choice plans. See
Southern School Desegregation, 1966-67, A Report of the U. S.
Commission on Civil Rights, July, 1967. The report states, at pp.
45-46:
Free choice plans are favored overwhelmingly by the 1,787
sehool districts desegregating under voluntary plans. A ll such
16
In Virginia, the freedom of choice concept was resorted
to after the state’s “ massive resistance” 19 measures had
failed.20 The Pupil Placement Board, first created by legis
lation approved September 29, 195621 placed no Negro child
in any white school until after the June 28, 1960 decision in
Farley v. Turner, 281 F. 2d 131 (4th Cir.). During the
next two years, 1960-61 and 1961-62, that board conducted
individual hearings in the cases of those Negro children
and their families who, having protested against assign
ments to Negro schools and having had the fact of such
districts in Alabama, Mississippi, and South Carolina, without
exception, and 83% of such districts in Georgia have adopted
free choice plans. . . .
The great majority of districts under court order also are
employing “ freedom of choice.”
See also Survey of School Desegregation in the Southern and
Border States, 1965-1966, United States Commission on Civil
Rights, February, 1966, at p. 47.
19 In National Association for the Advancement of Colored Peo
ple v. Patty, 159 F. Supp. 503, 511, Judge Soper discusses the
legislative history of the massive resistance program.
20 The State statute requiring the closing of any public school
wherein both white and Negro children might otherwise be enrolled
was invalidated on January 19, 1959 in Harrison v. Day, 200 Va.
439,106 S. E. 2d 636. See also, Janies v. Almond, 170 F. Supp. 331
(E. D. Va. 1959) (three-judge cou rt); but not until after one or
more schools had been closed in Norfolk (see James v. Almond, 170
F. Supp. 331) (E. D. Va. 1959), in Charlottesville (see School
Board of City of Charlottesville v, Allen, 263 F. 2d 295 (4th Cir.
1959)) and in Warren County (see Governor’s proclamation re
ported in 3 Race Rel. L. Rep. 972); and the threat of closed schools
had effectively deterred desegregation in Arlington County (see
Hamm v. County School Board of Arlington County, 264 F. 2d 945,
946 (4th Cir. I960)).
21 Chapter 70, Acts of Assembly, 1956, Extra Session, codified as
§22-232.1 et seq. of the Code of Virginia 1950, 1964 Repl. Vol.
(repealed by Acts 1966, c. 590).
17
protest publicized in the local newspaper, were subjected
to tests and other criteria not required of white children.
The unconstitutionality of such discriminatory practices
was declared in Green v. School Board of the City of
Roanoke, 304 F. 2d 118 (4th Cir. 1962) and Marsh v. County
School Board of Roanoke County, 305 F. 2d 94 (4th Cir.
1962). Thereafter,22 the timely applications for the assign
ment of Negro children to named schools attended by their
white neighbors were routinely granted23 except in a few
communities where boundaries for school attendance zones
have been drawn around racially segregated residential
areas.24
Under so-called free choice students are allowed to at
tend the school of their choice. Most often they are per
mitted to choose any school in the system. In some areas,
they are permitted to choose only either the previously
all-Negro or previously all-white school in a limited geo
graphic area. Not only are such plans more difficult to
administer (choice forms have to be processed and stand
ards developed for passing on them, with provision for
22 See United States v. County School Board of Prince George
County, Va., 221 F. Supp. 93, i05 (E. D. Ya. 1963), viz.: “ The
Pupil Placement Board suggested in oral argument that this suit
is premature because recently the Board has adopted a policy of
assigning Negro applicants to schools attended by white children
without regard to academic achievement or residence requirements
different from those required of white children.” (Emphasis
added.)
23 See, e.g., Pettaway v. County School Board of Surry County,
Virginia, 230 F. Supp. 480 (E. D. Va. 1964), modified and re
manded, 339 F. 2d 486 (4th C ir .) ; Franklin v. County School
Board of Giles County, Virginia, 242 F. Supp. 371 (W. D. Va.
1965) reversed 360 F. 2d 325 (4th Cir. 1966).
24 See, e.g., Gilliam v. School Board of the City of Hopewell,
Virginia, 345 F. 2d 325 (4th Cir. 1965), remanded 382 U. S. 103
(1965).
18
notice of the right to choose and for dealing with students
who fail to exercise a choice),25 they are, in addition,—as
experience demonstrates ( in fra pp. 25-27)— far less likely
to disestablish the dual system.
25 Section II of the decree appended by the United States Court
of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit, to its recent decision in United
States v. Jefferson County Board of Education, 372 F. 2d 836, aff’d
with modification on rehearing en banc, 380 F. 2d 385, cert, denied
sub norn. Caddo Parish School Board v. United States, 389 U. S.
840, 19 L. Ed. 2d 103, shows the complexity of such plans. That
Court had previously described such plans as a “ haphazard basis”
for the administration of schools. Singleton v. Jackson Municipal
Separate School District, 355 F. 2d 865, 871 (5th Cir. 1966).
Under such plans generally, and under the plan in this case,
school officials are required to mail (or deliver by way of the
students) letters to the parents informing them of their rights to
choose within a designated period, compile and analyze the forms
returned, grant and deny choices, notify students of the action
taken and assign students failing to choose to the schools nearest
their homes. Virtually each step of the procedure, from the initial
letter to the assignment of students failing to choose, provides an
opportunity for individuals hostile to desegregation to forestall its
progress, either by deliberate mis-performance or non-performance.
The Civil Rights Commission has reported on non-compliance by
school authorities with their desegregation plans:
In Webster County, Mississippi, school officials assigned on a
racial basis about 200 white and Negro students vfhose freedom
of choice forms had not been returned to the school office, even
though the desegregation plan stated that it was mandatory
for parents to exercise a choice and that assignments would be
based on that choice [footnote omitted]. In McCarty, Missouri
after the school board had distributed freedom of choice forms
and students had filled out and returned the forms, the board
ignored them.
Survey of School Desegregation in the Southern and Border States,
1965-1966, at p. 47. Given the other shortcomings of free choice
plans, there is serious doubt whether the constitutional duty to effect
a non-racial system is satisfied by the promulgation of rules so sus
ceptible of manipulation by hostile school officials. As Judge So-
beloff has observed:
A procedure which might well succeed under sympathetic ad
ministration could prove woefully inadequate in an antagonis
tic environment.
Bradley v. School Board of the City of Richmond, 345 F. 2d 310
(4th Cir. 1965) (concurring in part and dissenting in part).
19
Only recently a district court, in what has proved to be
the most important judicial scrutiny of free choice plans,
observed (Moses v. Washington Parish School Board, -------
F. Supp. —-— (E. D. La., October 19, 1967):
Free choice systems, as every southern school official
knows, greatly complicate the task of pupil assign
ment in the system and add a tremendous workload
to the already overburdened school officials (------ F.
Supp. ------ ; Slip Op. 15).
* * * * *
If this Court must pick a method of assigning stu
dents to schools within a particular school district,
barring very unusual circumstances, we could imagine
no method more inappropriate, more unreasonable,
more needlessly wasteful in every respect, than the
so-called “ free-choice” system. (Emphasis added.)
(Id. at 21)
* * * * *
Under a “ free-choice” system, the school board can
not know or estimate the number of students who will
want to attend any school, or the identity of those
who will eventually get their choice. Consequently,
the board cannot make plans for the transportation of
students to schools, plan curricula, or even plan such
things as lunch allotments and schedules; moreover,
since in no case except by purest coincidence will an
appropriate distribution of students result, and each
school will have either more or less than the number
it is designed to efficiently handle, many students at
the end of the free-choice period have to be reassigned
to schools other than those of their choice—this time
on a strict geographical-proximity basis, see the Jeffer
20
son County decree, thus burdening the board, in the
middle of what should be a period of firming up the
system and making final adjustments, with the awe
some task of determining which students will have to
be transferred and which schools will receive them.
Until that final task is completed, neither the board
nor any of the students can be sure of which school
they will be attending; and many students will in the
end be denied the very “ free choice” the system is
supposed to provide them. (Id. at 21-22)
Although the court never explicitly answers its own ques
tion—why was the Washington Parish Board willing to
undergo the uncertainty and unreasonable burdens imposed
by such a system (slip. op. at 21-22)—it ordered the aban
donment of free choice and, in its place the institution of
a geographical zoning plan.26
Under free choice plans, the extent of actual desegre
gation varies directly with the number of students seek-
26 As we more fully develop infra pp. 23-25, we think the answer
obvious: that the Washington Parish Board, and indeed most-
boards, adopted free choice knowing and intending that it would
result in fewer Negro students in white schools and, conversely,
fewer (if any at all) white students in Negro schools, than would
otherwise result under a rational non-racial system o f pupil assign
ment.
To be sure, a free choice plan might make some sense, as Judge
Heebe recognized, in the context of grade by grade desegregation
and where all grades in a given building had not yet been reached
(Id. at 18-19). In such circumstances, it might indeed have been
easier to assign by “choices” rather than have to draw new zones for
each building each time a new grade level was reached under the
plan. But, as Judge Heebe pointed out, “ the usefulness of such
plans logically ended with the end of the desegregation process
[when the plan reached all grades]” (Ibid.). Thus, even conceding
some interim usefulness for free choice, in some other situation, it
was entirely out of place in New Kent County which desegregated
all grades at the time the plan was approved and which had but two
schools.
21
mg, and actually being permitted to transfer to schools
previously maintained for the other race. It should have
been obvious, however, that white students—in view of
general notions of Negro inferiority and that far too often
Negro schools are vastly inferior to those furnished whites27
—would not transfer to formerly Negro schools; and, in
deed, very few have.28 Thus, from the beginning the burden
of disestablishing the dual system under free choice was
thrust upon the Negro children and their parents, despite
this Court’s admonition in Brown II (349 U. S. 294, 299)
that “ school authorities had the primary responsibility.”
That is what happened in this case. Although the majority
stated that (66a):
The burden of extracting individual pupils from dis
criminatory, racial assignments may not be cast upon
the pupils or their parents [and that] it is the duty
27 Watkins, the Negro school in New Kent County was more over
crowded and had substantially larger class sizes and teacher-pupil
ratios than did the white school. (See p. 6, supra.)
The Negro schools in the South compare unfavorably to white
schools in other important respects. In Equality of Educational
Opportunity, a report prepared by the Office of Education of the
United States Department of Health Education and Welfare pur
suant to the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Commissioner states, con
cerning Negro schools in the Metropolitan South (at p. 206) :
The average white attends a secondary school that, compared
to the average Negro is more likely to have a gymnasium, a
foreign language laboratory with sound equipment, a cafeteria,
a physics laboratory, a room used only for typing instruction,
an athletic field, a chemistry laboratory, a biology laboratory,
at least three movie projectors.
Essentially the same was said of Negro schools in the non-metropoli
tan South (Id. at 210-211). It is not, surprising, therefore, quite
apart from race, that white students have unanimously refrained
from choosing Negro schools.
28 “During the past school year, as in previous years, white stu
dents rarely chose to attend Negro schools.” Southern School De
segregation, 1966-67 at p. 142, United States v. Jefferson County
Board of Education, supra, 372 F. 2d at 889.
22
of the school boards to eliminate the discrimination
which inheres in such a system [,]
the very plan the court approved did just that. To be sure
each pupil was given the unrestricted right to attend any
school in the system. But, as previously noticed, desegre
gation never occurs except by transfers by Negroes to
the white schools. Thus, the freedom of choice plan ap
proved below, like all other such plans, placed the burden
of achieving a single system upon Negro citizens.
The fundamental premise of Brown I was that segrega
tion in public education had very deep and long term
effects. It was not surprising, therefore, that individuals
reared in that system and schooled in the ways of sub
servience (by segregation, not only in schools, but in every
other conceivable aspect of human existence) when asked
to “make a choice,” chose, by inaction, that their children
remain in the Negro schools. In its Revised Statement of
Policies for School Desegregation Plans Under Title VI
o f the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (hereinafter referred to as
Revised Guidelines), the Department of Health, Education
and Welfare states (45 C.F.R. Part 181.54):
A free choice plan tends to place the burden of
desegregation on Negro or other minority group stu
dents and their parents. Even when school authorities
undertake good faith efforts to assure its fair opera
tion, the very nature of a free choice plan and the
effect of longstanding community attitudes often tend
to preclude or inhibit the exercise of a truly free choice
by or for minority group students. (Emphasis added.)
Beyond that, by making the Negro’s exercise of choice the
critical factor upon which the conversion depended, school
23
authorities virtually insured its failure. Every community
pressure militates against the affirmative choice by Negro
parents of white schools.29 Moreover, intimidation of Ne
groes, a weapon well-known throughout the south, could
equally be employed to deter them from seeking transfers
to white schools. At best, school officials must have rea
soned, only a few hardy souls would venture from the
more comfortable atmosphere of the Negro school, with
their all-Negro faculties and staff.30 Those that “dared,”
would soon be taught their place.31
29 Compare the following (M. Hayes Mizell, The South Has Gen
uflected and Held on to Tokenism, Southern Education Report, Vol.
3, No. 6 (January/February, 1968), at p. 19) :
Freedom of choice . . . has not brought significant school deseg
regation . . . simply because it is a policy which has proved too
fragile to withstand the political and social forces of Southern
life. The advocates of freedom of choice assumed that school
desegregation would somehow be insulated from these forces
while, in reality, it was central to them.
In embracing the freedom of choice plan Southern school
systems understood, even if H EW did not, that man’s choices
are not made within a vacuum, but rather they are influenced
by the sum of his history and culture.
Negro students who choose white schools are, as we know from
many eases, only Negroes of exceptional initiative and fortitude.”
United States v. Jefferson County Board of Education, supra 372
F. 2d at 889.
31A good example is Coppedge v. Franklin County Board of
Education, 273 F. Supp. 289 (E. D. N. C. 1967), appeal pending,
.he Court found that there was marked hostility to desegregation
m Franklin County, that Negroes had been subjected to violence,
intimidation and reprisals, and that each successive year under the
freedom of choice plan it had approved earlier had resulted in
fewer requests by Negroes for reassignment to formerly all-white
schools. Concluding that (Id. at 296) :
Community attitudes and pressures . . . have effectively inhib
ited the exercise of free choice of schools by Negro pupils and
their parents
the ( 'onrt directed that the defendants
prepare and submit to the Court, on or before October 15th.
1967, a plan for the assignment, at the earliest practicable date’
24
Nor were they mistaken. The Civil Rights Commission,
in its most recent reports on school desegregation in
B row n-affected states, reports exhaustively of the violence,
threats of violence and economic reprisals to which Ne
groes have been and are subjected to deter them from
placing their children in white schools.32 That specific
of all students upon the basis of a unitary system of non-racial
geographic attendance zones, or a plan for the consolidation of
grades, or schools, or both (Id. at 299-300).
32 Southern School Desegregation, 1966-67 at pp. 45-69; Survey
of School Desegregation in the Southern and Border States, 1965-
66, at pp. 55-66. To relate but a few of the numeroiis instances of
intimidation upon which the Commission reported: the 1966-67
study quotes the parents of a 12 year old boy in Clay County,
Mississippi as saying (at p. 48) :
white folks told some colored to tell us that if the child went
[to a white school] he wouldn’t come back alive or wouldn’t
come back like he went.
In Edgecombe County, North Carolina, the home of a Negro couple
whose son and daughter were attending the formerly all-white
school was struck by gunfire (50). In Dooly County, Georgia, the
father of a 14 year old boy, who had filled out his own form and
attended the formerly white school, reported that “ that Monday
night the man [owner] came and said ‘I want my damn house by
Saturday’ ” (52).
The Commission made the following findings, in its 1966-67 re
port (atp. 88) :
6. Freedom of choice plans, which have tended to perpetu
ate racially identifiable schools in the Southern and Border
States, require affirmative action by both Negro and white
parents and pupils before such disestablishment can be
achieved. There are a number of factors which have prevented
such affirmative action by substantial numbers of parents and
pupils of both races:
(a) Fear of retaliation and hostility from the white com
munity .. .
(b) [V]iolence, threats of violence and economic reprisal by
white persons, [and the] harassment of Negro children by
white classmates .. .
(e) [improper influence by public officials].
(footnote continued on following page)
25
With rare exception, then, school officials adopted, and
the lower courts condoned, free choice knowing that it
would produce fewer Negro students in white schools, and
less injury to white sensibilities than under the geographic
attendance zone method. Their expectations were justified.
Meaningful desegregation has not resulted from the use of
free choice. Even when Negroes have transferred, how
ever, desegregation has been a one-way street—a few
Negroes moving into the white schools, but no whites trans
ferring to Negro schools. In most districts, therefore, as
here, the vast majority of Negro pupils continue to attend
school only with Negroes.
Although the proportion of Negroes in all-Negro schools
has declined since Brown, more Negro children are now
attending such schools than in 1954.33 Indeed, during the
1966-67 school year, a full 12 years after Brown, more
than 90% of the almost 3 million Negro pupils in the 11
Southern states still attended schools which were over
95% Negro and 83.1% were in schools which were 100%
Negro.34 And, in the case before the Court, 85% of the
Negro pupils in New Kent County still attend schools with
episodes do not occur to particular individuals hardly pre
vents them from learning of them and acting on that knowl
edge.
(d) Poverty. . . . Some Negro parents are embarrassed to
permit their children to attend such schools without suitable
clothing. In some districts special fees are assessed for courses
which are available only in the white schools;
(e) Improvements . . . have been instituted in all-Negro
schools . . . in a manner that tends to discourage Negroes from
selecting white schools.
33 Southern School Desegregation, 1966-67, at p. 8.
34 U. at 103.
26
only Negroes. “ This June, the vast majority of Negro
children in the South who entered the first grade in 1955,
the year after the Brown decision, were graduated from
high school without ever attending a single class with a
single white student.” 35 Thus, as the Fifth Circuit has
said, “ [f]or all but a handful of Negro members of the
High School Class of 1966, this right [to equal educational
opportunities with white children in a racially non-dis-
criminatory public school system] has been ‘of such stuff
as dreams are made on.’ ” 36
In its most recent report, the Civil Rights Commission
states (Southern School Desegregation, 1966-67, at p. 3):
. . . the slow pace of integration in the Southern and
border states was attributable in large measure to the
fact that most school districts in the South had adopted
so-called “ free choice plans” as the principal method
of desegregation . . .
* * * * *
The review of desegregation under freedom of choice
plans contained in this report, and that presented in
last year’s Commission’s survey of southern school de-
segregation, shows that the freedom of choice plan is
inadequate in the great majority of cases as an in
strument for disestablishing a dual school system. Such
plans have not resulted in desegregation of Negro
schools and therefore perpetuate one-half of the dual
school system virtually intact (Id. at 94).
# # # * #
35 Id. at 90-91.
36 United States v. Jefferson County Board of Education, supra,
372 F. 2d 836 at 845.
27
Freedom of choice plans . . . [have] failed to dis
establish the dual school systems in the Southern and
border states . . . [Id. at 3],37
II.
A Freedom of Choice Plan Is Constitutionally Unac
ceptable Where There Are Other Methods, No More
Difficult to Administer, Which Would More Speedily
Disestablish the Dual System.
The duty of a school board under Brown, in the late
sixties is to adopt that plan which will most speedily ac
complish the effective desegregation of the system. By
now, the time for “deliberate speed” has long run out.38 We
concede that a court should not enforce its will where
37 HEW has apparently reached the same conclusion. According
to the Director of its Office of Civil Rights, F. Peter Libassi, “ [free
dom of choice] . . . often doesn’t finish the job of eliminating the
dual school system. We had to follow the freedom of choice plan
to prove its ineffectiveness, and this was the year that it did prove
its ineffectiveness, so that now we’re ready to move into the next
phase.” N. Y. Times, Sept. 24, 1967, at p. 57. And, in the Palm
Beach Post-Times of Oct. 8, 1967 at p. B-7, he was reported to have
said, “you can’t eliminate the dual system by free choice.”
In an earlier report, Racial Isolation in the Public Schools, the
Civil Rights Commission observed (at p. 69) that, “ . . . the degree
of school segregation in these free-choice systems remains high,” and
concluded that (ibid.) : “ only limited school desegregation has been
achieved under free choice plans in Southern and Border city school
systems.”
38 Almost two years ago this Court stated, “ more than a decade
has passed since we directed desegregation of public school facilities
with all deliberate speed. . . . Delays in desegregating school systems
are no longer tolerable.” Bradley v. School Board of The City of
Richmond, 382 U. S. 103, 105. “ There has been entirely too much
deliberation and not enough speed . . . ” Griffin v. County School
Board of Prince Edward County, 377 U. S. 218, 229. “ The time for
more ‘deliberate speed’ has run out . . . ” Id. at 234. Cf. Waison
v. Memphis, 373 U. S. 526, 533.
2 8
alternative methods are not likely to produce dissimilar
results—that much discretion should still be the province
of the school board. We submit, however, that a court may
not—at this late date, in the absence of persuasive evidence
showing the need for delay—permit the use of any plan
other than that which will most speedily and effectively
disestablish the dual system. Put another way, at this point,
that method must be mandated which will do the job more
quickly and effectively.
A. The Obligation of a School Board Under Brown v.
Board of Education Is to Disestablish the Dual
School System and to Achieve a Unitary, Non-racial
System.
1. The Fourth Circuit’s Adherence to Briggs.
At bottom, this controversy concerns the precise point
at which a school board has fulfilled its obligations under
Brown I and II. When free choice plans initially were con
ceived, courts generally adhered—mistakenly, we submit—
to the belief that it was sufficient to permit each student an
unrestricted free choice of schools. It was said that “ de
segregation” did not mean “ integration” and that the
availability of a free choice of schools, unencumbered by
violence and other restrictions, was sufficient quite apart
from whether any integration actually resulted. (The doc
trine probably had its genesis in the now famous dictum
of Judge Parker in Briggs v. Elliot, 132 F. Supp. 776, 777
(E. D. S. C. 1955), “ The Constitution . . . does not require
integration. It merely forbids segregation.” 39) Despite
, „ J eer,?en,erally Jeffers v. Whitley, 309 F. 2d 621, 629 (4th Cir.
1962); Borders v. Hippy, 247 F. 2d 268, 271 (5th Cir. 1957); Boson
v. Rippy, 28o F. 2d 43, 48 (5th Cir. 1960); Vich v. Board of Edu
cation of Obion County, 205 F. Supp. 436 (W. D. Tenn. 1962):
9UQ 99t w ° { Education of the City of Nashville, 270 F. 2d zuu, ZZU (6th Cir. 1959).
29
its protestations, the majority below manifested much of
this thinking (66-67a, 68a):
Employed as descriptive of a system of permissive
transfers out of segregated schools in which the initial
assignments are both involuntary and dictated by racial
criteria [freedom of choice], is an illusion and an op
pression which is constitutionally impermissible . . .
Employed as descriptive of a system in which each
pupil, or his parents, must annually" exercise an un
inhibited choice, and the choices govern the assign
ments, it is a very different thing.
Since the plaintiffs here concede that their annual
choice is unrestricted and unencumbered, we find in its
existence no denial of any constitutional right not to be
subjected to racial discrimination. [Emphasis added.]
At no point in its opinion did the majority meet the
essence of petitioners’ claim—that in view of related ex
perience under the pupil placement law, there was no good
reason to believe that free choice would, in fact, desegre
gate the system and that the district court should have
mandated the use of geographic zones which, on the evidence
before it, would produce greater desegregation. The opin
ion, in true Briggs form, neither states nor implies a re
quirement that the plan actually “work.” The most it can be
read to say is that while Negroes rightfully may complain
if extraneous circumstances inhibit the making of a “ truly 40
40 Contrary to the court’s statement, the plan did not require
that “each pupil or his parents must annually exercise [a] choice.”
See Note 2, supra.
30
free choice,” they have no basis to complain and the Con
stitution is satisfied if no such circumstances are shown.41
2. Brown Contemplated Complete Reorganization.
The notion that the making available of an ostensibly
unrestricted choice satisfies the Constitution, quite apart
from whether significant numbers of white students choose
Negro schools or Negro students white schools, is funda
mentally inconsistent with Brown I and II, Bolling v.
Sharpe, 347 U. S. 497, Cooper v. Aaron, 358 U. S. 1, Brad
ley v. School Board of the City of Richmond, 382 U. S. 103
and other decisions of this Court.41 42 Brown, in our view,
condemned not only compulsory racial assignments but
also, more generally, the maintenance of a dual public
school system based on race—where some schools are
maintained or identifiable as being for Negroes and others
for whites. It presupposed major reorganization of the
educational systems in affected states. The direction in
Brown II, to the district courts demonstrates the thorough
41 This is not an overharsh reading of the opinion. Only recently
a writer observed:
The Fourth is apparently the only circuit of the three that
continues to cling to the doctrine of Briggs v. Elliot, and em
braces freedom of choice as a final answer to school desegrega
tion in the absence of intimidation and harassment.
®ee Punn> Title VI, The Guidelines and School Desegregation in
the South, 53 Va. L. Rev. 42 72 (1967). Judge Sobeloff perceived
tiiis and exhorted the majority to “move out from under the in-
cubus of the Briggs v. Elliot dictum and take [a] stand beside the
fifth and Eighth Circuits” (89a). Cf. Swann v. Charlotte Meck
lenburg Board of Education, 369 P. 2d 29 (4th Cir. 1966) where
essentially the same philosophy— that a desegregation plan need not
result m actual integration—was expressed in a case involving geo
graphic zones.
n Paul> 382 U- s - 198; Calhoun v. Latimer, 377
} f , 2” 3 >, v- County School Board of Prince Edward
County, 3 u L. S. 218 • Goss v. Board of Education, 373 U. S. 683.
31
ness of the reorganization envisaged. They were held to
consider:
problems related to administration, arising from the
physical condition of the school plant, the school trans
portation system, personnel, revision of school districts
and attendance areas into compact units to achieve a
system of determining admission to the public schools
on a non-racial basis, and revision of local laws and
regulations which may be necessary in solving the
foregoing problems (349 U. S. at 300-301).43
If a “ racially non-discriminatory system” could be
achieved with Negro and white students continuing as be
fore to attend schools designated for their race, none of the
quoted language was necessary. It would have been suffi
cient merely to say “ compulsory racial assignments shall
cease.” But the Court did not stop there. It ordered, rather,
a pervasive reorganization which would transform the sys
tem into one that was “unitary and non-racial,” one, in other
words, in which schools would no longer be identifiable as
being for Negroes or whites.
That students have been permitted to choose a school
does not destroy its racial identification if it previously
was designated for one race, continues to serve students of,
and is staffed solely by, teachers of that race. The only
way the racial identification of a school—consciously im
posed by the state during the era of enforced segregation
—can be erased is by having it serve students of both races,
through teachers of both races. Only when racial identifica
tion of schools has thus been eliminated will the dual sys
tem have been disestablished.
43 Much the same was implied in Cooper v. Aaron, supra, at 358
U- S- I : “state authorities were thus duty bound to devote every
effort toward initiating desegregation . . . ”
32
3. Case and Statutory Law.
44 Dissatisfied with the snail’s pace of southern school desegrega
tion (caused mainly by the early approval by the lower courts of
pupil placement laws and, when they were invalidated as admin
istered, by judicial acceptance of free choice), Congress enacted
Titles IV (42 U. S. C. 2000-c et seq.) and VI (42 U. S. C. 2000-d
et seq. (1964)) of the Civil Eights Act of 1964.
Pursuant to Title VI, the Department of Health, Education and
Welfare adopted a series of “ Guidelines,” for school districts de
segregating pursuant to Brown. In its most recent— the Revised
Guidelines, dated December, 1966—the Department has taken the
position that desegregation plans must wTork—result in actual in
tegration. Under these Guidelines, the Commissioner has the power,
where the results under a free choice plan continue to be unsatis
factory, to require, as a precondition to the making available of
further federal funds, that the school system adopt a different type
of desegregation plan. Revised Guidelines, 45 CFR 181.54. Al
though administrative regulations propounded under Title VI of
the Civil Eights Act of 1964 are not binding on courts determining
private rights under the Fourteenth Amendment, nonetheless they
are entitled to great weight in the formulation by the judiciary
of constitutional standards. See Skidmore v. Swift <& Co., 323
U. S. 134, 137, 139-140; United States v. American Trucking
Associations, Inc., 310 U. S. 534; Norwegian Nitrogen Products Co.
v. United States, 288 U. S. 294; United States v. Jefferson County
Board of Education, supra, 380 F. 2d at 390.
That HEW accepts free choice plans as establishing the eligibility
of a district for federal aid does not, of course, mean that such
plans are constitutional. The available evidence indicates that
HEW has approved such plans, despite the massive evidence of
their inability to disestablish the dual system, only because they
have received approval in the courts. It feels, perhaps properly,
that it may not enforce requirements more stringent than those
imposed by the Fourteenth Amendment, Cf. 45 CFR 181.2(1) and
181.6 which provide, in effect, that districts under court order are
eligible for aid. See also, the materials collected in Dunn, Title VI,
The Guidelines and School Desegregation in the South, 53 Va. L.
Rev. 42 (1967); Note, The Courts, H EW and Southern School De
segregation, 17 Yale L. J. 321 (1967). Change then must come from
the courts.
46 In the Sixth Circuit, see Brenda K. Monroe v. Board of Com
missioners of the City of Jackson, Tenn., 380 F. 2d 955 (1967),
Decisional and statutory44 law support this reading of
B ro w n . Only two—the Fourth and the Sixth45—of the six
33
circuits which have spoken to the question have taken the
position that a desegregation plan need not “work”—that
is disestablish the dual system by destroying racial iden
tification of schools. In United States v. Jefferson County
Board of Education, 372 F. 2d 836 (5th Cir. 1966) aff’d
with modifications on rehearing en banc, 380 F. 2d 385
(1967), cert. den. sub nom. Caddo Parish School Board
v. United States, 389 U. S. 840, the Fifth Circuit, in what
has so far been the most thorough judicial examination of
school desegregation, specifically rejected the Briggs theory
that Brown I and the Constitution do not require integra
tion but only an end to enforced segregation. Concluding
that “ integration” and “ desegregation” mean one and the
same thing, the court used the terms interchangeably to
mean the achievement of a “ unitary non-racial [school]
system.” Judge Wisdom analyzed the problem (372 F. 2d
836, 866):
We do not minimize the importance of the Fourteenth
Amendment rights of an individual, but there was more
at issue in Brown than the controversy between cer
tain schools and certain children. Briggs overlooks the
fact that Negroes are collectively harmed when the
state by law or custom operates segregated schools
or a school system with uncorrected effects of segre
gation.
* =* * * *
What is wrong about Briggs is that it drains out of
Brown that decision’s significance as a class action to
secure equal educational opportunities for Negroes by
now under review in No. 740 and Kelley v. Board of Education of
the City of Nashville, Term., 270 F. 2d 209 (6th Cir. 1959).
34
compelling the states to reorganize their public school
systems (Id. at 865).
He concluded (Id. at 866):
Segregation is a group phenomenon . . . Adequate
redress therefore calls for much more than allowing
a few Negro children to attend formerly white schools:
it calls for liquidation of the state’s system of de jure
school segregation and the organized undoing of the
effects of past segregation.
* * * * *
. . . the only adequate redress for a previously overt
system-wide policy of segregation directed at Negroes
as a collective entity is a system wide policy of in
tegration (Id. at 869). (Emphasis in original.)
* * * * *
We use the terms “ integration” and “desegregation”
of formerly segregated public schools to mean the
conversion of a de jure segregated dual system to a
unitary, non-racial (non-discriminatory) system—lock,
stock and barrel; students, faculty, staff, facilities, pro
grams and activities (Id. at 846, Note 5).46
On rehearing en banc, the majority, while reaffirming
the panel opinion, put it this way (380 F. 2d 385, 389);
16 The Court held that- school officials in formerly de jure systems
have ‘‘an absolute duty to integrate, in the sense that a dispropor
tionate concentration of Negroes in certain schools cannot be ig
nored” (372 F. 2d 836, 846). The test for any school desegregation
plan, said the court, is whether it achieves the “substantial inte
gration” which is constitutionally required and that a plan not ac
complishing that result must be abandoned and another substi
tuted (Id. at 895-896).
35
[School] Boards and officials administering public
schools in this circuit [footnote omitted] have the af
firmative duty under the Fourteenth Amendment to
bring about an integrated unitary school system in
which there are no Negro schools and no white schools
—just schools. Expression in our earlier opinions dis
tinguishing between integration and desegregation
[footnote omitted] must yield to this affirmative duty
we now recognize. In fulfilling this duty it is not
enough for school authorities to offer Negro children
the opportunity to attend formerly all-white schools.
The necessity of overcoming the effects of the dual
system in this circuit requires integration of faculties,
facilities and activities, as well as students.47 (Em
phasis added.)
Most of the other circuits have joined the Fifth Circuit
in requiring that school boards employ affirmative action
to “undo” the racial segregation they had previously cre
ated and that desegregation plans “work”—result in inte-
47 Even before Jefferson, the Fifth Circuit had said (Singleton v.
Jackson Municipal Separate School District, 355 F. 2d 865, 869
(1966)) :
The Constitution forbids unconstitutional state action in the
form of segregated facilities, including segregated public
schools. School authorities, therefore, are under the constitu
tional compulsion of furnishing a single, integrated school
system . . . .
This has been the law since Brown v. Board of Education . . . .
Misunderstanding of this principle is perhaps due to the pop
ularity of an over-simplified dictum that the constitution “ does
not require integration.”
And in an earlier stage of the same case: “Judge Parker’s well-
known dictum . . . should be laid to rest.” 348 F. 2d 729, 730
(1965).
X.
36
gration sufficient to disestablish the prior state-imposed
racial identification of schools. In Kemp v. Beasley, 352
F. 2d 14, 21 (1965), the Eighth Circuit stated “ the dictum
in Briggs has not been followed in this Circuit and is log
ically inconsistent with Brown.” In a later case, Kelley
v. The Altkeimer, Arkansas Public School District, No. 22,
378 F. 2d 483 (8th Cir. 1967), emphasizing the obligation
of formerly de jure school boards to disestablish, by af
firmative action the identities of formerly all-Negro and
all-white schools, the court stated:
We have made it clear that a Board of Education does
not satisfy its obligation to desegregate by simply
opening the doors of a formerly all-white school to
Negroes [footnote omitted] (Id. at 488).
# # * * #
The appellee School District will not be fully deseg
regated nor the appellants assured of their rights under
the Constitution so long as the Martin School clearly
remains identifiable as a Negro school. The require
ments of the Fourteenth Amendment are not satisfied
by having one segregated and one desegregated school
in a District. We are aware that it would be difficult
to desegregate the Martin School. However, while the
difficulties are perhaps largely traditional in nature, the
Board of Education has taken no steps since Brown
to attempt to change its identity from a racial to a non-
racial school (Id, at 490).48 (Emphasis added.)
48 Raney v. The Board of Education of the Gould School District,
381 F. 2d 252 (8th Cir. 1967) suggests a withdrawal from Kelley
and a return to Briggs (cf. 381 F. 2d at 255-256). Appellants in
that ease moved for rehearing en lane or by the panel adverting to
the conflict between panels. The motion was denied September 18,
1967.
37
To the same effect are Board of Education of Oklahoma
City Public Schools v. Dowell, 375 F. 2d 158 (10th Cir.
1967), cert, den., 387 U. S. 931,49 and Evans v. Ennis, 281
F. 2d 385, 389 (3rd Cir. 1960), “ The Supreme Court has
unqualifiedly declared integration to be their constitutional
right.”
This Court granted certiorari January 15, 1968, No. 805. See p.
13, supra.
The recent decision in the second appeal in Kemp v. Beasley,------
F. 2 d ------ , No. 19017, January 9, 1968, is, however, a reaffirmation
of the principles enunciated in the first Kemp decision (352 F. 2d
14) and in Kelley.
49 In the Oklahoma City case, the School District adopted in
1955, in response to Brown, a unitary zoning plan which preserved,
because of residential housing patterns, substantial segregation of
the races and over which it superimposed a “ minority to majority”
transfer provision of the type condemned by this court in Goss v.
Board of Education of the City of Knoxville, Tenn., 373 U. S. 683.
At the time of the district court’s final decision in 1965, 80% of
the Negro students in the system were still attending schools which
were all-Negro or at least 95% Negro. In addition, little or nothing
had been done to integrate faculties. The district court found (244
F. Supp. 971, 976 (W. D. Okla. 1965)) :
That the Board had failed to desegregate the public schools
in a manner so as to eliminate . . . the tangible elements of the
segregated system.
. . . where the cessation of assignment and transfer policies
based solely on race is insufficient to bring about more than
token change in the segregated system, the Board must devise
affirmative action reasonably purposed to effectuate the de
segregation goal. (Emphasis added.)
It ordered, inter alia, as a panel of educational administrators had
recommended, changes in the grade structures of some schools and
the adoption of a “ majority to minority” transfer provision. A l
though such a provision— one which permits a student to transfer
only from a school in which his race is in the majority to a school
where his race will be in the minority— is not a racially neutral
rule, and, in fact, has the effect of promoting integration, the Tenth
Circuit approved the district court order. Said the Court, “ [ujnder
the factual situation here we have no difficulty in sustaining the
trial court’s authority to compel the board to take specific action in
compliance with the decision so long as such compelled action can
be said to be necessary for the elimination of . . . unconstitutional
evils . . . ” (375 F. 2d at 166). It found all such actions necessary.
38
4. Equitable Analogies.
The second Brown decision, declared that “ in fashioning
and effectuating the decrees, the courts will be guided by
equitable principles” (349 U. S. at 300). Equity courts
have broad power to mold their remedies and adapt relief
to the circumstances and needs of particular cases. Where,
as here, the public interest is involved “ those equitable
powers assume an even broader and more flexible char
acter . . . ” Porter v. Warner Holding Co., 328 U. S. 395,
398. Accordingly, such courts have required wrongdoers
to do more than cease unlawful activities and compelled
them to take affirmative steps to undo effects of their wrong
doing. Louisiana v. United States, 380 U. S. 145, 1.54 in
volved such a decree:
The court has not merely the power but the duty to
render a decree which will so far as possible, eliminate
the discriminatory effects of the past as well as bar
like discrimination in the future.
Under the Sherman Anti-trust Act, unlawful combina
tions are dealt with by dissolution and stock divestiture.
See e.g., United States v. Crescent Amusement- Co., 323
U. S. 173, 189 and cases cited; ScTiine Chain Theatres v.
United States, 334 U. S. 110, 126-130. Similarly, where a
corporation has unlawful monopoly power which would
operate as long as it retains a certain form, equity has
required dissolution. United States v. Standard Oil Co.,
221 U. S. 1.
The same has been accomplished under the National
Labor Relations Act where it was recognized early that
disestablishment of an employer-dominated labor organi
zation, “may be the only effective way of wiping the slate
39
clean and affording the employees an opportunity to start
afresh in organizing . . . ” , N. L. B. B. v. Newport News
Shipbuilding & Dry Dock Co., 308 U. S. 241, 250; American
Enka Corp. v. N. L. R. B., 119 F. 2d 60, 63 (4th Cir. 1941);
Sperry Gyroscope Co. Inc. v. N. L. R. B., 129 F. 2d 922,
931-932 (2nd Cir. 1942); Carpenter v. Steel Co., 76 NLEB
670 (1948).
5. Summary.
Of course, nothing we have said is directed to the ques
tion whether school boards in all places and all circum
stances are under a constitutional duty to eradicate school
segregation no matter how engendered. That question is
not here.
Nor, do we think, as Judges Gewin and Bell have argued
forcefully in their dissent in Jefferson, that to insist that
a desegregation plan (of a district formerly segregated by
law) “work” is to impose a special rule on 17 states but
not on other states whose schools might equally be segre
gated. See 380 F. 2d at 397-398, 413-414. Segregation in
the systems before that court was directly traceable to
state action. It was certainly within the court’s power (and,
indeed, its duty under the Brown decisions) to require that
that segregation be undone. In any event, the fact that
segregation caused by residential patterns might have the
same effect on Negro pupils as segregation caused by state
law does not insulate the latter from the Fourteenth Amend
ment merely because no remedy has yet been prescribed
for the former.
Our submission is : where racial segregation is the prod
uct of unconstitutional acts or policies, the mere allowance
of a choice of schools does not satisfy the duty to effect
40
a unitary non-racial system, if, in fact, the overwhelming
majority of students continue to attend schools previously
designated by law for their race.
The Fifth Circuit in J efferson did not hold and we do
not urge, that freedom of choice plans are unconstitutional
per se. Indeed, in areas where residential segregation is
substantial and entrenched, a free transfer system might
be of assistance in the achievement of desegregation.
Rather, our position is that a freedom of choice plan is not,
in the late sixties, an “adequate” desegregation plan (Brow n
II , supra, 349 U. S. at 301), where, as here, there is an
other plan, more feasible to administer, which will more
speedily and effectively disestablish the dual system.50
50 The dissenters’ opinions in Jefferson create the mistaken im
pression that free choice is an established, sensible method of pupil
assignment:
Freedom of choice means the unrestricted, uninhibited, unre
strained, unhurried and unharried right to choose where a stu
dent will attend public school . . . (380 F. 2d at 404).
# # # * = *
Accordingly while professing to vouchsafe freedom and liberty
to Negro children, [the Judges in the majority] have destroyed
the freedom and liberty of all students, Negro and white alike
(Id. at 405).
But, as we point out in the Introduction (pp. 13-27, supra), per
mitting students tô assign themselves is entirely novel, administra
tively wasteful, racially motivated, and incapable of disestablishing
the dual system. “Freedom of choice,” despite its appealing title,
should constantly be viewed as what it is: another sophisticated
device school boards have developed in their long fight to neutralize
the Brown decision.
41
III.
The Record Clearly Shows That a Freedom of Choice
Plan Was Not Likely to Disestablish and Has Not Dis
established the Dual School System and That a Geo
graphic Zone Plan or Consolidation Would Immediately
Have Produced Substantial Desegregation.
Plaintiffs’ exhibits showed, Judge Sobeloff observed, and
the available census figures confirmed, that there was no
residential segregation in New Kent County. Separate
buses maintained for the races traversed all areas of the
county picking up children to be taken to the school main
tained for their race. Yet, instead of geographically zon
ing each school as logic and reason would seem to dictate,51
and as it almost certainly would have done had all children
been of the same race, the School Board gratuitously
adopted a free choice plan thereby incurring the adminis
trative hardship of processing choice forms and of furnish
ing transportation to children choosing the school farthest
from their homes. Indeed, in view of the lack of residential
segregation it can fairly be concluded that the dual school
system could not continue, as Judge Sobeloff has said (see
p. 10 supra), but for free choice. Freedom of choice has
been, at least in this community, the means by which the
State has continued, under the guise of desegregation, to
maintain segregated schools.
The Board could not, in good faith, have expected that
enough students would choose the school previously closed
51 Compare Judge Sobeloff’s suggestion quoted at p. 10, supra
(76-77a) that the dual system could immediately he eliminated and
a unitary non-raeial system achieved by the assignment of students
in the eastern half of the county to New Kent and those in the
western half to Watkins.
42
to them to produce a truly integrated system. The evidence
belies this. The Board had, for several years prior to the
adoption of free choice in 1965,52 operated under the Vir
ginia Pupil Placement Act, under which any student, could,
as in free choice, choose either school. When the New
Kent Board adopted free choice, no Negro student had
ever chosen to transfer to the white school and no white
student had ever chosen to attend the Negro school (25a,
no. 7). Thus, at the time the Board adopted free choice,
it was clear, based on related experience under the Pupil
Placement Law, that free choice would not disestablish the
separate systems and produce a “ unitary non-racial sys
tem.” 53
52 Although the Board adopted its plan in August, 1965, it was
not approved by the Court and actually implemented until the
Pall term of 1966.
53 The use, in this case, of a free choice plan is subject to serious
question on the ground that it promotes invidious discrimination.
By permitting students to choose a school, instead of assigning them
on some rational non-racial basis, the school board allows students
invidiously to utilize race as a factor in the school selection process.
Thus it is that white students invariably choose the formerly white
school and not the Negro school. To be sure the Constitution does
not prohibit private discrimination. But states may not designedly
facilitate the discriminatory conduct of individuals or lend support
to that end. See Reitman v. Mulkey, 387 U. S. 369; Robinson v.
Florida, 378 U. S. 153; Anderson v. Martin, 375 U. S. 399; Goss
v. Board of Education, 373 U. S. 683. See also, Black, The Supreme
Court, 1966 Term—Foreword: “ State Action,” Equal Protection
and California’s Proposition 14, 81 Ilarv. L. Rev. 69 (1967). Cf.
Burton v. Wilmington Parking Authority, 365 U.'S. 715. Thus in
Anderson, this Court held that although individual voters are con
stitutionally free to vote partly or even solely on the basis of race,
the State may not designate the race of candidates on the ballot.
Such governmental action promotes and facilitates the voters’ suc
cumbing to racial prejudice. So too here, giving students in a dis
trict. formerly segregated by law the right to choose a school facili
tates and promotes choices based on race.
It. is no answer that some students may not, in fact, use race as a
factor in the choice process. In Anderson, the statute was not saved
43
Nor has it done so in the years since its adoption. Bnt
for the relatively small number of Negro children attend
ing the formerly white school the two schools are operated
substantially as before Brown. “ The transfer of a few
Negro children to a white school does not,” as the Fifth
Circuit has observed, “ do away with the dual system.”
United States v. Jefferson County Board of Education,
supra, 372 F. 2d at 812.54 During the current school year,
1967-68, only 115 (approximately 15%) of the 736 Negroes
in the New Kent School District attend school with whites
at the New Kent school. No whites are attending and,
indeed, none have ever attended Watkins, the Negro school.
A full generation of school children after Brown, 85% of
New Kent’s Negro children still attend a school that is
entirely Negro. Here, as in most districts utilizing free
because some persons might vote without regard to the race of the
candidate. It is the furnishing of the opportunity that is prohibited
by the Constitution.
We do not argue that a school board may never permit students
to choose schools. And certainly systems using attendance zones
would not run afoul of the Constitution by permitting students to
transfer for good cause shown. Presumably in such instances a
legitimate non-racial reason would have to be supplied.
Nor do we argue that freedom of choice may never be used where
race is intended to be a factor. For in a system in which residential
segregation is deeply entrenched, the allowance of a choice of
schools based on race may be a useful way to achieve desegregation.
There, however, the plan is being used to undo rather than per
petuate segregation as the plan in this case is being used to do. Cf.
Goss, supra at 688, where this Court stated that “no plan or pro
vision of which racial segregation is the inevitable consequence may
stand under the Fourteenth Amendment.”
5i The Eighth Circuit puts it another w ay:
School boards must recognize the constitutional inadequacy of
maintaining school systems where the formerly all white school
has the appearance of only token integration and the all Negro
school is still perpetuated as a separate unit.”
Kemp v. Beasley, ——— F. 2 d ------ , No. 19017, January 9, 1968, slip
op. at 4.
44
choice, one-half of the dual system has been retained intact.
Nothing but race can explain the continued existence of
this all-Negro school and defer indefinitely its elimination
where both races are scattered throughout the county.
“ Perpetuation of [this] all-Negro school in a formerly
de jure segregated school system is simply constitutionally
impermissible.” Kemp v. Beasley, ------ F. 2d —— , No.
19,017, January 9, 1968, slip op. at 8.
The duty of the Board was to convert the dual school
system created by state law and local rules in derogation
of petitioners’ rights into a “unitary non-raeial system.”
It had a common sense alternative—geographic zoning—
which the record shows would have disestablished the dual
system more speedily and with much less administrative
hardship than the free choice device it ultimately chose.
But that was not the only alternative: the Board could
have consolidated the two facilities into one school with
one site, for example, serving grades 1-7 and the other
grades 8-12.55 56 This would have resulted in a more efficiently
operated system enabling better equipment and expanded
course offerings,36 and immediately would have produced
an integrated system. The most important study of sec
ondary education in this country, James Bryant Conant’s,
The American High School Today (1959), gives highest
priority to the elimination of small high schools graduating
■’a New Kent has apparently never utilized separate junior high
schools. Both Watkins and New Kent- are operated on the basis of
7 elementary grades and 5 high school grades (no. 14, 26a).
56 No extended argument is needed to support the proposition
that a school board can more economically furnish one well-
equipped science laboratory, than two of mediocre quality. Sim
ilarly, where particular course offerings depend on student demand,
more such courses might be offered after consolidation.
45
classes of less than one hundred.57 Here, New Kent County,
despite this opportunity to provide a broader and more
intensive educational experience to all students, both Negro
and white, continues wastefully to maintain two separate
sites, each graduating but 30-35 students each year.
To be sure, the Fourteenth Amendment does not require
that school administrators in Brown-affected states operate
their systems in the most efficient manner. But the motive
of a school board which has needlessly converted to free
choice in an area where the races are interspersed comes
more clearly into focus when examined against the back
ground of available options.
The Board’s construction policies shed further light on
its motives. As late as June, 1965, the Board announced
its intention to make identical additions at both Watkins
and New Kent (at each, 4 classrooms—2 seventh, 2 sixth)
(no. 19, 27-28a). And, in December 1966, six months after
the district court had approved its desegregation plan (al
legedly designed to achieve a unitary non-racial system),
both four room additions were opened. Adding equally,
in the context of free choice, to each of two sites, one tra
ditionally maintained for Negroes, the other for whites,
57 “The enrollment of many American public high schools is too
small to allow a diversified curriculum except at exorbitant expense
. . . The prevalence of such high schools—those with graduating
classes of less than one hundred students— constitutes one of the
serious obstacles to good secondary education throughout most of
the United States. I believe such schools are not in a position to
provide a satisfactory education for any group of their students—
the academically talented, the vocationally oriented, or the slow
reader. The instructional program is neither sufficiently broad nor
sufficiently challenging. A small high school cannot by its very
nature offer a comprehensive curriculum. Furthermore, such a
school uses uneconomically the time and efforts of administrators,
teachers, and specialists, the shortage of whom is a serious national
problem” (p. 76).
46
Most important, however, the success of free choice de
pended on the ability of Negroes to unshackle themselves
from the psychological effects of prior state-imposed racial
discrimination, and to withstand the fear and intimidation
of the present and future. Neither of the other alternatives
(geographic zones or restructuring grades) under which
assignments would be made by the Board—as they had been
until Brown—would subject Negroes to the possibility of
intimidation or give undue weight, as does free choice, to
the very psychological effects of the dual system that this
Court found objectionable.58 59 Instead of fashioning a decree
which would “as far as possible eliminate the discrimina
indicates, we submit, an intention by the Board to r e in fo r c e ,
rather than d is e s ta b lis h the dual system.58
58 Its construction policies have apparently remained unchanged.
Only a few months ago the Board voted unanimously to construct,
inter alia, two new gymnasiums, one at Watkins, the other at New
Kent. Richmond Times-Dispatch, Thursday, Aug. 24, 1967, p. B-8.
A similar inference (of an intention to reinforce rather than dis
establish the dual system) was made in Kelley v. Altheimer Arkansas
Public School District No. 22, 378 P. 2d 483 (8th Cir., 1967) dis
cussed at p. 36, supra. There, as here, the school board added
additional classrooms at each of two complexeSj one traditionally
maintained for Negroes, the other for whites. Said the Court (Id.
at 497):
We conclude that the construction of the new classroom build
ings had the effect of helping to perpetuate a segregated school
system and should not have been permitted by the lower court.
See also Id. at 495-496. Cf. section V II of the decree appended by
the United States Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit to its
opinion in the Jefferson County case, where the court ordered that
school officials (380 F. 2d at 394)
locate new school[s] and [expansions of] existing schools with
the objective of eradicating the vestiges of the dual system.
59 In a related context, this Court has said:
It must be remembered that we are dealing with a body of
citizens lacking the habits and traditions of political inde
pendence and otherwise living in circumstances which do not
encourage initiative and enterprise. Lane v. Wilson, 307 U. S.
268, 276. Cf. pp. 22-23 and Note 29, supra.
47
tory effects of the past” (cf. Louisiana v. United States,
380 U. S. 145, and the other cases discussed at pp. 38-39,
supra), the lower courts have, by approving free choice,
permitted the Board to utilize those discriminatory effects
to maintain its essentially segregated system.
Nor did the Board introduce any evidence to justify its
method, which, if it could disestablish the dual system at
all, would require a much longer period of time than the
method petitioners had urged upon the Court. As this
Court said in Brown II (349 U. S. at 300):
The burden rests upon the defendants to establish
that such time [in which to effectuate a transition
to a racially non-discriminatory system] is necessary
in the public interest and is consistent with good
faith compliance at the earliest practicable date.
It was, therefore, error for the court below to approve
the freedom of choice plan in the face of petitioners’ proof,
especially when the Board failed to show administrative
reasons, cognizable by Brown II, justifying delay.
The data regarding assignment of teachers also reveal
the failure of the Board to disestablish the dual system.
The racial composition of the faculty at each school dur
ing the current year (1967-68) mirrors the racial compo
sition of the student bodies. No Negroes are among the
28 full-time teachers at the formerly all-white New Kent
school; only one Negro teacher is assigned there and that
is for the equivalent of one day each week. At Watkins,
only one of some 30 teachers is white. Thus, neither of
the only two schools in the county has lost, either in terms
of its students or faculty, its racial identification.60
60 The failure of the Board to take meaningful steps to integrate
its faculties is consistent with what the record shows: that the
48
Only occasionally in the fourteen years since Brown has
this Court reviewed lower court supervision of the tran
sition to non-discriminatory systems. This may have been
due in part to the belief voiced in Brown II, that “ the
[district] courts, because of their proximity to local con
ditions . . . ” could best oversee the transition. (349 U. S.
at 298). With the enactment of Title VI, however, the
situation has changed. Whereas the first decade of litiga
tion produced only token compliance with Brown, more
has been accomplished by HEW's implementation of Title
VI.61 Indeed, as the Civil Rights Commission has found,
“the major federal role in Southern school desegregation
[has] shifted from the federal courts to [HEW ].” 62
Title VI enforcement by HEW has at its disposal ample
resources not available to courts. In assisting a district
to regain or attain eligibility for federal funds it can utilize
educational experts, field investigators and other profes
sional personnel. But HEW relies on the courts to articu
late the standards it implements. (Note 44 supra.) Thus,
its effectiveness in converting the principles enunciated
in Brown into living experience for school children, will * •
Board, by adopting free choice, could not in good faith have be
lieved or intended that the dual system would thereby be converted
into the non-racial system required by the Constitution. “ [P]ac
uity segregation encourages pupil segregation and is detrimental
to achieving a constitutionally required non-racially operated school
system.” Clark v. Board of Education, Little Rock School District,
369 P. 2d 661, 669-670 (8th Cir. 1966); United States v. Jefferson
( ounty Board of Education, supra, 372 P. 2d at 883-885; Bradley
v. School Board of the City of Richmond, 382 U. S. 103; Rogers
v. Paid, 382 U. S. 198.
• • ■ [M]ore Negro children have entered schools with white
children during this period [the 3 years since enactment of Title
Vlj than during all of the 10 previous years.” Southern School
Desegregation. 1966-67, at 90.
62 Id. a t 1.
49
be enhanced by this Court’s articulation of governing
standards.
We repeat, however, that our thrust is limited rather
than general; we do not urge that a freedom of choice
plan is unconstitutional per se and may never be used.
Our submission is simply that it may not be used where
on the face of the record there is little reason to believe
it will be successful and there are other methods, more
easily administered, which will more speedily and effec
tively disestablish the dual system.63
68 A trend away from freedom of choice seems to have developed
recently in some of the lower courts. A recent order of a district
court in Virginia appears to have adopted the view we urge. See
Corbin v. County School Board of Loudon County, Virginiai, C. A.
No. 2737, E. D. Va., August 27, 1967. In Loudon County, as in this
case, Negroes were scattered throughout the County. The district
court had approved in May, 1963 a freedom of choice plan of de
segregation. In April, 1967, plaintiffs and the United States filed
motions for further relief contending that the freedom of choice
plan had resulted in only token or minimal desegregation with the
majority of Negroes still attending all-Negro schools. They re
quested that the district be ordered to desegregate by means of
unitary geographic attendance zones drawn without regard to race.
The district court agreed and on August 27th entered an order
directing that:
No later than the commencement of the 1968-69 school year the
Loudon County Elementary Schools; shall be operated on the
basis of a system of compact, unitary, non-racial geographic
attendance zones in which, there shall be no schools staffed or
attended solely by Negroes. Upon the completion of the New
Broad Run High School, the high schools shall be operated on
a like basis.
See also Moses v. Washington Parish School B oard ,------ F. Supp.
— — (E. D. La., October 19, 1967), discussed at pp. 19-20, supra.
Cf. Orders requiring the use of geographic zones in Coppedge v.
Franklin County Board of Education, 273 F. Supp. 289 (E. D.
N. C. 1967) appeal pending, discussed in Note 31, supra, and
Braxton v. Board of Public Instruction of Duval County, Florida,
No. 4598 (M. D. Fla,), January 24, 1967.
So far as we are aware the first and only court order disapprov
ing free choice, prior to the cases discussed above, was entered in
Mason v. Jessamine County Board of Education, 8 Race Rel. L. Rep.
530 (E. D. Ky. 1963).
50
CONCLUSION
W herefore, for the foregoing reasons it is respectfully
submitted that the judgment of the United States Court
of Appeals should be reversed. The case should be re
manded to the district court with instructions to conduct
immediately a hearing on whether some other method of
pupil assignment would, consistently with sound educa
tional principles, sooner disestablish the dual system. If
such be the case that court should order that the speedier
method be employed by defendants.
Respectfully submitted,
J ack Greenberg
J ames M. N abrit, III
F ranklin E. W h ite
10 Columbus Circle
New York, New York 10019
S. W. T ucker
H enry L. M arsh , III
214 East Clay Street
Richmond, Virginia
Attorneys for Petitioners
Of Counsel:
Michael M eltsner
Michael J. Henry
RECORD PRESS — N. Y. C. 38
N os. 695, 740 and 805
Jit tfe (fotrt uf tfa ® M
October T erm, 1967
Charles C. Green, et al., petitioners
v.
County School B oard of New K ent County,
V irginia, et al.
B renda K . M onroe, et al., petitioners
v.
Board of Commissioners of the City of J ackson,
T ennessee, et al.
Arthur L ee R aney, et al., petitioners
v.
The B oard of E ducation of the Gould School
D istrict, et al.
ON WRITS OF CER TIO R AR I TO THE UNITED STATES COURTS OF
APPEALS FOR THE FOURTH, S IX T H AND E IG H TH CIRCUITS
MEMORANDUM FOR THE UNITED STATES AS AMICUS CURIAE
E R W IN N. G RISW OLD ,
Solicitor General,
ST E PH E N J. PO LLA K ,
Assistant A ttorney General,
LOUIS E. C LA IBO RN E,
L A W R E N C E G. W A L L A C E ,
Assistants to the Solicitor General,
B R IA N K. LAN DSBERG ,
Attorney,
Departm ent o f Justice,
Washington, D.C. S05S0.
I N D E X
CITATIONS
f,ases: page
Anderson v. Martin, 375 U.S. 399____________ 15
Bradley v. School Board, 382 U.S. 103_______ 4
Brown v. Board of Education, 347 U.S. 483, 349
U.S. 294______________________________ 2, 7 ,11,14
Burton v. Wilmington Pkg. Auth., 365 U.S.
715_______________________________________ 12
Cassell v. Texas, 339 U.S. 282_______________ 12
Evans v. Newton, 382 U.S. 296_______________ 12
Goss v. Board of Education, 373 U.S. 683_____ 6,13
Griffin v. School Board, 377 U.S. 218_________ 10
Harman v. Forssenius, 380 U.S. 528_________ 11
Kelley v. Altheimer, Ark. Public School Dist.,
No. 22, 378 F. 2d 483_____________________ 10
Lamont v. Postmaster General, 381 U.S. 301 __ 11
Lane v. Wilson, 307 U.S. 268________________ 11
Lee v. Macon County Board of Education, 267
F. Supp. 458, affirmed sub nom. Wallace v.
United States, 389 U.S. 215_______________ 12
Lombard y. Louisiana, 373 U.S. 267_________ 14
Louisiana Financial Assistance Comm. v. Poin
dexter, No. 793, this Term, decided January
15, 1968, affirming 275 F. Supp. 833______ 13
Louisiana v. United States, 380 U.S. 145_____ 4
McCabe v. Atchison, Topeka & Santa Fe Rail
way Co., 235 U.S. 151_____________________ 15
McLaurin v. Oklahoma State Regents, 339 U.S.
637_______________________________________ 6
to
292- 074— 68------------1
II
Cases— Continued Page
Marsh v. Alabama, 326 U.S. 501________ ____ 12
Missouri ex rel. Gaines v. Canada, 305 U.S.
337_________________________________________ 11
Reitman v. Mulkey, 387 U.S. 369____________ 15
Robinson v. Florida, 378 U.S. 153____________ 14
Rogers v, Paul, 382 U.S. 198________________ 4
Shelley v. Kraemer, 334 U.S. 1_______________ 15
Shelton v. Tucker, 364 U.S. 479________________ 11
Singleton v. Jackson Municipal Separate School
District, 355 F. 2d 865_______________________ 11
South Carolina v. Katzenbach, 383 U.S. 301__ 4
Speiser v. Randall, 357 U.S. 513_______________ 11
St. Helena Parish School Board v. Hall, 368
U.S. 515_____________________________ 13
Strauder v. West Virginia, 100 U.S. 303______ 13,14
Sweatt v. Painter, 339 U.S. 629________ _____ 6
Terry v. Adams, 345 U.S. 461_______ ________ 12
Thomas v. Collins, 323 U.S. 516_______________ 11
United States v. Jefferson County Board of Edu
cation, 372 F. 836, 846, affirmed on rehear
ing en banc, 380 F. 2d 385, certiorari denied,
389 U.S. 840_____________________________4, 9,12
Constitution:
United States Constitution, Fourteenth
Amendment___________________________ 12, 13,14
Miscellaneous:
U.S. Commission on Civil Rights, Survey of
School Desegregation in the Southern and
Border States—1965-1966 (1966)_________ 8
U.S. Commission on Civil Rights, I Racial Iso
lation in the Public Schools (1967)_________ 6
U.S. Commission on Civil Rights, Southern
School Desegregation 1966-1967 (1967)____ 3
3 it tfa J k p m t t f d[ourt of t o H t t i M states
October Term, 1967
No. 695
Charles C. Green, et al., petitioners
v.
County School B oard of New K ent County,
V irginia, et al.
No. 740
B renda K . M onroe, et al., petitioners
v.
Board of Commissioners op the City op J ackson,
Tennessee, et al.
No. 805
A rthur L ee R aney, et al., petitioners
v.
The B oard op E ducation of the Gould School
D istrict, et al.
ON WRITS OF CERTIO RARI TO THE UNITED STATES COURTS OF
APTEALS FOR THE FOURTH, S IX T H AND EIG H TH CIRCUITS
m em o ran d um fo r t h e u n it e d st a t e s a s a m ic u s c u r ia e
The central issue in these cases is the character
and extent o f the State’s constitutional obligation in
desegregating its public school system pursuant to
(i)
2
the mandate o f Brown v. Board o f Education, 347
U.S. 483, 349 U.S. 294. Although it is only one aspect
of the problem, we focus on the pupil assignment
policies o f the three school districts involved because
that is the most obvious defect o f the plans in suit.
Faculty desegregation and other measures designed
to erase the labels “ white” and “ N egro” from the
schools of the system are, o f course, essential, as the
courts below recognized. But effective desegregation
is not accomplished so long as there remain all-Negro
schools, attended by an overwhelming m ajority of the
Negro children. It is that result in these cases, avoid
able by employing a differing assignment technique,
which invokes our concern.
In effect, each o f the systems uses the so-called
“ freedom-of-choice” plan, under which each student is
free to assign himself to any school in the district.1 In
each instance, a strict geographic assignment policy
without the right of free transfer would desegregate
the schools. In fact, more than 80% o f the Negro
children attend all-Negro schools, and this is attribut
able to a plan which permits the white students to
assign themselves elsewhere. Nor are these isolated
cases. “ Freedom-of-choice” plans are much in vogue
today, and the consequences are often the same. See
In New Kent, Virginia (No. 695), every student entering
the first and eighth grades is required to choose a school;
thereafter, he is re-assigned to the same school unless he affirma
tively elects a different school. In Jackson, Tennessee (No. 740),
initial assignments are made by geographic zones, but every
student is free to transfer to any other school. In Gould,
vansas (No. 805), every student is apparently required to
choose his school each year.
3
U.S. Commission on Civil Rights, Southern School
Desegregation 1966-1967 (1967), pp. 3, 8-9, 45-46, 94-
95. The question is whether this technique is constitu
tionally permissible when it has the effect o f substan
tially minimizing desegregation. The courts below an
swered in the affirmative, reasoning that it was
enough if the school authorities removed all legal bar
riers to desegregation, leaving it to the students them
selves to mix or not, as they chose.
In our view, so-called “ freedom o f choice” plans
satisfy the State’s obligation only i f they are part o f
a comprehensive program which actually achieves
desegregation. W e do not contend that “ freedom-of-
choice” is per se invalid as an assignment technique or
that its presence automatically condemns the deseg
regation plan o f which it is a part. I f substantial
progress in eliminating all-Negro schools is shown,
the Constitution does not forbid freedom o f choice as
an element in the plan. But when the results are like
those reflected by these records, two objections must
be interposed: First, against a background o f prior
State-compelled educational segregation, a freedom-
of-choice plan that does not operate to eliminate all-
Negro schools is an inadequate remedy to disestablish
the dual school system; secondly, i f the effect is to
retard or defeat the desegregation that a geographic
assignment policy would produce, allowing the stu
dents to make their own assignments impermissably
abdicates the State’s responsibility while effectively
authorizing and facilitating public school segregation
at the instance o f the white students, with official
sanction.
4
I
At the outset, we consider the plans in suit in their
factual context. So judged, they are plainly in
adequate as remedial devices responsive to the evils
created by the previous de jure segregation in the
three school districts. The persistence o f all-Negro
schools in all three systems is eloquent testimony to
the fact that mere abandonment o f compulsory stu
dent assignments based on race is insufficient to elimi
nate the continuing momentum of the past dual sys
tem. And it is apparent that the approach represented
by the “ freedom-of-choice” and “ free transfer” pro
visions of the approved desegregation plans is essen
tially one of “ laissez faire,” and will not substantially
improve the status quo.
Against the background of educational segregation
long maintained by law, the duty of school authorities
is to accomplish “ the conversion o f a de jure segre
gated dual system to a unitary, nonracial (nondis-
criminatory) system— lock, stock, and barrel: students,
faculty, staff, facilities, programs, and activities.”
United States v. Jefferson County Board o f Educa
tion, 372 F. 836, 846, n. 5 (C.A. 5), affirmed on rehearing
en banc, 380 F. 2d 385, certiorari denied, 389 U.S. 840.
And see Bradley v. School Board, 382 U.S. 103; Rogers
v Paul, 382 I .S. 198. That is not a self-executing task.
Here, no less than in other areas where govern-
mentally imposed racial discrimination was deep-
rooted and pervasive, a mere abandonment o f the old
practices will not restore the balance. Cf. Louisiana v.
United States, 380 U.S. 145, 154; South Carolina v.
Katzenbaeh, 383 U.S. 301, 327-337. Neutrality is not
5
enough; affirmative measures must be taken to over
come the effects o f past discrimination and reverse
the direction.
An essential goal o f the conversion process is to
terminate the racial identification of particular schools
as “ Negro” schools or “ white” schools. That aspect o f
the problem is highlighted in two of the cases before
the Court (Nos. 695 and 805), involving systems with
only two plants, one traditionally allocated to Negroes,
the other to whites. O f course, the facilities must be
equalized and deliberate steps must be taken to deseg
regate their faculties and staff. In some communities
that may be enough to establish a new climate in which
voluntary student desegregation will follow under a
“ freedom-of-choice” plan. And in other areas where
residential patterns and the present location o f schools
would perpetuate segregation under a geographic as
signment plan, a “ freedom -of-choice” technique may
offer more promise as an interim measure until new
schools are constructed. But, as Judge Sobeloff ob
served below, concurring specially in the New Kent,
Virginia case (No. 695, A. 79) :
“ Freedom o f choice” is not a sacred talisman;
it is only a means to a constitutionally required
end— the abolition o f the system o f segrega
tion and its effects. I f the means prove effec
tive, it is acceptable, but i f it fails to undo
segregation, other means must be used to
achieve this end. * * *
In the circumstances o f these cases, it is plain that
“ freedom-of-choice” is not a tool to achieve desegre
gation. On the contrary, in New Kent, Virginia, and
6
Gould, Arkansas, where geographic zoning would in
tegrate the two schools o f the district, it is apparent
that “ freedom-of--choice” works in the opposite di
rection, to perpetuate an identifiably “ N egro” school-,
attended only by Negroes. And, although less dra
matically, the “ free transfer” policy followed in Jack-
son, Tennessee, likewise tends to defeat the substantial
degree of pupil desegregation that would result from
strict geographic zoning.
In our view, these facts alone condemn the plans
in suit as inadequate measures to disestablish the dual
school system. Cf. Goss v. Board o f Education, 373
U.S. 683. But there are other reasons to question the
constitutional validity o f the “ freedom-of-choice”
technique as it operates here. These are broader
grounds, which we think relevant, though the Court
may find it unnecessary to reach them.
I I
The actual results in these cases demonstrate that,
in some circumstances at least, “ freedom-of-choice”
plans empower the white students effectively to segre
gate the school system by assigning themselves away
from the schools they would otherwise be attending
with Negroes. And there is no doubt that the conse
quence of racial isolation for the Negro children puts
them at a disadvantage. Not only are they deprived of
contacts and experiences which would enable them to
participate on a more equal footing in the public and
private life o f the dominant community (see Sweatt
v. Painter, 339 U.S. 629, 634-635; McLaurin v. Okla
homa State Regents, 339 U.S. 637, 640-642; and see
U.S. Commission on Civil Rights, I Racial Isolation in
7
the Public Schools (1967), pp. 100-114, 193, 203-204),
but, shunned by the whites, the Negro children are
unmistakably told that their separation is not the
accidental result o f neutral geographical zoning, but,
rather, the deliberate consequence o f a system which,
as Brown emphasized (347 U.S. at 494), “ generates
a feeling o f inferiority as to their status in the com
munity that may affect their hearts and minds in a
way imlikely ever to be undone. ’ ’ The question accord
ingly arises whether segregation, so caused, offends the
Constitution.
The courts below thought the result constitutionally
unobjectionable, apparently reasoning that the injury
was self-inflicted in view of the seemingly equal op
portunity given the Negro students to determine their
own assignments and thus to avoid their separation
by pursuing the white students. In our view, that is
not an adequate answer.
1. Initially, we have difficulty with the premise
that the Negro students in areas like those involved
here enjoy a truly unencumbered option to move
away from their traditional schools. The Fourth Cir
cuit itself, in one o f the cases under review (No. 695,
A. 67), has emphasized that “ ‘freedom of choice’ is
acceptable only i f the choice is free in the practical
context of its exercise.” And the court went on to
add that “ [ i ] f there are extraneous pressures which
deprive the choice of its freedom, the school board
may be required to adopt affirmative measures to
counter them” (id .). But is this a realistic approach?
We do not believe that it is enough to eliminate
only the grosser forms o f intimidation— threats o f
292- 074— 68--------- 2
physical injury or economic reprisal— even assuming
that judicial decrees or administrative action can
effectively deal with such pressures. The reality is
that a variety of more subtle influences— short o f out
right intimidation— tend to confine the Negro to his
traditional school. Insecurity, fear, founded or un
founded, habit, ignorance, and apathy, all inhibit the
Negro child and his parents from the adventurous
pursuit of a desegregated education in an unfamiliar
school, where he expects to be treated as an unwel
come intruder. And corresponding pressures operate
on the white students and their parents to avoid the
“ Negro’ ’ school.2 No doubt, special provisions in the
2 Some of the factors at work are isolated in the report of the
U.S. Commission on Civil Eights, Survey o f School Desegrega
tion in the Southern and Border States—1965-1966 (1966), pp.
51-52, quoted by Judge Sobeloff, concurring below in the New
Kent, Virginia case (No. 695, A. 80-81) :
Freedom o f choice plans accepted by the Office o f Edu
cation have not disestablished the dual and racially segre
gated school systems involved, for the following reasons: a.
Negro and white schools have tended to retain their racial
identity; b. White students rarely elect to attend Negro
schools; c. Some Negro students are reluctant to sever nor
mal school ties, made stronger by the racial identification of
their schools; d. Many Negro children and parents in South
ern States, having lived for decades in positions of sub
servience, are reluctant to assert their rights; e. Negro chil
dren and parents in Southern States frequently will not
choose a formerly all-white school because they fear retalia
tion and hostility from the white community; f. In some
school districts in the South, school officials have failed to
prevent or punish harassment by white children who have
elected to attend white schools; g. In some areas in the
South where Negroes have elected to attend formerly all-
white schools, the Negro community has been subjected to
retaliatory violence, evictions, loss o f jobs, and other forms
o f intimidation.
9
“ freedom-of-choice” plan can mitigate the play o f
these forces. But when the results are like those in
these cases, we think it blinks reality to assume that
the persistence o f all-Negro schools is the consequence
of wholly voluntary self-segregation by the Negro
students.
2. Even if one could properly characterize the result
as the product o f truly free choice, however, it would
be constitutionally objectionable because the exercise
of the option involves an improper burden where the
racial identity o f the schools has not been eliminated.
Thus, the Fourth and F ifth Circuits have disapproved
transfer plans which require the Negro students to
take special steps to obtain a desegregated education.
In the words o f the Fourth Circuit, in one of the cases
under review (No. 695, A . 66 ):
The burden of extracting individual pupils from
discriminatory, racial assignments may not be
cast upon the pupils or their parents. It is the
duty of the school boards to eliminate the dis
crimination which inheres in such a system.
See, also, United States v. Jefferson County Board of
Education, supra, 372 F. 2d at 864—867. In our view,
the same rationale condemns the present plans, which
unnecessarily shift the burden to the Negro to seek
his way out of his traditional school.
Under a plan like that prevailing in Jackson, Ten
nessee, where initial assignments are made by geo-
grapical zones, special steps must be taken to transfer
elsewhere. That is, in itself, an obstacle. The burden
on the Negro is not lightened because the white stu
dents must also assume it i f they Avish to avoi d the
10
traditionally Negro school to which proxim ity first
assigns them. Cf. Griffin v. School Board, 377 U.S.
218. Nor are the obstacles in fact equal in the situa
tion that most concerns us, the persistence o f the all-
Negro school. Where students o f both races have been
initially assigned, on the basis o f residence, to a
traditionally Negro school, the decision to transfer
elsewhere is obviously more difficult fo r the Negro.
Unlike the white child whose “ transfer’ 7 merely re
turns him to his accustomed school, the Negro is re
quired to sacrifice old ties for an uncertain welcome
if he wishes to pursue his search for a desegregated
education.
Nor are these problems immediately overcome by
the “ freedom-of-ehoice” provisions prevailing in New
Kent, Virginia, and Gould, Arkansas. Something is
gained by requiring everyone to express a choice be
fore any assignment is made. But that does not elimi
nate all the pressures weighing on the Negro— and to
a lesser extent on the white— to “ choose” in favor
o f the status quo. Again, an uneven burden falls on
the Negro if he is to leave his traditional school. At
least where all the white students have shunned the
local Negro school, the decision to follow them re
quires courage, and, for the pioneers at least, a will
ingness to subordinate personal advantage to the com
mon good o f the race. See K elley v. Altheim er, Ark.
Public School Dist. No. 22, 378 F. 2d 483, 486^87, n. 6
(C.A. 8).
W e do not mean to exaggerate the tendency of
“ freedom-of-choice” plans to perpetuate the all-
Negro school or the special burden they impose on
11
Negroes to remove themselves from their old segre
gated institutions. O f course, individuals can resist the
pressures and in some communities the technique may
work. Yet, where, as in these cases, freedom-of-choice
does not eliminate the all-Negro school, it would be pure
irony i f Negro children or their parents, already vic
tims of educational segregation, suffering the very
handicaps that this Court sought to avoid for the
future, were held to have “ waived” the promise of
Brown. Cf. Lane v. W ilson, 307 U.S. 268, 276. H ow
ever surmountable they may be, the Constitution does
not tolerate the erection o f unnecessary hurdles to the
enjoyment o f fundamental rights. See, e.g., Missouri
ex rel. Gaines v. Canada, 305 XJ.S. 337. Cf. Lamont v.
Postmaster General, 381 U.S. 301; Harman v. Fors-
senius, 380 XJ.S. 528; Shelton v. Tucker, 364 U.S. 479,
488; Speiser v. Randall, 357 U.S. 513; Thomas v. Col
lins, 323 U.S. 516.
3. The situation would be different i f the burden,
and the resulting injury, were unavoidable, or even if
pupil assignment were traditionally a matter left to
the free play o f private choice. But that is not the
fact. On the contrary, compulsory assignment of pub
lic school students had been the almost invariable rule,
North and South, until Brown. Freedom-of-choice
plans—haphazard and administratively cumbersome 3
—have been devised for the apparent purpose of
allowing the white students to accomplish what the
3 See Singleton v. Jackson Municipal Separate School Dis
trict, 355 F. 2d 865, 871 (C.A. 5).
12
State could no longer provide for them.4 Essentially,
the assignm ent of students is a governmental func
tion, controlled by the requirements of the Fourteenth
Amendment. Cf. Marsh v. Alabama, 326 U.S. 501;
Terry v. Adams, 345 U.S. 461; Evans v. Newton, 382
U.S. 296. And, as this Court observed in Burton v.
Wilmington Pkg. Auth., 365 U.S. 715, 725, “ no State
may effectively abdicate its responsibilities by either
ignoring them or by merely failing to discharge them
whatever the motive may be.”
The suggestion that the action of the students in
effectively segregating themselves need be o f no con
cern to the State may be compared to the proposition
that the State, which has a constitutional duty to avoid
discrimination in jury selection, is free to allow pro
spective jurors to separate themselves on racial lines
for service on particular panels. The unconstitution
ality o f such a permissive arrangement is surely be
yond debate. The reason is not that a defendant has
a right to be tried by a racially representative jury
(see Cassell v. Texas, 339 U.S. 282), but, rather, that
the State may not permit discrimination to influence
the selection o f a jury. The same principle governs
here: even if accidental segregation in public educa
tion is permissible, the Constitution does not tolerate
4 The lower courts have recognized that in some communities
freedom-of-choice was adopted because alternative plans would
require white pupils to attend Negro schools. See Lee v. Macon
County Board o f Education, 267 F. Supp. 458, 479, n. 27
(M.D. A la.), affirmed sub norm,. Wallace v. United States, 389
U.S. 215; United States v. Jefferson Comity Board o f Education,
supra^ 372 F. 2d at 878, 888-889. And see the testimony o f the
Superintendent of the Gould, Arkansas, schools (No. 805, A . 67).
13
schemes which invite that result to be accomplished
by indirect means through a delegation o f State
responsibility. Cf. St. Helena Parish School Board v.
Hall, 368 IT.S. 515; Goss v. Board of Education,
supra; Griffin v. School Board, supra; Louisiana
Financial Assistance Comm. v. Poindexter, No. 793,
this Term, decided January 15, 1968, affirming 275 E.
Supp. 833 (E.D. La.).
In sum, where freedom-of-choice plans leave the
schools essentially segregated, while a more tradi
tional assignment policy would not, that segregation
may fairly be attributed to the State. That conclusion
alone covers the present cases. But the fact that the
State is knowingly contributing to the result has an
other dimension also.
4. By resorting to a permissive device which, in
context, seems to serve no purpose other than to
defeat or retard integration, the State is declaring
its approval o f the discrimination which it allows to
govern pupil assignments. The effect is tw o-fold: the
apparent official sanction given to the preference o f
the white students aggravates the injury to the Negro
children; and, at the same time, it lends encourage
ment to the separation o f the white students and tends
to stiffen those very attitudes that desegregation
might relax.
There is, o f course, nothing novel in the proposition
that the Equal Protection Clause forbids official
action which injures the Negro by implying his unfit
ness or inferiority as a class and encourages private
racial prejudice. Indeed, this is the rationale of
Strauder v. W est Virginia, 100 U.S. 303, one of the
14
earliest landmark decisions construing the Fourteenth
Amendment, Striking down a statute excluding
Negroes from service on juries, the Court there
observed (100 U.S. at 308) :
The very fact that colored people are singled
out and expressly denied by a statute all right
to participate in the administration o f the law,
as jurors, because of their color, though they
are citizens, and may be in other respects fully
qualified, is practically a brand upon them,
affixed by the law, an assertion o f their inferi
ority, and a stimulant to that race prejudice
which is an impediment to securing to indi
viduals o f the race that equal justice which
the law aims to secure to all others.
The Brown opinion merely returned to this authentic
interpretation of the Amendment when it noted (ap
provingly quoting one o f the lower courts, 347 U.S.
at 494): “ Segregation o f white and colored children
in public schools has a detrimental effect upon the
colored children. The impact is greater when it has
the sanction of the law; for the policy o f separating
the races is usually interpreted as denoting the in
feriority of the negro group.”
The principle is not limited to situations in which
the State teaches a philosophy o f racial inferiority by
expressly compelling segregation. The same message
can be conveyed by lesser measures and they are
equally forbidden. E.g., Lombard v. Louisiana, 373
U.S 267; Robinson v. Florida, 378 U.S. 153. Indeed, in
some contexts, the Equal Protection Clause prohibits
official action which merely facilitates, or gives effect
to, private discrimination on the ground o f race. E.g.,
15
Anderson v. Martin, 375 U.S. 399; McCabe v. Atchi
son, Topeka & Santa F e Railway Co., 235 U.S. 151;
Shelley v. Kraem er, 334 U.S. 1. And see Reitman v.
Mulkey, 387 U.S. 369. The State cannot gratuitously
take steps to make discrimination easy; the Four
teenth Amendment bars State action which unneces
sarily creates opportunities for the play o f private
prejudice. So, here, we submit, the State authorities
overstepped the constitutional line by adopting stu
dent assignment plans which predictably, i f not de
signedly, cater to the preference o f white students to
avoid desegregated schools.
I l l
It remains to suggest the appropriate remedy in
each of the cases before the Court. As we have noted,
the central fact in all three school districts involved is
that an overwhelming m ajority of the ISTegro student
population still attend all-Negro schools because the
prevailing “ freedom -of-choice” or “ free transfer”
plans allow the white students who would otherwise
attend those schools to assign themselves elsewhere.
That result condemns the freedom-of-choice assignment
system in each o f the cases, in light o f the availability
of other more promising alternatives.
We need not particularize the details o f an appro
priate plan for each district. But it is apparent that
in both New Kent, Virginia (No. 695) and Gould, A r
kansas (No. 805), each o f which have only two schools,
a substantial degree o f desegregation would be
achieved i f geographical zoning were adopted. And,
of course, full desegregation would result i f the two
16
schools in each district were “ paired” , one as the ele
mentary school for the entire area, the other as the
secondary school. Either solution is presumably sound
educationally and nothing in the record suggests that
either alternative presents special administrative
problems.
The Jackson, Tennessee, situation (No. 740) is more
complex, but the availability o f alternate solutions is
equally clear. In this district, geographic attendance
zones are already in operation and the obvious first
step therefore seems to be to eliminate the super
imposed “ free transfer” provision o f the plan which
has worked to preserve as all-Negro each o f the for
merly Negro elementary schools, the form erly Negro
junior high school, and the form erly Negro high
school. There remains, however, a challenge to the
three junior high school zones as “ gerrymandered.” 5
On the face of the record, the charge o f gerryman
dering is well founded. Indeed, it appears that sub
stantially greater desegregation at the junior high
school level would have resulted i f the elementary
zone lines had been followed to create a feeder system,
h o explanation was offered for the deviations from
this traditional plan. Moreover, it is demonstrable
that other alternative boundaries— with no apparent
disadv antages can be drawn to achieve still more de-
segr egation in the three schools involved. Quite plainly,
the school authorities made no effort in this direction.
In our view, they should be directed— subject, of
course, to the supervision o f the district court—to
5 A challenge to the elementary school zones was sustained
by the district court and is not in issue here.
17
redraw the junior high school zones with this purpose
in view.
Respectfully submitted.
E rwin 1ST. Griswold,
Solicitor General.
Stephen J. P ollak,
Assistant A ttorney General.
Louis P. Claiborne,
L awrence G. W allace,
Assistants to the Solicitor
General.
B rian K . L andsberg,
Attorney.
F ebruary 1968.
U.S . GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 196®
IN THE
Supreme Court of the United States
No. 695
CHARLES C. GREEN, et a l .,
v.
Petitioners,
COUNTY SCHOOL BOARD OF
NEW KENT COUNTY, VIRGINIA, et a l .,
Respondents.
On Writ of Certiorari to the United States Court of
Appeals for the Fourth Circuit
BRIEF FOR THE RESPONDENTS
Frederick T. G ray
W alter E. R ogers
R obert E. Eic h er
Counsel for Respondents
Williams, M u l l e n & C h r istia n
1309 State-Planters Bank Bldg.
Richmond, Virginia 23219
Robert Y. Bu t to n
Attorney General of Virginia
Robert D. M c I l w a in e , I I I
First Assistant Attorney General
Richmond, Virginia
Question Presented ................................................................................... 1
Constitutional Provision I nvolved ..................................................... 2
Statement...............................................................................-...................- 2
Summary O f Arg u m en t ................ ......—...... -....... -.......................... 3
Argument ......................................................................................... —..... - 4
I. Introduction ...........—;— -..................................... .— ........... 4
II. The validity of a plan permitting each pupil annually to at
tend the public school of his free choice is implicit in the
mandate of Brown v. Board of Education.................................... 8
A. The Mandate of Brown v. Board of Education................... 8
B. The Shape and Meaning of the Brown v. Board o f Edu
cation Mandate.........................................................................— 11
1. In the United States Supreme Court................................ 11
2. In the other Federal Courts.............-................................. 14
3. In the Congress............................................. -...................... 19
C. Fulfilling the Brown v. Board of Education Mandate;
The Freedom of Choice Plan................................................... 21
1. Whether the plan “ works” — constitutional principle or
mathematical equation? .................................................— 21
2. Private discrimination— promoted or suffered? ............ 23
3. Free choice— w hose?............................................................ 25
4. Compulsory integration in formerly de jure systems—
principle or purge? ............................................................... 27
5. Integration and education— antitheticals? ...................... 29
Conclusion................................................................................................... 33
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
*
TABLE OF CITATIO N S
Page
United States Constitution
Fourteenth Amendment........................................ -8, 12, 17, 23, 27,
Cases
Anderson v. Martin, 375 U.S. 399 (1964) .........................................
Bell v. School City of Gary, 213 F. Supp. 819 (N.D. Ind. 1963),
affirmed, 324 F. 2d 209 (7th Cir.), cert, den., 377 U.S.
924 ................................................................................... 15, 19-20,
Board of Education of Oklahoma City Public Schools v. Dowell, 375
F. 2d 158 (10th Cir. 1967), cert, den., 387 U.S. 931 .................
Bolling v. Sharpe, 347 U.S. 497 (1954) .............................................
Bowman v. County School Board of Charles City County, 382
F. 2d 326 (4th Cir. 1967) ........................................................... 5,
Bradley v. School Board of City of Richmond, 345 F. 2d 310 (4th
Cir. 1965), vacated and remanded on other grounds, 382
U.S. 103 ..................................................................... 6, 8, 15, 22,
Briggs v. Elliott, 132 F. Supp. 776 (E.D.S.C. 1955) ....... 14, 19, 27,
Brown v. Board of Education of Topeka, 347 U.S. 483 (1954),
349 U.S. 294 (1955) ................. 3, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 17, 21,
Brown v. Board of Education of Topeka, 139 F. Supp. 468 (D.
Kan. 1955) ................................................... ..............................14,
Calhoun v. Latimer, 377 U.S. 263 (1964) .......................................
Clark v. Board of Education of Little Rock School District, 369 F.
2d 661 (8th Cir. 1966), reh. den., 374 F. 2d 569 ..... 15, 21, 23,
Cooper v. Aaron, 358 U.S. 1 (1958) ...................................................
Coppedge v. Franklin County Board of Education, 273 F. Supp.
289 (E.D.N.C. 1967) .....................................................................
Deal v. Cincinnati Board of Education, 369 F. 2d 55 (6th Cir.
1966), cert, den.,..... U.S...............................................................
Downs v. Board of Education of Kansas City, 336 F. 2d 988 ( 10th
Cir. 1964), cert, den., 380 U.S. 914 ....... ............................15, 16,
28
24
27
16
7
25
23
28
27
20
12
24
11
26
8
17
20
Evans v. Ennis, 281 F. 2d 385 (3d Cir. 1960) .................. ............15
Goss v. Board of Education of Knoxville, 373 U.S. 683 (1963)
12, 13, 23
Kelley v. Altheimer, Arkansas Public School District, 378 F. 2d 483
(8th Cir. 1967) ......................................................................... . . . . .8, 15
Kemp v. Beasley, ..... F. 2d ..... , No. 19017 (8th Cir. Jan. 9,
1968) ............................................................................................15, 22
Lombard v. Louisiana, 373 U.S. 267 (1963) ................................... 24
Meyer v. Nebraska, 262 U.S. 396 (1923) ......................................... 26
Monroe v. Board of Commissioners of City of Jackson, 380 F. 2d
955 (6th Cir. 1967), cert, granted, No. 740 (O.T. 1967) ....15, 28
Moses v. Washington Parish School Board, 276 F. Supp. 834 (E.D.
La. 1967) .................................................................................. 28, 29
Evans v. Buchanan, 207 F. Supp. 820 (D. Del. 1962)
Olson v. Board of Education of Union Free School District, 250
F. Supp. 1000 (E.D.N.Y. 1966), appeal dismissed, 367 F. 2d
565 (2d Cir.) ................................................................................... 30
Pierce v. Society of Sisters of Holy Names, 268 U.S. 510 (1925) .... 26
Plessy v. Ferguson, 163 U.S. 537 (1896) ........................................ . 6
Raney v. Board of Education of Gould School District, 381 F. 2d
252 (8th Cir. 1967), cert, granted, No. 805 (O.T. 1967) ......... 15
Reitmanv. Mulkey, 387 U.S. 369 (1967) ......................................... 24
Robinson v. Florida, 378 U.S. 153 (1964) ................... ............. ..... 24
Rogers v. Paul, 382 U.S. 198 (1965) ............. .................................... 6
Springfield School Committee v. Barksdale, 348 F. 2d 261 (1st
Cir. 1965) ....................................................................................... 15
Swann v. Charlotte-Mecklenburg Board of Education, 369 F. 2d
29 (4th Cir. 1966) 8
Taylor v. Board of Education of City School District of New
Rochelle, 294 F. 2d 36 (2d Cir. 1961), cert. den. 368 U.S.
940 ................. ......................... ....................................................15, 16
United States v. Jefferson County Board of Education, 372 F. 2d
836 (5th Cir. 1966), aff’d with modifications on rehearing en
banc, 380 F. 2d 385 (1967), cert. den. sub. nom., Caddo Parish
School Board v. United States, 389 U.S. 840 ............17, 24, 27, 28
Page
Statutes
Civil Rights Act of 1964, 78 Stat. 241 ..................... 17, 18, 19, 20, 27
1966 Amendment to Elementary and Secondary Education Act of
1965, 80 Stat. 1212 ......................................................................20-21
Other Authorities
Conant, Slums and Suburbs (1961) * ................................. 10, 17, 30-31
Congressional Record, Vol. 110 (1964) ............................................ 19
De Facto Segregation, Educational Policies Commission of the NEA
and the American Association of School Administrators, NEA
Journal (October 1965)*............................................................... 7
Fischer, Educational Problems of Segregation and Desegregation,
from Education in Depressed Areas, A. Harry Passow, editor
(1963)* ........................................................................................... 8
Gordon, Assimilation in American Life: The Role of Race, Religion
and National Origin (1964 )* ..................................................... 7, 18
Greenberg, Race Relations and American Law (1959) ............... 17, 18
Handlin, The Goals of Integration, from Daedalus (Winter 1966)*
18, 31
Ward & Paul, Transcripts of Brown v. Board of Education of
Topeka, Case No. 101 (Library U.S. Supreme Court) ....___9, 10
* Extracts from cited authorities appear in the Respondents’ Ap
pendix in No. 740.
iv
IN THE
Supreme Court of the United States
No. 695
CHARLES C. GREEN, e t a l .,
Petitioners,
v.
COUNTY SCHOOL BOARD OF
NEW KENT COUNTY, VIRGINIA, et a l .,
Respondents.
On Writ of Certiorari to the United States Court of
Appeals for the Fourth Circuit
BRIEF FOR THE RESPONDENTS
QUESTION PRESENTED
Are the Negro patrons of a public school system denied
equal protection of the laws under the Fourteenth Amend
ment to the United States Constitution where the system
is administered under a plan of operation by which each
2
CONSTITUTIONAL PROVISION INVOLVED
This case involves Section I of the Fourteenth Amend
ment to the Constitution of the United States.
STATEMENT
The petitioners correctly state that, through the 1965-
1966 school year, children in New Kent County attended
school under the Pupil Placement Act of Virginia, and that
there was no integration of the school system until 1965-
1966 when 35 Negro children chose to attend the formerly
all white school. Brief for Petitioners pp. 6-7.
However, an examination of the tables set forth on page
7 of their Brief will show that, in the year following im
plementation of the respondents’ freedom of choice plan,
the number of Negro children attending the formerly all
white school more than tripled, and that progress has been
made towards faculty desegregation.
The most recent statistics show that 115 of the 736 Negro
students are attending New Kent, the formerly all white
school, and that there is an enrollment of 644 in New
Kent and 621 in Watkins, and 28.2 teachers in New Kent
and 30.8 in Watkins.
The freedom of choice plan under which the New Kent
County public school system is operated is set forth in the
Appendix at pages 34a through 44a and pages 50a through
51a. In general, it gives each student in the system an un
restricted right to attend the school of his choice. It has
been examined and approved by HEW, the District Court
and the Court of Appeals en banc.
pupil is given an unrestricted annual right to attend the
school of his choice without regard to race, color or na
tional origin?
3
Brown v. Board of Education of Topeka1 articulated a
proscriptive constitutional mandate under the Fourteenth
Amendment: No state shall deny to any child, solely be
cause of race, admission to the public school of his choice.
Compliance with the mandate required the elimination of
state-imposed racial considerations so that those admitted
to public schools were not Negro children and white chil
dren—but just children.
The petitioners themselves concede that they have an un
restricted choice and “ a privilege rarely enjoyed in the past
—the opportunity to attend the school of their choice.”
(Pet. for Cert. p. 13.) Yet they ask to be deprived of a
choice because the choice exercised by their fellow resi
dents of the county— entirely free of state-imposed or pro
moted racial considerations— has not produced some sort
of integrated balance of Negroes and whites in the school
system.
That the states have no obligation under the Fourteenth
Amendment to enforce compulsory integration of the races
throughout the school system is recognized by decisions in
the Courts of Appeal for the Fourth Circuit, the Sixth Cir
cuit, the Seventh Circuit, the First Circuit, the Eighth Cir
cuit and the Tenth Circuit and by the Congress of the
United States. The same principle is implicit in decisions
in the Courts of Appeal for the Third Circuit and the Sec
ond Circuit, respectively.
The respondents are aware that their public school sys
tem could be operated under some other plan. Their adop
tion of freedom of choice is rooted in both a constitutional
base and an educational base. It is designed to honor the *
SU M M A R Y OF ARGUM EN T
*347 U.S. 483 (1954), 349 U.S. 294 (1955) (hereinafter referred
to as Brown I and Brown II or as the Brown decisions).
4
educational imperative of the system, as well as to comply
with the Fourteenth Amendment, in the light of the cir
cumstances in this rural Virginia county and the experi
ences in other areas with the withdrawal of white children
from the public school system. Both the constitutional
requirement and the educational function are fulfilled by
the freedom of choice plan.
ARGUMENT
I.
Introduction
In their Complaint filed March 15, 1965, the petitioners
alleged, in Article VI, paragraph 16 on page 8, that they
“ [Sjuffer and will continue to suffer irreparable injur)' as
a result of the persistent failure and refusal of the defend
ants to initiate desegregation and to adopt and implement
a plan providing for the elimination of racial discrimination
in the public school system.” 'Emphasis added.) This was
the basic premise of their Complaint and. significantly
enough, it was reminiscent of the language in the Brown
decisions.
On June 28, 1966. the District Court approved the re
spondents freedom of choice plan for the operation of the
hew Kent County public school system. U nder this plan
each student in the county public school svstem. effective
the 1966-6, term, was given the right to attend each rear
any school of his choice in the svstem.
The petitioners have acknowledged that under a free
choice plan students are allowed to attend the school of
their choice.' and have conceded that their right to make
' JS]tudents are giv en a privilege rarely enjoyed in the past—the
opportunity to attend the school of their choice.*’ Greer, v. County
School Board of New Kent County, Pet. for Cert p. 13.
5
an annual choice is “ unrestricted and unencumbered.”3
This would seem to fulfill the petitioners’ original premise;
viz., elimination of racial discrimination by the respondents
in their operation of the public school system.
However, the petitioners re-tooled their premise follow
ing the adoption of the freedom of choice plan by the re
spondents. It is now their premise that the respondents
have a constitutional duty to compel Negro and white stu
dents alike, their free choices to the contrary notwithstand
ing, to attend schools on a racial basis in order to achieve
an integrated system.
The re-tooled premise necessarily entails some difficulty
for the petitioners, for it requires them to complain of the
“privilege rarely enjoyed in the past— the opportunity to at
tend the school of their choice.”4 Thus, on page 49 of their
Brief, the petitioners acknowledge that a freedom of choice
plan is not unconstitutional per se, but that it is unconstitu
tional in operation where “ there is little reason to believe
it will be successful”— an euphemistic expression for racial
balance throughout the system.
It is at this juncture, we submit, that the petitioners con
cede the validity of the action of the District Court, which
approved the plan with the retention of jurisdiction in order
to observe its operation,5 and the action of the Court of
Appeals, which remanded the case for the District Court to
review and update the record and fashion proper decrees.
3Bowman v. County School Board of Charles City County, 382 F. 2d
326, 328 (4th Gir. 1967), the companion case, for which no review
is sought, decided together with this case. While the opinion dis
cussed herein was rendered in the Charles City County case, it was
expressly made applicable to this case. Green v. County School Board
of New Kent County, 382 F. 2d 338, 339 (4th Cir. 1967).
4Note 2, supra.
Since the plan has been in operation, the number of Negro students
attending the formerly all white school has grown from 35 in 1965-66
115 in 1967-68, according to the FIEW Documents filed by the
petitioners.
6
A fundamental rule established by the Supreme Court
in school desegregation cases is that control over the course
and shape of desegregation rests with the district courts and
with the school boards themselves. The very nature of the
problem points up the wisdom of the rule.
It was precisely for this reason that Brown II remanded
the cases to the district courts. In subsequent cases the
Supreme Court consistently has adhered to this rule, either
expressly or in practice, and it was the basis of the remands
in Rogers v. Paul, 382 U.S. 198 (1965), and Bradley v.
School Board of City of Richmond, 382 U.S. 103 (1965).
Yet the petitioners would have control transferred to this
Court, despite the fact that the District Court unquestion
ably has the greater opportunity to observe the free choice
plan in operation.
In the courts below, the thrust of the petitioners’ attack
was upon the principle of free choice rather than the opera
tion of the plan. It is incongruous that the movement which
began in order to free the Negro from the inability to exer
cise a choice because of race would now, for purely racial
motives, deny him the choice. The petitioners say in effect
that white and Negro alike should have no choice. There
must be integration of the races in any event. The desire
of parents and students must yield to the desire of those who
would require compulsory integration.
Though the petitioners have conceded the existence of an
unrestricted choice, they would have this Court force others
to do what they are free to do already. This is dangerous
in principle because it restores race as a criterion in the
opeiation of the public schools, and it was this very criterion
that was rejected in the Brown decisions. The criterion of
i ace simply is improper under our governmental system.'1
Our Constitution is colorblind.” Plessv v.
559 (1896) (Dissenting opinion).
Ferguson, 163 U.S. 537.
7
The genius of the American political tradition, in its
best sense, in relation to race is that it dictates that
racial criteria are not legitimate in the operation of
governmental facilities and should be rigorously es
chewed. To bring racial criteria in by the front door,
so to speak, even before throwing them out the back,
represents, in my opinion, no real gain for the
body politic and has potentially dangerous implications
for the future.7
The petitioners’ position also endangers the fundamental
aim of the public school system. Clearly there is no re
deeming value in integration compelled at the expense of
education. This result would obtain, however, where the
free choices of parents and pupils are frustrated. The fol
lowing statement gives some perspective to the problem:
[T]he purpose of schools is education and . . . no child
is being served if education is being made impossible.
School authorities must make clear when they believe
that pupils are being used as pawns in the struggles
of adults. The question to be asked about all proposals
is whether they will improve the education of the
pupils involved, not whether they will contribute to
other goals, even desegregation.8
Integration alone is not, therefore, a proper goal in terms
of the educational imperative. The social engineering in
herent in compelling students to attend certain schools on * &
7Gordon, Assimilation in American Life: The Role of Race, Re
ligion and National Origins, p. 250 (1964). See Bolling v. Sharpe, 347
U.S. 497, 499 (1954) : “ Glassifications based solely upon race must be
scrutinized with particular care, since they are contrary to our tradi
tions and hence constitutionally suspect.”
&De Facto Segregation, Educational Policies Commission of the NEA
and the American Association of School Administrators, NEA Journal
p. 36 (October 1965).
8
purely racial grounds and against their wishes has no place
in education,9 and, it is submitted, no warrant in law.
II.
The validity of a plan permitting each pupil annually to attend the
public school of his free choice is implicit in the mandate of
Brown v. Board of Education
A. T h e M andate of Brown v. Board of Education
The seed of the petitioners’ case is sown upon stony
ground when they cite the Brown decisions for the proposi
tion that the Fourteenth Amendment mandates compulsory
integration of public schools. The petitioners construe these
decisions to mean that the Fourteenth Amendment pro
hibits public schools which are segregated from any cause
See Fischer, Educational Problems of Segregation and Desegrega
tion, from Education in Depressed Areas, A. Harry Passow, editor,
p. 290 (1963), in which the author commends “a maximum of free
choice for all children” and criticizes the “growing pressure to locate
schools, draw district lines, and organize curricula in order to achieve
a pre-determined racial pattern or enrollment.” Id. at 296-97.
A sufficient answer to the petitioners’ complaint that a free choice
plan iŝ unreasonably burdensome and uneconomical to the school
system is that these are not criteria under the Fourteenth Amendment.
dtt aov V' Altheimer> Arkansas Public School District, 378 F. 2d
, 97 (8th Cir. 1967) (discussing costly and inefficient bus sys
tems) . It is not conceded, moreover, that the geographic zone plan
urge by the petitioners would be more economical and convenient
to t le system. The inevitable result of this, based upon the racial
alance concept implicit in the petitioners’ argument, would be to
put the respondents in the zoning business—a diurnal haul indeed.
6ee itwmn v_ Charlotte-Mecklenburg Board of Education, 369 F. 2d 29
( m Ur. 1966), and Deal v. Cincinnati Board of Education, 369 F. 2d
55 (6th Car. 1966), cert, den., ........... U.S............ , where the plain
tiffs complained that the zones as drawn did not produce the “nec
essary racial composition in the schools and argued that the Boards
were required to re-zone or take other steps whenever necessary to
achieve the proper racial composition in the schools . See also Bradley
v. School Board of City of Richmond, 345 F. 2d 310 (4th Cir. 1965),
vacated and remanded on other grounds, 382 U.S. 103.
9
whatsoever and requires the appropriate State authorities
to compel integration.
This construction by the petitioners must yield to the un
equivocal language of the Court itself: 10
We come then to the question presented: Does
segregation of children in public schools solely on the
basis of race, even though the physical facilities and
other ‘tangible’ factors may be equal, deprive the chil
dren of the minority group of equal educational oppor
tunities? We believe that it does. (Emphasis added.)
To separate [Negroes] from others of similar age and
qualifications solely because of their race generates a
feeling of inferiority as to their status in the com
munity. . . . (Emphasis added.)
[W]e hold that the plaintiffs and others similarly situ
ated for whom the actions have been brought are, by
reason of the segregation complained of, deprived of
the equal protection of the laws guaranteed by the
Fourteenth Amendment. (Emphasis added.)
The key to the meaning of Brown I lies in the italicized
words, taken in context. The “ segregation complained of,”
which was held to deny equal protection of the laws, was
the refusal of the respondents, solely on the basis of race,
to permit Negroes to attend the school of their choice. It
was, therefore, legally enforced segregation, solely on the
basis of race, which the Court struck down— not freedom
of choice. In fact, Mr. Justice Marshall himself, during
his argument at the bar of this Court on December 9, 1952,
in Case No. 101, carefully pointed out that the harm suf
fered by the Negro children was the product of state-im
posed segregation:
10347 U.S. at 493, 494 and 495 (Brown I ) .
10
But my emphasis is that all we are asking for is to
take off this state-imposed segregation. It is the state-
imposed part of it that affects the individual chil
dren. . . .u
That Brown I permits the respondents’ freedom of choice
plan is implicit in the fourth of five questions put to coun
sel to reargue in terms of the proper method of achieving
desegregation:12
4. Assuming it is decided that segregation in public
schools violates the Fourteenth Amendment
(a) would a decree necessarily follow providing that,
within the limits set by normal geographic school dis
tricting, Negro children should forthwith be admitted
to schools of their choice, or
(b) may this Court, in the exercise of its equity powers,
permit an effective gradual adjustment to be brought
about from existing segregated systems to a system not
based on color distinctions? (Emphasis added.)
Clearly what concerned the Court was whether free
choice shall be granted now or shall there be a gradual
adjustment? Gradual adjustment to what? To schools with
racial balance? No!— “ to a system not based on color dis
tinctions.’" A freedom of choice plan, in which there is an
unrestricted and unencumbered right to attend any school
in the system, is manifestly not based on color distinctions.
The Court invited freedom of choice by the very nature
"Ward & Paul, Transcript of Brown v. Board of Education of
Topeka p. 28 (Library, U.S. Supreme Court). See Conant, Slums
and Suburbs p. 27 et seq. (1961). The author suggests that the pupils
in a completely Negro school are not by that fact alone deprived of
equal educational opportunities if they are not assigned solely because
of their race. Id. at 28
12347 U.S. at 495, n. 13.
11
of the relief it was considering and, in addition, by its de
cision in Brown II. There the Court answered question
4(b) in the affirmative in remanding the cases to the dis
trict courts for such orders and decrees as might be required
to admit the petitioners to public schools on a racially non-
discriminatory basis. Moreover, it is not without signifi
cance that the Court couched its decision in terms of the
admission, rather than the assignment, of students on a
racially nondiscriminatory basis. A freedom of choice plan
provides just such a basis in that the sole criterion for ad
mission to any school is the individual’s free choice and not
his race.13
B. T h e Sh a p e a n d M e a n in g o f t h e Brown v. Board of
Education M an date
1. In the United States Supreme Court
The mandate of the Brown decisions was stated in un
equivocal terms in Cooper v. Aaron, 358 U.S. 1, 5, 7
(1958) :
On May 17, 1954, this Court decided that enforced
racial segregation in the public schools of a State is
a denial of the equal protection of the laws enjoined
by the Fourteenth Amendment. (Emphasis added.)
State authorities were thus duty bound to devote every
effort toward initiating desegregation and bringing
about the elimination of racial discrimination in the
public school system. (Emphasis added.)
13Provided, of course, the choice will not result in overcrowding.
In this case the plan properly provides that where a school would
become overcrowded if all the choices were granted, pupils choosing
that school will be assigned to the school of their choice nearest to
their homes.
12
Clearly the respondents are not “ duty bound” under the
Fourteenth Amendment to compel Negro and white stu
dents alike, solely because of their race, to attend certain
schools for the avowed purpose of integrating the races,
their free choices to the contrary notwithstanding.
Later decisions of this Court likewise fail to support
the petitioners’ argument that the States have an obligation
under the Fourteenth Amendment to enforce a mixed racial
composition in their public school systems. In fact, this
Court has conveyed the clear impression that a freedom
of choice plan is constitutionally permissible under the
Brown mandate, even though some sort of racial balance
between Negroes and whites is not thereby produced
throughout the school system. Thus, Calhoun v. Latimer,
377 U.S. 263 (1964), was remanded to the district court
for an evidentiary hearing to determine whether the re
spondent’s free transfer plan, with the addenda adopted
subsequent to argument, satisfied the desegregation man
date of Brown.
Goss v. Board of Education of Knoxville, 373 U.S. 683,
689 (1963), focused on the elimination of “state-imposed
racial conditions” in the transfer of pupils. There the plan
re-zoned school districts without reference to race but set
up a transfer system under which students, upon request,
would be permitted—solely on the basis of their race and
the racial composition of the school to which they had been
assigned to transfer from such school, where they would
be in the racial minority, back to their former segregated
school, where their race would be in the majority.
Although this Court held that a racial criterion for pur
poses of transfer between public schools was unconstitu
tional, it noted that:14
14373 U.S. at 687.
13
[I]f the transfer provisions were made available to all
students regardless of their race and regardless as well
of the racial composition of the schools to which he
requested transfer we would have an entirely different
case. Pupils could then at their option (or that of their
parents) choose, entirely free of any imposed racial
considerations, to remain in the school of their zone
or to transfer to another. (Emphasis added.)
The respondents’ free choice plan is that “ entirely dif
ferent case” in which each pupil (or his parents) is free
to choose which school he will attend, “ entirely free of any
imposed racial considerations.” There the pupil (or his
parents) had to show that he came under the majority-
minority transfer rule to justify his choice. Here the pupils
are not required to justify their choice by any racial cri
terion. It is unrestricted and unencumbered and, therefore,
consistent with the following dictum from Goss v. Board of
Education of Knoxville, supra, at 688-89:
This is not to say that appropriate transfer provi
sions, upon the parents’ request, consistent with sound
school administration and not based upon any state-
imposed racial conditions would fall. Likewise, we
would have a different case here if the transfer provi
sions were unrestricted, allowing transfers to or from
any school regardless of the race of the majority there
in. (Emphasis added.)
There is no difference in principle in the respondents’
plan, which gives to each pupil an unrestricted right each
year to choose the school he wishes to attend, and a plan
which assigns pupils on a non-racial basis and then gives
them an unrestricted right each year to transfer to the
school they wish to attend.
14
Although this Court has decided several other cases in
volving desegregation, the issue in most of them has been
speed, i.e., the number of grades to be desegregated within
a given time. Speed is not an issue in this case. The re
spondents’ desegregation plan applied to all grades in the
schools effective the 1966-67 school year.
2. In the other Federal Courts
The gist of the petitioners’ argument is that a public
school system is segregated as long as there remains any
school which is not attended by both white and Negro
children. This argument was rejected by the three judge
court on the remand in Brown v. Board of Education of
Topeka, 139 F. Supp. 468, 470 (D. Kan. 1955) :
It was stressed at the hearing that such schools as
Buchanan are all-colored schools and that in them
there is no intermingling of colored and white chil
dren. Desegregation does not mean that there must be
intermingling of the races in all school districts. It
means only that they may not be prevented from inter
mingling or going to school together because of race
or color.
In Briggs v. Elliott, 132 F. Supp. 776, 777 (E.D.S.C.
1955), Judge Parker made perhaps the most famous ex
pression of the constitutional distinction embodied in the
Brown mandate:
W hat [the Supreme Court] has decided . . . is that a
state may not deny to any person on account of race the
right to attend any school that it maintains. . . . Noth
ing in the Constitution or in the decision of the Su
preme Court takes away from the people freedom to
choose the schools they attend. The Constitution, in
15
This fundamental distinction is supported by decisions
in the Circuit Courts of Appeal for the Fourth Circuit
(.Bradley v. School Board of City of Richmond, supra, which
was followed by the Court of Appeals in the case at bar),
the Sixth Circuit (Monroe v. Board of Commissioners of
City of Jackson, 380 F. 2d 955 (1967)) (now under review
in No. 740), the First Circuit (Springfield School Com
mittee v. Barksdale, 348 F. 2d 261 (1965)), the Seventh
Circuit {Bell v. School City of Gary, 324 F. 2d 209 (1963),
cert, den., 377 U.S. 924), the Eighth Circuit (Clark v.
Board of Education of Little Rock School District, 369
F. 2d 661 (1966), reh. den., 374 F. 2d 569)15 and the Tenth
Circuit (Downs v. Board of Education of Kansas City, 336
F. 2d 988 (1964), cert, den., 380 U.S. 914).
The same distinction is implicit in Evans v. Ennis, 281
F. 2d 385 (3d Cir. 1960). Although Judge Biggs’ state
ment quoted on page 37 of the petitioners’ Brief appears to
support their position (“ The Supreme Court has unquali
fiedly declared integration to be their constitutional right.” ),
it has been lifted out of the context of his repeated state
ments about Negro children who “ desire,” “ seek” and “ will
seek” integration. There was no suggestion that the state
was to compel integration where the children (or parents)
did not desire or seek to attend school on an integrated
basis. See also Taylor v. Board of Education of City 15
15Contra, Kemp v. Beasley, ........... F. 2d.............. , No. 19017 Janu
ary 9, 1968 (different panel of 8th Circuit). Compare Raney v.
Board of Education of Gould School District, 381 F. 2d 252 (8th Cir.
1967) (now under review in No. 805), with Kelley v. Altheimer, Ar
kansas Public School District, supra, for a further illustration of the
division in opinion among the panels in the Eighth Circuit.
other words, does not require integration. It merely
forbids discrimination.
16
School District of New Rochelle, 294 F. 2d 36 (2d Cir.
1961), cert, den., 368 U.S. 940, where the court, after
finding that the school board had deliberately drawn and
maintained district lines to perpetuate a “Negro” school,
decreed that the pupils were to be permitted (not com
pelled) to transfer to other schools.
Moreover, support for the petitioners’ position is more
apparent than real in Board of Education of Oklahoma
City Public Schools v. Dowell, 375 F. 2d 158 (10th Cir.
1967), cert, den., 387 U.S. 931. That case must be read in
the fight of Downs v. Board of Education of Kansas City,
supra, where the use of geographic attendance zones had
resulted in some schools having an all white and some
schools having an all Negro enrollment. The appellants’
argument that this result rendered the zone plan unconstitu
tional was rejected by the court, at 998:
Appellants also contend that even though the Board
may not be pursuing a policy of intentional segrega
tion, there is still segregation in fact in the school sys
tem and under the principles of Brown v. Board of
Education, supra, the Board has a positive and affirma
tive duty to eliminate segregation in fact as well as
segregation by intention. 5Chile there seems to be
authority to support that contention, the better rule is
that although the Fourteenth Amendment prohibits
segregation, it does not command integration of the
races in the public schools and Negro children have
no constitutional right to have white children attend
school with them. (Footnote omitted.) (Citations
omitted.) (Emphasis added.)
This principle was reaffirmed in the Oklahoma City
case even though it required the school board to take af
firmative action to promote integration. The distinction
between the two cases is that in Oklahoma Citv the school
17
board had acted in bad faith in its plans (or lack thereof)
to desegregate the school system (even failing to comply
with a court order), while in the Kansas City case the
school board had acted in good faith.
The Fifth Circuit alone has stated without qualification
that there is no distinction in constitutional principle be
tween “ desegregation” and “ integration,” and that the states
have a duty under the Brown mandate to take affirmative
action to achieve a mixed racial composition in all schools
in the system.16 This position runs counter to the cases
cited above from the other circuits, to the proscriptive lan
guage of the Fourteenth Amendment, to the Civil Rights
Act of 1964 and to the views of those who are trying to
keep the educational lighthouse in sight amidst the turbu
lent seas of litigation.
“Segregation” is, according to the petitioners’ definition,
both a condition and an activity. In their use it means any
situation in which all pupils in a particular school are of
the same race, and apparently they contend that even so
defined it is unconstitutional— at least in the South. The
sounder view, it is submitted, is that merely the existence of
a wholly white or wholly Negro school is not unconstitu
tional per se,17 The missing ingredient is someone who is
discriminated against, who is denied admission solely be
cause of race. This is the true focus of the Brown mandate,
and it points up the distinctive meaning of the words in
volved. The mandate was thus understood by Jack Green
berg, principal counsel for the petitioners: 18
16United States v. Jefferson County Board of Education, 372 F. 2d
836 (5th Cir. 1966), aff’d with modifications on rehearing en banc,
380 F. 2d 385 (1967) (four judges dissenting), cert. den. sub. nom.,
Caddo Parish School Board v. United States, 389 U.S. 840.
17See Conant, Note 11, supra.
18Greenberg, Race Relations and American Law pp. 239-40 (1959).
See Conant, Note 11, supra.
18
Moreover, the jury discrimination precedents may be
recalled: Bias may be presumed from a consistently
segregated result; a token number of Negroes may be
legally equivalent to none. If, however, in education
there were complete freedom of choice, or geographic
zoning, or any other nonracial standard, and all Ne
groes still ended up in certain schools, there would seem
to be no constitutional objection.
“ Segregation,” “ desegregation” and “ integration” are,
therefore, words of art in legal contemplation, though it is
significant that they are assigned distinctive meanings in
other disciplines as well. Thus, Milton Myron Gordon, a
sociologist at the University of Massachusetts, has writ
ten :19
Desegregation refers to the elimination of racial
criteria in the operation of public or quasi-public fa
cilities, services, and institutions, which the individual
is entitied to as a functioning citizen of the local or
national community, equal in legal status to all other
citizens. . . . Integration, however, embraces the idea
of the removal of prejudice as well as civic discrimina
tion and therefore refers to much more.
Proper definitions of these terms can be framed on the
basis of the great body of decisional law and the Civil Rights
Act of 196420:
Segregation— a system whereby persons of different
races are required by the state to attend public schools
set apart for their use only and are denied admission
to all other public schools by the state solely because
of a racial criterion.
lsNote 7, supra, p. 246. See generally Handlin. The Goals of In
tegration, from Daedalus, p. 268 (Winter 1966).
M78 Stat. 241.
19
Desegregation— a plan whereby persons of different
races are admitted to the public schools in the system
without regard to their race.
Integration— the intermingling of persons of differ
ent races in the same public schools, either by the free
choice of the persons themselves or by compulsory as
signment by the state through the use of race as a
criterion for assignment.
3. In the Congress
The legislative history of the Civil Rights Act of 1964
clearly shows that Congress did not intend or announce a
national policy requiring the states to take affirmative ac
tion to achieve integration of the races in every school
throughout the public school system. This is manifest from
the statements of the Senate floor leader for the Act, Hubert
H. Humphrey, whose language paraphrased Judge Parker
in Briggs v. Elliott, supra:21
Judge Beamer’s opinion in the Gary case [Bell v. School
City of Gary, 213 F. Supp. 819 (N.D. Ind. 1963)]
is significant in this connection. In discussing this case,
as we did many times, it was decided to write the
thrust of the court’s opinion into the proposed sub
stitute.
I should like to make one further reference to the
Gary case. This case makes it quite clear that while the
Constitution prohibits segregation, it does not require
integration. . . . The bill does not attempt to integrate
the schools, but it does attempt to eliminate segregation
in the school systems. (Emphasis added.)
Since Congress intended to write the “ thrust” of the Gary
opinion into the Civil Rights Act, an examination of that
21110 Cong. Rec. 12715, 12717.
20
case will disclose the national policy embodied in the Act.
The third question presented to the court for determination
in that case is the same that the petitioners now present to
this Court:
Whether the plaintiffs [approximately 100 minor Negro
children] and other members of the class have a con
stitutional right to attend racially integrated schools
and the defendant has a constitutional duty to provide
and maintain a racially integrated school system. Id.
at 820.
The question was answered in the negative by Judge
Beamer, who relied upon Brown v. Board of Education of
Topeka, supra, and Evans v. Buchanan, 207 F. Supp. 820
D- Del. 1962). Judge Beamer quoted with approval from
the latter case, at 830:
[T he States do not have an affirmative, constitu
tional duty to provide an integrated education. The
pertinent portion of the Fourteenth Amendment . . .
reads, nor [shall any State] deny any person within
its jurisdiction the equal protection of the laws.” This
clause does not contemplate compelling action; rather,
it is a prohibition preventing the States from applying
their laws unequally.’
Therefore, the Civil Rights Act of 1964 embodies the
policy that, while no Negro shall be denied admission to
any public school solely because of his race, there is no
constitutional right to attend a racially integrated school
and no corresponding duty on the state to achieve racial
integration in all schools. .Any lingering doubts should
hav e been set to rest by the reaffirmation of this policy in
the 1966 amendments to the Elementary and Secondary
21
In the administration of this chapter, no department,
agency, officer, or employee of the United States shall
exercise any direction, supervision, or control over the
personnel, curriculum, or program of instruction of any
school or school system of any local or State educa
tional agency, or require the assignment or transporta
tion of students or teachers in order to overcome racial
imbalance.
C. F u l fill in g t h e Brown v. Board of Education
M a n d a t e : T h e F reedom of C hoice P lan
1. Whether the plan “ works” — constitutional principle
or mathematical equation?
Freedom of choice plans have met with approval de
spite the objections now made by the petitioners. The argu
ment that they do not “work” because too few Negroes
choose to attend formerly all white schools and whites seldom
choose to attend the school formerly for Negroes alone was
made and answered in Clark v. Board of Education of
Little Rock School District, supra, at 666:
Plaintiffs are disturbed because only 621 of 7,341
Negroes in the Little Rock school system of 23,000
. . . were actually attending previously all white
schools.22 23 Thus, they argue that the ‘freedom of choice’
plan is not succeeding in the integration of the schools.
Though the Board has a positive duty to initiate a
2280 Stat. 1212.
23HEW Documents filed by the petitioners show that 115 of 736
Negroes are attending the formerly all white school in New Kent
County, Virginia, in 1967-68.
Education Act of 1965, which added the emphasized lan
guage below:22
22
plan of desegregation, the constitutionality of that plan
does not necessarily depend upon favorable statistics
indicating positive integration of the races. The Con
stitution prohibits segregation of the races, the opera
tion of a school system with dual attendance zones based
upon race, and assignment of students on the basis of
race to particular schools. If all of the students are,
in fact, given a free and unhindered choice of schools,
which is honored by the school board, it cannot be said
that the state is segregating the races, operating a school
with dual attendance areas, or considering race in the
assignment of students to their classrooms. . . . The
system is not subject to constitutional objections simply
because large segments of whites and Negroes choose
to continue attending their familiar schools.24
A like objection to freedom of choice was rejected in
Bradley v. School Board of City of Richmond, supra, at
315-16:
[T]he plaintiffs insist that there are a sufficient number
of Negro parents who wish their children to attend
schools populated entirely, or predominantly, by Ne
groes to result in the continuance of some schools at
tended only by Negroes. To that extent, they say that,
under any freedom of choice system, the state ‘permits’
segregation if it does not deprive Negro parents of a
right of choice.
It has been held again and again, however, that the
Fourteenth Amendment prohibition is not against segre
gation as such. The proscription is against discrimina
tion. Everyone of every race has a right to be free of
discrimination by the state by reason of his race. There
is nothing in the Constitution which prevents his vol
untary association with others of his race or which
would strike down any state law which permits such
association. The present suggestion that a Negro's
24Contra, Kemp v. Beasley, supra (different panel).
23
right to be free from discrimination requires that the
state deprive him of his volition is incongruous.
There is no hint [in Brown] of a suggestion of a con
stitutional requirement that a state must forbid volun
tary associations or limit an individual’s freedom of
choice except to the extent that such individual’s free
dom of choice may be affected by the equal right of
others. A state or a school district offends no constitu
tional requirement when it grants to all students uni
formly an unrestricted freedom of choice as to schools
attended, so that each pupil, in effect, assigns himself
to the school he wishes to attend.25
2. Private discrimination— promoted or suffered?
The petitioners have varied the theme of the arguments
in Clark and Bradley in an effort to bring freedom of
choice within the pale, however peripheral, of proscribed
“state action” under the Fourteenth Amendment. Thus,
in note 53 on page 42 of their Brief they suggest that by
permitting students (or parents) to choose their schools, the
respondents promote invidious discrimination which ren
ders the plan unconstitutional.26
25Under the respondents’ freedom of choice plan there is a 15 day
choice period each year, all school activities are covered, transporta
tion is without regard to race, no person may be penalized or favored
because of the choice made, and no school personnel may advise,
recommend or influence choices. See Goss v. Board of Education of
Knoxville, supra.
26The same point is stressed by the Solicitor General in his amicus
Memorandum. He seems to assume that a freedom of choice plan
peculiarly enables school patrons to succumb to the blandishments
of racial prejudice. In reality school patrons are as likely to succumb
even where geographic zoning or pairing devices are employed. The
experience in the North and Washington, D. C., bears this out. The
fact of the matter is that, in terms of integration, Negroes have a
greater option under the freedom of choice plan. This is true because
24
The flaw in this argument is that, while the petitioners
concede that the Constitution does not prohibit private
discrimination, they are unable to point to any affirmative
race-related, activity on the part of the respondents. It is
settled, of course, that the state may remain neutral with
respect to private racial discrimination. See Reitman v.
Mulkey, 387 U.S. 369 (1967). And this would seem to
be a sufficient answer to the petitioners’ argument because
here, unlike Reitman v. Mulkey, supra, and other so-called
“state action" cases,2' the state has made no classification
on the basis of race and has not acted in any way to inject
racial considerations in the free choice process.
The validity of the respondents’ plan is not based upon
their neutrality, however. It is based upon the fact that the
respondents have taken affirmative action towards the elimi
nation of race as a criterion in the school comm unitv under
the free choice plan. Thus, the Choice of School Form sent
annually is accompanied by a letter on the school board
letterhead, signed by the Superintendent of Schools, stat
ing the following:
Dear Parent:
A plan for the desegregation of our school system has
been put into effect so that our schools will operate
people may choose where they will live and whether their children
will attend a private school, but because of their economic condition
and housing pattern Negroes do not enjov the same choice. A free
dom of choice plan alone enables Negroes to break a wav from housing
patterns and a disadvantaged economic condition to achieve education
in an integrated school. See Clark v. Board of Education of Little
Rock School District, supra. Taliaferro Countv. Georgia, is a case in
point. Its two schools were paired in 1965. when there were some 600
Negro students and 200 white students. In 1967 there were 527
Negro students and no whites. L nited States v. Je ~crson County
Board of Education, supra, at 416. n. 6.
- E.g., Robinson v. Florida, 378 U.S. 153 1964 . Anderson v.
Martr:. 375 U.S. 399 (1964 '. and Lombard v. Louisiana. 373 US.
267 (19631.
25
in all respects without regard to race, color, or national
origin.
[T]here will be no discrimination based on race, color,
or national origin in any school-connected services, fa
cilities, activities and programs.28
The respondents have, therefore, committed the influence
of their office to a nonracial school system and have com
mended such a system to the community by means of this
letter and by the publicity and community preparation ac
tivities spelled out in Article X of the Plan for School
Desegregation.29
3. Free choice— whose?
The exercise of the choice in an acceptable freedom of
choice plan was discussed by Judge Haynsworth in the
companion case, Bowman v. County School Board of
Charles City County, supra, at 327-28:
If each pupil, each year, attends the school of his
choice, the Constitution does not require that he be
deprived of his choice unless its exercise is not free.
Whether or not the choice is free may depend upon
circumstances extraneous to the formal plan of the
school board. If there is a contention that economic
or other pressures in the community inhibit the free
exercise of the choice, there must be a judicial appraisal
of it, for ‘freedom of choice’ is acceptable only if the
choice is free in the practical context of its exercise.
If there are extraneous pressures which deprive the
choice of its freedom, the school board may be re-
28The letter is set out in the petitioners’ Appendix at pp. 43a-44a.
29The Plan is set out in the Petitioners’ Appendix at pp. 34a-40a.
quired to adopt affirmative measures to counter them.
Since the plaintiffs here concede that their annual choice is unrestricted and unencumberedwe find in its
existence no denial of any constitutional right not to
be subjected to racial discrimination- (Emphasis
added.)
Despite their concession in the Court of Appeals, the
petitioners apparendy take the position that a free choice
for Negroes in the South is a contradiction in terms. Yet
the)' were unable to offer for judicial appraisal bv the Dis
trict Court anything other than speculation and conjecture.
Therefore- cases such as Coppedge v. Franklin County
Board Gf Education, 273 F. Supp. 289 E.D.X.C. 1967),
are scarcely relevant.
Moreover, the petitioners' argument that Negroes in New
Kent County do not have a free choice is. in logic, post hac
<ergo propter -.ac. From the fact that a greater number of
Negro students have not chosen to attend the formerly all
white school, the petitioners conclude that the Negroes do
not have a free choice. the petitioners overlook is that
Negroes, like whites, may choose to remain in the same
xthool simply because the surroundings are familiar and
they have friends there.
Because they view any choice as the product of racial
prejudice whites or coercion Negroes and disclaim non-
racial choices, the petitioners would denv a choice to every
one students and parents alike. The fundamental right
of parents to direct the education of their children is.
therefore, to be denied in the name of intesxation. their
preference to the contrary notwithstandin g.®
»Cf. Pierce v. Society of Sisters of Hobe Xemes, 268 L\S. 510
i 19251 . and Meyer v. .Wfrntsfca. 262 U.S. 396 1923 .
27
4. Compulsory integration in formerly de jure systems—
principle or purge?
The petitioners argue that, since there was de jure segre
gation in the New Kent County schools at the time of
Brown v. Board of Education, supra, the respondents have
an affirmative duty under the Fourteenth Amendment to
enforce integration of the races in every public school.
In support of this unique argument, they quote at length
from United States v. Jefferson County Board of Educa
tion, supra, which, interestingly enough, concluded by ap
proving a freedom of choice plan.
There the court found such a duty following its re
examination of school desegregation standards in the light
of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and the HEW Guidelines.
As we have seen, the congressional intent was to embody
in the Act the decision of Judge Beamer in Bell v. School
City of Gary, supra. In Jefferson County the court (divided
2-1) excised this intent by a tailored construction of the
legislative history. It found that, although Senator Hum
phrey spoke several times in the language of Briggs v.
Elliott, his references to Bell v. School City of Gary “ indi
cated” that the policy against affirmative, compulsory ac
tion to achieve racial balance was directed to the Gary.
Indiana, de facto segregation and did not apply to de jure
segregation. Therefore, the court concluded, there was in
fact a national policy that formerly de jure segregated pub
lic school systems were obligated to take affirmative action
m order to achieve a mixed racial composition throughout
the entire system.31
3)The HEW Guidelines were considered an expression of such a
national policy. In the instant case the petitioners did not, and
properly so, predicate their case on the HEW Guidelines. Indeed, in
note 44 on page 32 of their Brief the petitioners make an interesting
28
This conclusion is untenable, as four judges vigorously
pointed out on the rehearing en banc. In the first place, the
decision ignores the fact that the Gary school system had
de jure segregation until 1949, and that Judge Beamer cited
cases which upheld Briggs v. Elliott, clearly a de jure segre
gation situation. Secondly, the decision fashions a double
standard under the Fourteenth Amendment, one for the
South and another for the North, on the basis of the de
jure-de facto distinction. This is without support in prin
ciple and reason. It completely rejects the fact that prior to
1954 racially separate, if equal, public schools had not been
declared unconstitutional.
The real concern about Jefferson County is that it will
not be understood for what it is— an exercise in “social
engineering.”32 There is cause for optimism, however, be
cause the decision was not accepted by the Fourth Circuit
in this case, and the error in its de jure-de facto distinction
was clearly seen in Monroe v. Board of Commissioners of
City of Jackson, supra, at 958:
However ugly and evil the biracial school systems ap
pear in contemporary thinking, they were, as Jefferson,
supia, concedes, de jure and were once found lawful
in Plessy v. Ferguson . . . and such was the law for 58
years thereafter. To apply a disparate rule because
these early systems are now forbidden by Brown would
concession regarding the Guidelines. They state that HEW has ap
proved free choice plans, despite their inability to disestablish the dual
system only because such plans have received approval in the courts.
ee s, perhaps properly, that it may not enforce requirements more
stringent than those imposed by the Fourteenth Amendment.” (Em-
R asls added.) This is tantamount to a concession by the petitioners
that the requrrements they now ask this Court to impose are more
stringent than those imposed by the Fourteenth Amendment.
„ Sj e0̂ f>t®s08 and 9> suPra- Cf. Moses v. Washington Parish School
Board, 276 F. Supp. 834 (E. D. La. 1967).
29
be in the nature of imposing a judicial Bill of At
tainder. . . . Neither, in our view, would such decrees
comport with our current views of equal treatment
before the law.
5. Integration and education— antitheticals?
It is hoped that the educational lighthouse is still in
sight. It calls for an equal educational opportunity for
all children, regardless of race, color or national origin. The
respondents maintain that their public school system offers
an opportunity for each child to receive as good an educa
tion as every other child in the system, and apparently the
petitioners do not challenge this in fact.
Their position seems to be that, as a matter of principle,
the educational opportunity of Negro children is unequal
and can never be equal unless they are made to attend
classes with white children. Thus, if the free choices of
children and parents produce schools which do not grant
to Negro children the “ advantage” of education with white
children, the Negro children are, ipso facto, receiving an
education inferior to that of the whites and their fellow
Negroes who are attending school with whites.
That argument is manifestly erroneous in two respects.
First, it assumes that Negro children who freely choose not
to attend an integrated school are thereby harmed. It is too
incredible for belief that this circumstance generates a
feeling of inferiority as to their status in the community.
Certainly this proposition has never been tested and proved.
Moses v. Washington Parish School Board, supra. The sec
ond, and more fundamental error, was discussed in Moses
at 845, 846:
It should be noted that the rather obvious objective
of the proponents of the ‘equal educational oppor
tunity’ theory is the elimination of racial prejudice
3 0
through the public school system, rather than the im
mediate fulfillment of equal educational opportunities
for all students. Little has been put forth to prove that
actual and active integration will in fact of itself raise
the educational opportunities even of formerly segre
gated Negro students.
[T]he emphasis should always be on a good education
for all students, and courts should refuse to rule that a
particular all-Negro school, where the Negro concen
tration is fortuitous, is ipso facto unequal and that the
solution to the ‘problem’ is the forced mixing of the
races.
Long ago it was settled that the hearts and minds of
Negro children are adversely affected by a state’s refusal
to admit them, solely because of their race, to the schools
of their choice. We have now come full circle, but little
or no consideration seems to have been given to the effect
of compulsory integration on Negroes and whites alike.
Is there no danger in compelling children, in the name of
integration, to attend a certain school in order to achieve
a certain racial composition, regardless of their own de
sires? The matter was aptly put in Olson v. Board of Edu
cation of Union Free School District, 250 F. Supp. 1000,
1006 (E.D.N.Y. 1966), appeal dismissed, 367 F. 2d 565
(2d C H r . ) :
[N]or did it [Brown] decide that there must be coerced
integration of the races in order to accomplish educa
tional equality for this also would require an appraisal
of the effect upon the hearts and minds of those who
were so coerced.
Like caveats have been sounded in terms of how com
pulsory integration will affect the educational imperative.
James Bryant Conant, whom the petitioners identify on
31
page 44 of their Brief as the author of the most important
study of secondary education in America, warrants quoting
at length:33 *
In some cities, political leaders have attempted to
put pressure on the school authorities to have Negro
children attend essentially white schools. In my judg
ment the cities in which the authorities have yielded to
this pressure are on the wrong track. Those which have
not done so, like Chicago, are more likely to make
progress in improving Negro education. It is my belief
that satisfactory education can be provided in an all-
Negro school through the expenditure of more money
for needed staff and facilities. Moreover, I believe that
any sense of inferiority among the pupils caused by
the absence of white children can be largely if not
wholly eliminated in two ways: first, in all cities there
will be at least some schools that are in fact mixed
because of the nature of the neighborhood they serve;
second, throughout the city there ought to be an in
tegrated staff of white and Negro teachers and ad-
mimstrators.
A similar position has been taken by Oscar Handlin,
another distinguished writer, who has called integration
a “ false issue” :35
The insistence upon integration is thus self-frustrating,
as the experience of Washington, D. C., shows. Fur
ther pressure toward racial balance will certainly weak-
33Note 11, s u p ra , pp. 28-29.
MThe second suggestion of Dr. Conant points up the wisdom of the
Circuit Court in remanding this case to the District Court to review
and update the record and fashion proper decrees based upon ̂its
continuing observation of the plan in operation through the retention
of jurisdiction.
35Note 19, s u p ra , p. 282.
3 2
en the public schools and leave the Negroes the greatest
sufferers.36
These views warrant serious consideration. They make a
point which has been overlooked too often: Desegregation
(i.e., the elimination of state enforced segregation solely
because of race) is a legal question; integration (i.e., the
compulsory assignment of pupils to achieve intermingling)
is an education question— best left for decision by educators,
for educational purposes, on the basis of educational cri
teria.37 A freedom of choice plan alone honors this dis
tinction.
x Id. at 281. The experience in Taliaferro County, Georgia (Note
26, supra) is a sad illustration of this. A unitary system was achieved,
of course, but it is hardly what the proponents of compulsory inte
gration intended and is unlikely to afford an adequate— let alone
equal—educational opportunity to the Negro students.
37See Notes 8 and 9, supra.
33
CONCLUSION
WHEREFORE, for the foregoing reasons it is respect
fully submitted that the judgment of the Court of Appeals
for the Fourth Circuit should be affirmed.
Respectfully submitted,
F r e d e r i c k T. G r a y
W a l t e r E. R o g e r s
R o b e r t E. E i c h e r
Counsel for Respondents
W i l l i a m s , M u l l e n & C h r i s t i a n
1309 State-Planters Bank Bldg.
Richmond, Virginia 23219
Robert Y. Bu t to n
Attorney General of Virginia
Robert D. M c I l w a in e , I I I
First Assistant Attorney General
Richmond, Virginia
■
■
APPENDIX
Supreme Court of the United States
O ctober T erm , 1967
No. 695
Charles C. Green , et al.,
Petitioners,
County S chool B oard of N ew K ent County,
V irginia, et al.,
Respondents.
ON W R IT OF CERTIORARI TO T H E U N ITED STATES
COURT OF APPEALS FOB T H E FOU RTH CIRCUIT
PETITION FOR CERTIORARI FILED OCTOBER 9, 1967
CERTIORARI GRANTED DECEMBER 11, 1967
I N D E X
PAGE
District Court Docket Sheet ......................................... la
Complaint............................................................. 3a
Motion to Dismiss....................... 13a
Order on Motion to Dismiss ......................................... 14a
Plaintiffs’ Interrogatories ..................................... 15a
Answer .............................................................................. 21a
Defendants’ Answers to Plaintiffs’ Interrogatories .... 23a
Plan for School Desegregation................... 34a
First Memorandum of the District Court .................. 47a
First Order of the District Court.................................. 49a
Defendants’ Plan Supplement....................................... 50a
Plaintiffs’ Exception to Plan Supplement .................. 52a
Final Memorandum of the District Court.................. 53a
Final Order of the District Court.................................. 62a
11
PAGE
Decision of the United States Court of Appeals for
the Fourth Circuit ..... 63a
Opinions of the United States Court of Appeals for
the Fourth Circuit___________________________ 65a
Judgment of the United States Court of Appeals for
the Fourth Circuit___________________________ 90a
Order Extending Time to File Petition for Writ of
Certiorari____________________________________ 91a
Order Allowing Certiorari________________________ 92a
District Court Docket Sheet
4266—New Kent
d a t e p r o c e e d i n g s
1965
March 15 Complaint filed, summons issued.
Apr.
May
U
U
u
June
U
1966
May
5 Motion to dismiss filed by County School Board
of New Kent Co., W. R. Davis, E. P. Binns,
Jr., W. J. Wallace, Jr. and Harry S. Mount-
castle, ind. & as members of the County
School Board and Byrd W. Long, Div.
Supt. of Schools of New Kent Co., Va.
3 Motion for consolidation of motion to dismiss
with hearing on merits, for requirement of
answer by defts and for fixing of trial date
filed by pltfs.
5 Order deferring ruling on motion to dismiss;
directing defts. to answer on or before 6-1-65;
directing Clerk to call case at next docket
call, ent. 5-5-65. * * *
7 Interrogatories filed by plfs.
24 Order extending time to 6-8-65 for deft. School
Board to file answers to interrogatories ent.
5-24-65. * * *
1 Answer filed by defts.
8 Answer to interrogatories filed by County
School Board of New Kent Co., Va. Exhibits
attached
* # t
4 Teial P b o c e e d i n g s — Butzner, J . : Parties ap
peared by counsel. Issues joined. Discussion.
Court to enter order.
2 a
DATE PROCEEDINGS
May 4 * * * Motion of defendants for 30 days within
which to tile Plan, granted.
10 Plan of desegregation filed by School Board.
17 Memorandum of the court filed
“ Order that defts/ motion to dismiss denied;
Pltfs. prayer for an unjunction restraining
school construction & purchase of school sites
denied; Defts. granted leave to submit on or
before June 6,1966 amendments to their plan
which will provide for employment & assign
ment on non-racial basis. Pending receipt of
these amendments to their plan which will
defer approval of plan & consideration of
other injunctive relief; Pltfs. motion for
counsel fees denied; Case will be retained
upon docket with leave granted to any party
to petition for further relief; Pltfs. shall re
cover their costs to date.; ent. & filed; * * *
June 6 Motion for leave to file & request for approval
of a plan supplement filed by defts. together
with plan supplement.
10 Exceptions to plan supplement filed by pltf.
June 10 I n Open Court—Butzner, J .: Counsel dis
cussed exceptions to Plan. Court will ap
prove Plan.
16 Notice of Appeal from order of 5-17-66 filed by
plfs.
# * *
28 Memorandum of the Court filed.
Order approving Plan adopted by the New
Kent County School Board, ent. 6-28-66.
Case to be retained on docket. * * *
3a
Complaint
(Filed March 15, 1965)
I
1. (a) Jurisdiction of this Court is invoked under Title
28, United States Code, Section 1331. This action arises
under the Fourteenth Amendment to the Constitution of
the United States, Section 1, and under Title 42, United
States Code, Section 1981, as hereafter more fully appears.
The matter in controversy, exclusive of interest and costs,
exceeds the sum of Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000.00).
(b) Jurisdiction is further invoked under Title 28, United
States Code, Section 1343(3). This action is authorized by
Title 42, United States Code, Section 1983 to be commenced
by any citizen of the United States or other person within
the jurisdiction thereof to redress the deprivation under
color of state law, statute, ordinance, regulation, custom
or usage of rights, privileges and immunities secured by
the Fourteenth Amendment to the Constitution of the
United States and by Title 42, United States Code, Sec
tion 1981, providing for the equal rights of citizens and
of all persons within the jurisdiction of the United States,
as hereafter more fully appears.
n
2. Infant plaintiffs are Negroes, are citizens of the
United States and of the Commonwealth of Virginia, and -
are residents of and domiciled in the political subdivision
of Virginia for which the defendant school board maintains
and operates public schools. Said infants are within the
4a
age limits or will be within the age limits to attend, and
possess or upon reaching such age limit will possess all
qualifications and satisfy all requirements for admission
to, said public schools.
3. Adult plaintiffs are Negroes, are citizens of the United
States and are residents and taxpayers of and domiciled
in the Commonwealth of Virginia and the above mentioned
political subdivision thereof. Each adult plaintiff who is
named in the caption as next friend of one or more of the
infant plaintiffs is a parent, guardian or person standing
in loco parentis of the infant or infants indicated.
4. The infant plaintiffs and their parents, guardians and
persons standing in loco parentis bring this action in their
own behalf and, there being common questions of law and
fact affecting the rights of all other Negro children attend
ing public schools in the Commonwealth of Virginia and,
particularly, in the said political subdivision, similarly sit
uated and affected with reference to the matters here in
volved, who are so numerous as to make it impracticable
to bring all before the Court, and a common relief being
sought as will hereinafter more fully appear, the infant
plaintiffs and their parents, guardians and persons stand
ing in loco parentis also bring this action, pursuant to Rule
23(a) of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, as a class
action on behalf of all other Negro children attending or
who hereafter will attend public schools in the Common
wealth of Virginia and, particularly, in said political subdi
vision and the parents and guardians of such children sim
ilarly situated and affected with reference to the matters
here involved.
5a
5. Further, the adult plaintiffs bring this action pursu
ant to Rule 23(a) of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure
as a class action on behalf of those of the citizens and tax
payers of said political subdivison who are Negroes; the
tax raised contribution of persons of that class toward the
establishment, operation and maintenance of the schools
controlled by the defendant school board being in excess
of $10,000.00. The interests of said class are adequately
represented by the plaintiffs.
in
6. The Commonwealth of Virginia has declared public
education a state function. The Constitution of Virginia,
Article IX, Section 129, provides:
“Free schools to be maintained. The General As
sembly shall establish and maintain an efficient system
of public free schools throughout the State.”
Pursuant to this mandate, the General Assembly of Vir
ginia has established a system of public free schools in the
Commonwealth of Virginia according to a plan set out in
Title 22, Chapters 1 to 15, inclusive, of the Code of Vir
ginia, 1950. The establishment, maintenance and adminis
tration of the public school system of Virginia is vested
in a State Board of Education, a Superintendent of Public
Instruction, Division Superintendents of Schools, and
County, City and Town School Boards (Constitution of
Virginia, Article IX, Sections 130-133; Code of Virginia,
1950, Title 22, Chapter 1, Section 22-2).
IV
7- The defendant School Board exists pursuant to the
Constitution and laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia as
6 a
an administrative department of the Commonwealth, dis
charging governmental functions, and is declared by law
to be a body corporate. Said School Board is empowered
and required to establish, maintain, control and supervise
an efficient system of public free schools in said political
subdivision, to provide suitable and proper school build
ings, furniture and equipment, and to maintain, manage
and control the same, to determine the studies to be pur
sued and the methods of teaching, to make local regulations
for the conduct of the schools and for the proper discipline
of students, to employ teachers, to provide for the trans
portation of pupils, to enforce the school laws, and to per
form numerous other duties, activities and functions essen
tial to the establishment, maintenance and operation of the
public free schools in said political subdivision. (Constitu
tion of Virginia, Article IX, Section 133; Code of Virginia,
1950, as amended, Title 22.) The names of the individual
members of the defendant School Board are as stated
in the caption and they are made defendants herein in their
individual capacities.
8. The defendant Division Superintendent of Schools,
whose name as such is stated in the caption, holds office
pursuant to the Constitution and laws of the Common
wealth of Virginia as an administrative officer of the pub
lic free school system of Virginia. (Constitution of Vir
ginia, Article IX, Section 133; Code of Virginia, 1950, as
amended, Title 22.) He is under the authority, supervision
and control of, and acts pursuant to the orders, policies,
practices, customs and usages of the defendant School
Board. He is made a defendant herein as an individual
and in his official capacity.
7a
9. A Virginia statute, known as the Pupil Placement
Act, first enacted as Chapter 70 of the Acts of the 1956
Extra Session of the General Assembly, viz. Article 1.1 of
Chapter 12 of Title 22 (Sections 22-232.1 through 22-232.17)
of the Code of Virginia, 1950, as amended, confers or pur
ports to confer upon the Pupil Placement Board all power
of enrollment or placement of pupils in the public schools
in Virginia and to charge said Pupil Placement Board to
perform numerous duties, activities and functions per
taining to the enrollment or placement of pupils in, and the
determination of school attendance districts for, such pub
lic schools, except in those counties, cities or towns which
elect to be bound by the provisions of Article 1.2 of Chapter
12 of Title 22 (Sections 22-232.18 through 22-232.31) of
the Code of Virginia, 1950, as amended.
10. Plaintiffs are informed and believe that in execut
ing its power or purported power of enrollment or place
ment of pupils in and determination of school districts
for the public schools of said political subdivision, the
Pupil Placement Board will follow and approve the recom
mendations of the defendant School Board unless it appears
that such recommendation would deny the application of a
Negro parent for the assignment of his child to a school
attended by similarly situated white children.
11. The procedures provided by the Pupil Placement
Act do not provide an adequate means by which the plain
tiffs may obtain the relief here sought.
V
12. Notwithstanding the holding and admonitions in
Brown v. Board of Education, 347 U. S. 483 (1954) and
8 a
349 U. S. 294 (1955), the defendant School Board main
tains and operates a biracial school system in which certain
schools are designated for Negro students only and are
staffed by Negro personnel and none other, and certain
schools are designated for white students or primarily for
white students and are staffed by white personnel and none
other. This pattern continues unaffected except in the few
instances, if any there are, in which individual Negroes
have sought and obtained admission to one or more of the
schools designated for white students. The defendants have
not devoted efforts toward initiating nonsegregation in the
public school system, neither have they made a reasonable
start to effectuate a transition to a racially nondiscrimina-
tory school system, as under paramount law it is their duty
to do. Deliberately and purposefully, and solely because of
race, the defendants continue to require or permit all or
virtually all Negro public school children to attend schools
where none but Negroes are enrolled and none but Negroes
are employed as principal or teacher or administrative
assistant and to require all white public school children
to attend school where no Negroes, or at best few Negroes,
are enrolled and where no Negroes teach or serve as princi
pal or administrative assistant.
13. Heretofore, petitions signed by several persons
similarly situated and conditioned as are the plaintiffs with
respect to race, citizenship, residence and status as tax
payers, were filed with the defendant School Board, asking
the School Board to end racial segregation in the public
school system and urging the Board to make announcement
of its purpose to do so at its next regular meeting and
promptly thereafter to adopt and publish a plan by which
racial discrimination will be terminated with respect to
9 a
administrative personnel, teachers, clerical, custodial and
other employees, transportation and other facilities, and
the assignment of pupils to schools and classrooms.
14. Representatives of the plaintiff class forwarded
said petitions to the defendant School Board with a letter,
copy of which was sent to each member of the defendant
School Board, part of which is next set forth:
“ * * * In the light of the following and other court
decisions, your duty [to promptly end racial segrega
tion in the public school system] is no longer open to
question:
Brown v. Bd. of Education, 347 U. S. 483 (1954);
Brown v. Bd. of Education, 349 U. S. 294 (1955);
Cooper v. Aaron, 358 U. S. 1 (1958);
Bradley v. School Bd. of the City of Richmond,
317 F 2d 429 (4th Cir. 1963);
Bell v. Co. School Ed. of Powhatan Co., 321 F
2d 494 (4th Cir. 1963).
“We call to your attention the fact that in the last
cited case the unyielding refusal of the County School
Board of Powhatan County, Virginia, to take any
initiative with regard to its duty to desegregate schools
resulted in the board’s being required to pay costs of
litigation including compensation to the attorneys for
the Negro school children and their parents. We are
advised that upon a showing of a deliberate refusal
of individual school board members to perform their
clear duty to desegregate schools, the courts may re
quire them as individuals to bear the expense of the
litigation.
10a
“In the case of Watson v. City of Memphis, 373 U. S.
526 (1963) the Supreme Court of the United States
expressed its unanimous dissatisfaction with the sloth
fulness which has followed its 1955 mandate in Brown
v. Board of Education, saying: ‘The basic guarantees
of our Constitution are warrants for the here and now
and, unless there is an overwhelmingly compelling rea
son, they are to be promptly fulfilled.’ ”
15. More than two regular meetings of the defendant
School Board have been held since it received the petitions
and letter above referred to. Neither by word or deed has
the defendant School Board indicated its willingness to end
racial segregation in its public school system.
VI
16. In the following and other particulars, plaintiffs suf
fer and will continue to suffer irreparable injury as a
result of the persistent failure and refusal of the defen
dants to initiate desegregation and to adopt and implement
a plan providing for the elimination of racial discrimina
tion in the public school system.
17. Negro public school children are yet being edu
cated in inherently unequal separate educational facilities
specially sited, built, equipped and staffed as Negro schools,
in violation of their liberty and of tlieir right to equal
protection of the laws.
18. Negro adult citizens are yet being taxed for the
support and maintenance of a biracial school system the
very existence of which connotes a degrading classification
of the citizenship status of persons of the Negro race, in
violation of the Fourteenth Amendment to the Constitution.
11a
19. Public funds are being spent and will be spent by
the defendants for the erection of schools and additions to
schools deliberately planned and sited so as to insure or
facilitate the continued separation of Negro children in the
public school system from others of similar age and quali
fication solely because of their race, contrary to the pro
visions of the Fourteenth Amendment which forbid gov
ernmental agencies, whether acting ingeniously or ingenu
ously, to make any distinctions between citizens based
on race.
20. This action has been necessitated by reason of the
failure and refusal of the individual members of the defen
dant School Board to execute and perform their official
duty, which since May 31, 1955 has been clear, to initiate
desegregation and to make and execute plans to bring about
the elimination of racial discrimination in the public school
system.
V II
W h e r e f o r e , p l a i n t i f f s r e s p e c t f u l l y p r a y :
A. That the defendants be restrained and enjoined from
failing and refusing to adopt and forthwith implement
a plan which will provide for the prompt and efficient elimi
nation of racial segregation in the public schools operated
by the defendant School Board, including the elimination of
any and all forms of racial discrimination with respect to
administrative personnel, teachers, clerical, custodial and
other employees, transportation and other facilities, and
the assignment of pupils to schools and classrooms.
B. That pending the Court’s approval of such plan the
defendants be enjoined and restrained from initiating or
12a
proceeding further with the construction of any school
building or of any addition to an existing school building
or the purchase of land for either purpose to any extent
not previously approved by the Court.
C. That the defendants pay the costs of this action in
cluding fees for the plaintiffs’ attorneys in such amounts
as to the Court may appear reasonable and proper and that
the plaintiffs have such other and further relief as may be
just.
/ s / S. W . T uckeb Of Counsel for Plaintiffs
13a
Motion to Dismiss
(Filed April 5, 1965)
Now come the Comity School Board of New Kent County,
Virginia, W. K. Davis, E. P. Binns, Jr., W. J. Wallace, Jr.,
and Harry S. Mountcastle, individually and as members of
the County School Board, and comes Byrd W. Long, Divi
sion Superintendent of Schools of New Kent County, Vir
ginia, and move the Court to dismiss the Complaint herein
upon the following grounds:
1. The Complaint fails to state a claim upon which
relief can be granted.
(Signature of Counsel Omitted)
14a
Order on Motion to Dismiss
The Court defers ruling on the motion to dismiss. The
defendants are directed to answer on or before June 1,
1965.
The Clerk is directed to call this case at the next docket
call.
Let the Clerk send copies of this order to counsel of
record.
May 5,1965
/ s / John D. B utzxer, Jr.
United States District Judge
15a
Plaintiffs’ Interrogatories
(Filed May 7, 1965)
Plaintiffs request that the defendant School Board, by
an officer or agent thereof, answer under oath in accordance
with Rule 33, Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, the follow
ing interrogatories:
1. List for each public school operated by the defendant
School Board the following:
a. Date on which each school was erected;
b. Grades served by each school during the 1964-65
school term;
c. Planned pupil capacity of each school;
d. Number of white pupils in attendance at school
in each grade level as of most recent dates for which
figures are available for 1964-65 term;
e. Number of Negro pupils in attendance at school
in each grade level as of most recent date for which
figures are available for 1964-65 term;
f. Number of Negro teachers and other administra
tive or professional personnel and the number of white
teachers, etc., employed at each school during 1964-65
school term;
g. Pupil-teacher ratio at each school during 1964-
65 school term (most recent available figures);
h. Average class size for each school during 1964-
65 school term (most recent available figures);
i. Name and address of principal of each school.
16a
2. Furnish a map or maps indicating the attendance
areas served by each school in the system during the 1963-
64 term and the 1964-65 term. If no such map or maps can
be furnished, state where such maps or other descriptions
of the attendance areas may be found and inspected.
3. State the number of Negro pupils and the number of
white pupils, by grade level, residing in each attendance
area established by the School Board during the 1964-65
school term. If definite figures are unavailable, give the
best projections or estimates available, stating the basis
for any such estimates or projections.
4. State whether any pupils are transported by school
buses to schools within the school division, and if there are
any, give the average daily attendance of transported stu
dents during 1964-65 term, stating separately the number
of white pupils and the number of Negro pupils in the ele
mentary grades and in the high schools and in the junior
high schools.
5. Furnish a map or maps indicating the bus routes in
effect throughout the school division during the 1963-64
term and for the 1964-65 term (indicate for each bus route
the name and address of the bus driver and the race of the
students transported).
6. State with respect to the 1964-65 term, the total num
ber of white pupils who reside in the attendance area of
an all-Negro school, but were in attendance at an all-white
or predominantly white school. Indicate with respect to
such pupils the following:
a. Number, by grade, residing in the attendance
area of each Negro school;
7. State the total number of Negro pupils who were
initially assigned to attend all-white or predominantly white
schools for the first time during either the 1963-64 school
term or the 1964-65 term. Give a breakdown of these totals
by schools and grades.
8. State whether during the 1964-65 term it was neces
sary at any schools to utilize for classroom purposes any
areas not primarily intended for such use, such as library
areas, teachers’ lounges, cafeterias, gymnasiums, etc. If so,
list the schools and facilities so utilized.
9. State whether a program or course in Distributive
Education is offered in the school system and if so at what
schools it is offered.
10. Are any special teachers for subjects such as art and
music provided?
11. If so, state:
a. The number of such special teachers in the sys
tem;
b. The number of full-time special teachers;
c. The number of part-time special teachers;
d. The schools to which they are assigned for the
current school year;
e. The schools to which they were assigned for the
preceding school year.
b. The schools actually attended by white pupils
residing in the attendance area of each Negro school.
18a
12. Indicate whether a program of vocational education
was offered in any school or schools in the system during
the 1963-64 or the 1964-65 school term.
13. If so, state for each such year the name of each vo
cational education course at each school and the number
of pupils enrolled therein; and give the number of indi
viduals teaching vocational education at each school.
14. Furnish a statement of the curriculum offered at each
junior high school and each high school in the system dur
ing the 1964-65 term.
15. Furnish a list of the courses of instruction, if any,
which are available to seventh grade students who attend
junior high schools in the system hut are not available to
those seventh grade pupils assigned to elementary schools.
16. State whether any summer school programs operated
by the School Board have been operated on a desegregated
basis with Negro and white pupils attending the same
classes.
17. Are any buildings of frame construction presently
being utilized for schools? If so, which ones?
18. Are any of the school buildings in need of major
repairs ? If so, which ones ?
19. State with respect to any new school construction
which is now contemplated, the following with respect to
each such project:
a. Location of contemplated school or addition;
b. Size of school, present and proposed number of
classrooms, grades to be served, and projected ca
pacity;
c. Estimated date of completion and occupancy;
d. Number of Negro pupils and number of white
pupils attending grades to be served by such school
who reside in existing or projected attendance area
for such school.
20. State as to each teacher and principal first employed
by the School Board during the school year 1964-65 and
each of the four preceding school terms the following:
a. His or her name, age at time of such employment,
sex, race;
b. Initial date of employment by the defendant
School Board;
c. Teaching experience prior to employment by de
fendant School Board;
d. College from which graduated and degrees
earned;
e. Major subjects studied in college and in graduate
school ;
f. Certificate from State Board of Education held
at time of initial employment by defendant School
Board, date thereof, and specific endorsements thereon;
g. The school and (elementary) grade or (high
school) subjects which he was assigned to teach at
time of initial employment;
h. Ratings earned for each year since initial employ
ment by defendant School Board.
20a
21. Are any records maintained which reflect the turn
over of teachers in each school!
22. If so, state:
a. Type of records maintained;
b. For what periods such records are maintained;
c. Where they are located;
d. In whose custody they are maintained.
23. Are any records maintained which reflect the mobil
ity of children in and out of the school system and in and
out of specific schools, including transfers and dropouts!
24. If so, state:
a. Type of records maintained;
b. Where these records are located;
c. In whose custody they are maintained.
25. State the amount of funds received through programs
of Federal assistance to education during each of the school
sessions 1963-64 and 1964-65.
26. State whether any pledge of non-discrimination has
been signed by or on behalf of defendant School Board.
27. Give a copy of any plans for desegregation submitted
to the Department of Health, Education and Welfare or
to any other agency of the State or Federal Government.
P lease take notice that a cop y o f such answers must
be served upon the undersigned within fifteen days after
service.
/ s / H enry L. M arsh III
Of Counsel for Plaintiffs
21a
Answer
(Filed June 1, 1965)
The undersigned defendants for Answer to the Complaint
exhibited against them say as follows:
1. These defendants deny that the amount in contro
versy herein exceeds the sum of Ten Thousand Dollars
($10,000.00) as alleged in paragraph 1 (a) of the Com
plaint.
2. These defendants deny that this Court has jurisdic
tion under Title 28, United States Code, Section 1331 or
Title 28, United States Code, Section 1343(3) or Title 42,
United States Code, Section 1983 to grant any of the relief
prayed for in the Complaint.
3. The allegations of paragraphs 2 and 3 of the Com
plaint are neither admitted or denied but the defendants
believe the allegations to be essentially true.
4. These defendants specifically deny that there are
questions of law and fact affecting the rights of all other
Negro children attending public schools in the said po
litical subdivision and call for strict proof thereof and of
the fact that it is impracticable to bring all before the
Court who desire the relief being sought. These defen
dants affirmatively allege that, as will hereinafter more
fully appear, the Constitutional and statutory rights of
all children in the said political subdivision, in so far as
public schools are concerned, are protected by the defen
dants and the desire for the relief being sought is common
°uly to the named plaintiffs.
5. These defendants deny that grounds for a class ac
tion exist as alleged in paragraph 5 of the Complaint and
22a
6. The allegations of paragraphs 6, 7, 8 and 9 of the
Complaint are admitted insofar as they assert the existence
of various Constitutional and statutory provisions of the
Commonwealth of Virginia. These defendants are not re
quired and therefore do not admit or deny the accuracy
of the plaintiffs interpretation of the provisions of law to
which reference is made.
7. These defendants believe the allegations of paragraph
10 to be correct except that they believe that the Pupil
Placement Board would refuse to follow any recommen
dations which denied an application due to the race of the
applicant whether the applicant be Negro or white.
8. These defendants, in answer to paragraph 11 of the
Complaint, assert that the assignment procedures avail
able to the plaintiffs afford an adequate means for ob
taining all rights to which they are entitled.
9. The allegations of paragraphs 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17,
18, 19 and 20 are denied except that the defendants admit
having received the petition and letter referred to in para
graphs 13 and 14.
10. Infant plaintiffs and all others eligible to enroll in
the pupil schools in the political subdivision are permitted,
under existing policy, to attend the school of their choice
without regard to race subject only to limitations of space.
W herefore, defendants p ray to be dism issed with their
costs.
deny that those constituting the gi'oup seeking relief herein
contributed taxes in excess of $10,000.00 and call for strict
proof.
(Signature of Counsel Omitted)
2 3 a
Defendants’ Answers to Plaintiffs’ Interrogatories
(Filed June 8, 1965)
Now comes Byrd W. Long, Division Superintendent of
schools of New Kent County, Virginia, and submits the
following answers to interrogatories filed by the plaintiffs,
said answers correspond to the numbered paragraphs in
the interrogatories, to-wit:
1. a. Date on which each school was erected:
1. New Kent High School erected 1930 (Addi
tion 1934). Elementary Building erected 1954 (Ad
dition 1961).
2. George W. Watkins High School erected 1950.
Elementary Building erected 1958 (Addition 1961).
b. Grades served by each school during the 1964-65
school term:
1. New Kent served grades one through twelve.
2. George W. Watkins served grades one through
twelve.
c. Planned pupil capacity of each school:
1. New Kent High School 207, New Kent Ele
mentary School 330.
2. George W. Watkins High School 207, George
W. Watkins Elementary School 420.
d. Pupils by grades—New Kent (All White)
Elementary: 1-54; 2-61; 3-51; 4-57; 5-48; 6-54;
7-42.
High School: 8-41; 9-49; 10-42; 11-33; 12-20.
24a
e. Pupils by grades—George W. Watkins (All
Colored)
Elementary: 1-87; 2-73; 3-94; 4-79; 5-60; 6-77;
7-68.
High School: 8-49; 9-43; 10-34; 11-37; 12-38.
f. Negro school—1 Principal, 1 Librarian, 26 Teach
ers, 1 Supervisor, 1 Counselor
White school—1 Principal, 1 Librarian, 26 Teach
ers, 1 Supervisor, 1 Counselor
g. Pupil-teacher ratio at each school during 1964-65
school term: New Kent-22—George W. Watkins-28
h. Average class size for each school during 1964-65
school term, Grades 1-12: New Kent-21—George W.
Watkins-26
i. Name and address of principal of each school: Ger
ald W. Tudor, New Kent High School, New Kent Vir
ginia; Todd W. Dillard, George W. Watkins High
School, Quinton, Va.
2. New Kent County has no attendance areas. A map
of the County may be obtained from the Virginia Depart
ment of Highways.
3. As stated in No. 2 above. New Kent County is not
divided into school attendance areas.
4. Eleven school buses transport pupils to die George
W. W atkins school. Ten school buses transport pupils to
the New Kent School. One bus transports IS Indian chil
dren to a Charles City School. By agreement this bus also
transports 60 Charles City children.
25a
White pupils transported—548
Negro pupils transported—710
5. Bus routes in 1963-64 and 1964-65 are the same.
See attached maps—names of drivers of buses are shown
on maps. (Exhibits A and B)
6. As stated in No. 2 and 3 above, New Kent County
is not divided into attendance areas.
7. New Kent County Schools have been operated on a
Freedom of Choice Plan administered by the State Pupil
Placement Board since the establishment of the Pupil Place
ment Board. To September 1964, no Negro pupil had applied
for admission to the New Kent School and no White pupil
had applied for admission to the George W. Watkins School.
8. Both schools are crowded beyond capacity in the
high school departments.
New Kent High School: Two basement areas, a
conference room, stage dressing room, and the audi
torium are used for classes.
George W. Watkins High School: Two basement
areas, clinic room, and a part of the Vocational Shop
are used for classes.
9. Distributive Education is not offered in either school.
10. There are special teachers for subjects such as art
and music.
11. a. New Kent High School—Part-time music teach
er. George W. Watkins High School—Part-time music
26a
teacher. New Kent Elementary School—Part-time music
teacher.
b. One—New Kent School—Full time.
c. One—George W. Watkins School—Part-time.
d. Stated in b. and c.
e. Same as stated in b. and c.
12. Vocational Home Economics and Vocational Agri
culture were offered in both schools during 1963-64 and
during 1964-65.
13. Substantially the same for 1964-65 and 1963-64.
New Kent High School offered Vocational Agricul
ture and Home Economics. Vocational Agriculture:
1 teacher, 63 pupils. Home Economics: 1 teacher, 32
pupils.
George W. Watkins High School offered Vocational
Agriculture and Home Economics. Vocational Agri
culture : 1 teacher, 52 pupils. Home Economics: 1 teach
er, 56 pupils.
14. New Kent County has no junior high schools. Each
of the two schools are operated on the plan called the 7-5
plan, which consists of 7 elementary grades and 5 high
school grades.
Each high school offers the following: Academic
Curriculum, Vocational Curriculum, General Course.
Tlie Academic Curriculum is geared mainly for pupils
preparing for college.
27a
The Vocational Course is offered pupils not planning for
college, and a boy may major in Agriculture; a girl in Home
Making; and a boy or girl may major in Commercial
courses.
Those pupils planning to seek work in general employ
ment may enroll in a general course.
Each high school has a guidance counselor who attempts
to aid the pupil and parent in the selection of a course ac
cording to the pupil’s aptitude and his desired type of
employment after graduation.
15. New Kent County has no Seventh grade pupils who
take courses in the high school department.
Each school in New Kent County is a combination high
school and elementary school, but teachers do not work
partly in high school and partly in elementary school.
16. The School Board of New Kent County offers no
summer school program in any school.
17. At the George W. Watkins School the Agriculture
building is a frame building.
18. Extensive repairs were made at both schools during
the summer of 1963 and 1964. No major repairs are needed
at either school at the present time.
19. a. New Kent School—campus type addition. George
W. Watkins School campus type addition.
b. New Kent School—4 classrooms planned: 2 sev
enth grade classrooms; 2 sixth grade classrooms; two
toilets to serve the four rooms. This addition will serve
6th & 7th grade pupils at the above school. George
28a
W. Watkins School—4 classrooms planned: 2 seventh
grade classrooms; 2 sixth grade classrooms; two toilets
to serve the four rooms. This addition will serve 6th &
7th grade pupils at the above school.
c. A completion date has not been set for this project
as State Literary Loan funds have not been released.
The two above projects will be let to bid at the same
time and one contract will be executed for both of the
projects.
d. New Kent County has no attendance areas.
20. George W. Watkins High School and Grade School:
a. Todd W. Hillard. Principal. Male, age 80, Negro
b. Employed April, 1964, effective July L 1964
c. Four years experience
d. B.S. Virginia State College—Work completed
for Masters Degree
e. Science and Mathematics Major
f. Collegiate Professional Certificate
g- Does not team—tnl.-tire PrirLpsi
k. Bated as superior
New Kent High School and Grade School:
s. Gersic W. Trcor. Principal. Mile, age IS. White
t- Employed July 14. 1964
c. Five years experience
d ? S. Fas: Car.'hra 1 - g — ;rs c i : .eted for
Misters Degree
29a
e. Physical Education
f. Collegiate Professional Certificate
g. Does not teach—full-time Principal
For information regarding teachers, see attached
Exhibit “ C”.
21. Records in the School Board Office will reflect the
turnover of teachers in each school.
22. Contract with teachers are executed annually for
a period of one year. A report of teachers contracted with
for each year is filed in the school board office.
a. As stated above
b. For past 5 years
e. School Board Office
d. The Clerk of the School Board
23. Teachers’ attendance registers record entries, re
entries and withdrawals. Xo other special records are kept.
24. Teachers registers
a. Same as above
b. School Board Office
e. Clerk of School Board
25. Federal Funds L963-S4
School L u n ch _________________________ £ 4,554.68
PL 874_____________________________________ 9,612.00
X D E A ___________________________________ 1,572.00
Guidance___________________________________ 2/XXJ.00
Total *17,738.68
30a
Federal Funds—Estimated—1964-65
School Lunch .................................................$ 5,500.00
PL 874 ............................................................ 9,800.00
NDEA ............. .............................................. 1,750.00
Guidance ......................................................... 2,000.00
Total .............................................................. $19,050.00
26. Yes
HEW Form 441
27. Plan to accompany HEW Form 441 has not been
completed at this date.
/ s / B yrd W. L ong
Byrd W. Long, Division Superin
tendent of Schools of New Kent
County, Virginia
31a
Exhibit C
20. Continued
Paul Gilley, age 22, white, male, b. 1963, c. None, d.
V.P.I., B.S., e. Agriculture, f. Collegiate Professional,
Agricultural, g. Agriculture, New Kent High School, h.
Teachers are not rated in this Division.
Edward J. Stansfield, age 24, white, male, b. 1961, c.
None, d. Houghton, B.A., e. Sociology, f. Collegiate, Soci
ology, History, English, g. History, English, New Kent
High School.
Billy E. Eicks, age 21, white, male, b. 1964, c. None, d.
East Carolina, B.A., e. History and Social Science, f. Col
legiate History and Social Science, g. History, New Kent
High School.
John E. Averett, age 25, white, male, b. 1963, c. 2 years,
d. University of Eichmond, no degree, e. Physical Educa
tion, f. Special License, g. Math, Physical Education, New
Kent High School.
Jayne P. Thomas, age 31, white, female, b. 1962, c. 2
years, d. Madison, B.M. Education, e. Music, f. Collegiate
Professional, Music, g. Music, New Kent High and Ele
mentary School.
Mary W. Potts, age 38, white, female, b. 1963, c. 4 years,
d. Longwood, B.S., e. English, Chemistry, f. Collegiate
Professional 6th and 7th grades, g. 7th grade, New Kent
Elementary School.
Alice V. Fisher, age 56, white, female, b. 1963, c. 16
years, d. Mary Washington, no degree, e. Elementary Edu
cation, f. Special License, g. 5th grade, New Kent Ele
mentary.
32a
Shirley F. Francisco, age 31, white, female, b. 1964, c. 2
years, d. Madison, no degree, e. Elementary Education, f.
Special License, g. 2nd grade, New Kent Elementary.
Patricia B. Averett, age 20, white, female, b. 1963, c.
None, d. Ferrum, no degree, e. Elementary Education, f,
Special License, g. 1st grade, New Kent Elementary School.
Murray Carson, age 53, white, male, b. 1964, c. None,
d. Averett, no degree, e. English and History, f. Special
License, g. 1/2 day English, New Kent High School.
Laurenstine Porter, age 22, Negro, female, b. 1964,
c. Is one, d. North Carolina College B.S., e. Library, f. Col
legiate, Health and Physical Education, Library Science,
g. Librarian, G. W. Watkins High & Elementary School.
Guy A. Boykins, age 57, Negro, male, b. 1960, c. None,
d. \ irginia Union University, A.B., e. Social Studies and
History, f. Collegiate Professional, English, g. Social Stud
ies and History, G. W. Watkins High School.
James E. Coleman, age 23, Negro, male, b. 1964, c. None,
d. \ irginia Union, no degree, e. Chemistry, f. Special Li
cense, Science and Physical Education, g. Science and Phys
ical Education, G. W. Watkins High School.
Edith Jackson, age 24. Negro, female, b. 1960, c. None,
d. 1 irginia Union, B.S., e. Business, f. Collegiate Profes
sional, Business, g. Commercial. G. W. Watkins High
School.
Gloria Miller, age 41, Negro, female, b. 1964. c. 2 years,
d. 1 irginia Union. B.A.. e. Elementary, f. Collegiate Pro
fessional—English and History, g. English and French,
G. W. Watkins High School.
John A. Baker, age 39. Negro, male. b. 1961, c. 13 years,
d. Wilburforce l niversity, B.S., e. Agriculture, f. Collegiate
Professional, g. Agriculture. G. W. Watkins High School.
33a
Charles J. Washington, Sr., age 53, Negro, male, b. 1962,
c. None, d. Virginia Union, B.A., e. English, f. Collegiate
Professional—English and Latin, g. English, G. W. Wat
kins High School.
Seth Pruden, age 37, Negro, male, b. 1960, c. None, d.
Virginia Union, B.S., e. History, f. Collegiate Professional
—French and History, g. 7th grade, G. W. Watkins
Elementary School.
Phillip Battle, age 24, Negro, male, b. 1963, c. None, d.
St. Paul’s, B.A., e. History and Social Sciences, f. Col
legiate—History and Social Sciences, g. 7th grade, G. W.
Watkins Elementary School.
Natalie Boykins, age 24, Negro, female, b. 1964, c. 2
years, d. Virginia State, B.A., e. Sociology, f. Collegiate—
Sociology, g. 6th grade, G. W. Watkins Elementary School.
Julia Boyce, age 34, Negro, female, b. 1961, c. 10 years,
d. Virginia State, B.S., e. English and Physical Education,
f. Collegiate Professional—All grade subjects in 6th and
7th, g. 5th grade, G. W. Watkins Elementary School.
Willie Gillen water, age 34, Negro, female, b. 1963, c. 2,
d. Virginia Union, B.A., e. Elementary Education, f. Col
legiate Professional—English, g. 4th grade, G. W. Wat
kins School—Elementary.
Audrey Dillard, age 28, Negro, female, b. 1963, c. 6 years,
d. Virginia State, A.B., e. Social Studies, f. Collegiate Pro
fessional—History, g. 4th Grade, G. W. Watkins School
—Elementary.
Dorothy Joyner, age 28, Negro, female, b. 1961, c. 3
years, d. Winston Salem, B.S., e. English & History, f. Col
legiate Professional—Elementary7, g. 2nd grade, G. W.
Watkins School—Elementary.
Susie Bates, age 23, Negro, female, b. 1962, c. None,
d. Virginia State, B.S., e. Elementary, f. Collegiate Pro
fessional—Grades 1-7, g. 1st grade, G. W. Watkins School
—Elementary.
34a
Plan for School Desegregation
(Filed May 10, 1966)
N e w K e n t C o u n t y P u b l i c S c h o o l s
P r o v i d e n c e F o r g e , V i r g i n i a
I . A n n u a l F r e e d o m o e C h o i c e o r S c h o o l s
A. The County School Board of New Kent County
has adopted a policy of complete freedom of
choice to he offered in grades 1, 2, 8, 9, 10, 11,
and 12 of all schools without regard to race, color,
or national origin, for 1965-66 and all grades
after 1965-66.
B. The choice is granted to parents, guardians and
persons acting as parents (hereafter called
“parents” ) and their children. Teachers, prin
cipals and other school personnel are not per
mitted to advise, recommend or otherwise in
fluence choices. They are not permitted to favor
or penalize children because of choices.
II. P u p i l s E n t e r i n g F i r s t G r a d e
Registration for the first grade will take place,
after conspicuous advertising two weeks in ad
vance of registration, between April 1 and May
31 from 9 :00 A. M. to 2 :00 P. M.
When registering, the parent will complete a
Choice of School Form for the child. The child
may’ be registered at any elementary school in
this syrstem, and the choice made may be for that
35a
school or for any other elementary school in the
system. The provisions of Section VI of this plan
with respect to overcrowding shall apply in the
assignment to schools of children entering first
grade.
III. P u p i l s E n t e r i n g O t h e r G r a d e s
A. Each parent will be sent a letter annually ex
plaining the provisions of the plan, together with
a Choice of School Form and a self-addressed
return envelope, by April 1 of each year for
pre-school children and May 15 for others.
Choice forms and copies of the letter to parents
will also be readily available to parents or stu
dents and the general public in the school offices
during regular business hours. Section VI ap
plies.
B. The Choice of School Form must be either mailed
or brought to any school or to the Superintend
ent’s Office by May 31st of each year. Pupils
entering grade one (1) of the elementary school
or grade eight (8) of the high school must ex
press a choice as a condition for enrollment. Any
pupil in grades other than grades 1 and 8 for
whom a choice of school is not obtained will be
assigned to the school he is now attending.
IV. P u p i l s N e w l y E n t e r i n g S c h o o l S y s t e m o r C h a n g
i n g R e s i d e n c e W i t h i n I t
A. Parents of children moving into the area served
by this school system, or changing their residence
within it, after the registration period is com
36a
pleted but before the opening of the school year,
will have the same opportunity to choose their
children’s school just before school opens during
the week of August 30th, by completing a Choice
of School Form. The child may be registered at
any school in the system containing the grade
he will enter, and the choice made may be for
that school or for any other such school in the
system. However, first preference in choice of
schools will be given to those whose Choice of
School Form is returned by the final date for
making choice in the regular registration period.
Otherwise, Section VI applies.
B. Children moving into the area served by this
school system, or changing their residence within
it, after the late registration period referred to
above but before the next regular registration
period, shall be provided with registration forms.
This has been done in the past.
V. R e s id e n t a n d N o n - R e s i d e n t A t t e n d a n c e
This system will not accept non-resident students,
nor will it make arrangements for resident stu
dents to attend public schools in other school
systems where either action would tend to pre
serve segregation or minimize desegregation.
Any arrangement made for non-resident students
to attend public schools in this system, or for
resident students to attend public schools in an
other system, will assure that such students will
be assigned without regard to race, color, or na
tional origin, and such arrangement will be ex
37a
plained fully in an attachment made a part of
this plan. Agreement attached for Indian chil
dren.
VI. O v e r c r o w d i n g
A. No choice will be denied for any reason other
than overcrowding. Where a school would be
come overcrowded if all choices for that school
were granted, pupils choosing that school will be
assigned so that they may attend the school of
their choice nearest to their homes. No preference
will be given for prior attendance at the school.
B. The Board plans to relieve overcrowding by
building during 1965-66 for the 1966-67 session.
VII. T r a n s p o r t a t i o n
Transportation will be provided on an equal basis
without segregation or other discrimination be
cause of race, color, or national origin. The right
to attend any school in the system will not be
restricted by transportation policies or practices.
To the maximum extent feasible, busses will be
routed so as to serve each pupil choosing any
school in the system. In any event, every student
eligible for bussing shall be transported to the
school of his choice if he chooses either the for
merly white, Negro of Indian school.
VIII. S e r v i c e s , F a c i l i t i e s , A c t i v i t i e s a n d P r o g r a m s
There shall be no discrimination based on race,
color, or national origin with respect to any ser
38a
vices, facilities, activities and programs spon
sored by or affiliated with the schools of this
school system.
IX. S t a f f D e s e g r e g a t i o n
A. Teacher and staff desegregation is a necessary
part of school desegregation. Steps shall be taken
beginning with school year 1965-66 toward elimi
nation of segregation of teaching and staff per
sonnel based on race, color, or national origin,
including joint faculty meetings, in-service pro
grams, workshops, other professional meetings
and other steps as set forth in Attachment C.
B. The race, color, or national origin of pupils will
not be a factor in the initial assignment to a par
ticular school or within a school of teachers, ad
ministrators or other employees who serve pupils,
beginning in 1966-67.
C. This school system will not demote or refuse to
reemploy principals, teachers and other staff
members who serve pupils, on the basis of race,
color, or national origin; this includes any de
motion or failure to reemploy staff members be
cause of actual or expected loss of enrollment in
a school.
D. Attachment D hereto consists of a tabular state
ment, broken down by race, showing: 1) the num
ber of faculty and staff members employed by
this system in 1964-65; 2) comparable data for
1965-66; 3) the number of such personnel demoted,
discharged or not reemployed for 1965-66; 4)
39a
the number of such personnel newly employed for
1965-66. Attachment D further consists of a cer
tification that in each case of demotion, discharge
or failure to reemploy, such action was taken
wholly without regard to race, color, or national
origin.
X. P u b l i c i t y a n d C o m m u n i t y P r e p a r a t io n
Immediately upon the acceptance of this plan by
the IT. S. Commissioner of Education, and once a
month before final date of making choices in 1966,
copies of this plan will be made available to all
interested citizens and will be given to all tele
vision and radio stations and all newspapers
serving this area. They will be asked to give
conspicuous publicity to the plan in local news
section of the Richmond papers. The newspaper
coverage will set forth the text of the plan, the
letter to parents and Choice of School Form.
Similar prominent notice of the choice provision
will be arranged for at least once a month there
after until the final date for making choice. In
addition, meetings and conferences have been and
will be called to inform all school system staff
members of, and to prepare them for, the school
desegregation process, including staff desegre
gation. Similar meetings will be held to inform
Parent-Teacher Associations and other local com
munity organizations of the details of the plan,
to prepare them for the changes that will take
place.
40a
X I . C e r t i f i c a t i o n
This plan of desegregation was duly adopted by
the New Kent County School Board at a meeting
duly called and held on August 2, 1965.
Signed:...........................................................
(Chairman, Superintendent or
other authorized official)
(title of signing officer)
41a
(School Board Letterhead)
Date Sent to Parents
and Guardians:
May 15, 1966
CHOICE OF SCHOOL FORM
This form is provided for you to choose a school for your
child to go to next year. The form must be either mailed
or brought to any school or to the Superintendent’s office
at the address above by May 31, 1966.
1. Name of Child ...................................................................
Last First Middle
2. Date of Pupil’s Birth (if entering first grade) ..............
Month
Attachment A
Day Year
3. Grade Pupil Eligible for
4. School Last Attended ....
42a
5. School Chosen (Mark X beside school chosen)
□ George W. Watkins High and Elementary
1-12 Quinton, Virginia
□ New Kent High and Elementary
1-12 New Kent, Virginia
□ Samaria School (Indian)
1-12 Charles City, Va.
Signature .................. .......................
Address .............................................
Date ..................................................
This block is to be filled in by the Superintendent’s office,
not by parents. School chosen: ..........................School as
signed to: .......................... If different, explain: .............
43a
(School Board Letterhead)
Attachment B
Dear Parent:
May 15,1966
A plan for the desegregation of our school system has been
put into effect so that our schools will operate in all re
spects without regard to race, color, or national origin.
The desegregation plan provides that each pupil and his
parent or guardian has the absolute right to choose each
year the school the pupil will attend. No teacher, princi
pal, or other school official is permitted to advise you, or
make recommendations or otherwise influence your deci
sion. No child will be favored or penalized because of the
choice made.
Attached is a Choice of School Form listing the names and
locations of all schools in our system and the grades they
include. Please mark a cross beside the school you choose,
and return the form in the enclosed envelope or bring it
to any school or the Superintendent’s office by May 31,1966.
No choice will be denied for any reason other than over
crowding. Anyone whose choice is denied because of over
crowding will be offered his choice from among all other
schools in the system where space is available in his grade.
School bus routes will be on a desegregated basis. There
will be no discrimination based on race, color, or national
origin in any school-connected services, facilities, activities
and programs.
44a
For pupils entering grades one (1) and eight (8) a Choice
of School Form must be filled out as a requirement for
enrollment. Children in other grades for whom no choice is
made will he assigned to the school they are presently at
tending.
Sincerely yours,
Superintendent
45a
Additional Steps Toward Staff Desegregation
Below are possible steps toward faculty and staff desegre
gation which have been taken in other school systems and
one or more of which you may deem appropriate for your
system to adopt at this time. Please indicate by checking
the appropriate box or boxes and attach this page to the
plan when submitting it.
1. jxj All members of the supervisory staff will be. as
signed to serve schools, teachers and pupils without
regard to race, color or national origin.
2. QJ Teachers and staff members who serve more than
one school, such as librarians, music and art teach
ers, nurses, counselors will be assigned to serve
schools, teachers and pupils without regard to race,
color, or national origin.
3. Q During the first semester of 1965-66, “pioneer teach
ers” of both races will be selected and given special
preparation and, during the second semester of
school year 1965-66, assigned to exchange class
rooms and schools periodically.
4- Q Institutions, agencies, organizations and individuals
that refer teachers and staff to school systems in
this State will, during school year 1965-66 be in
formed of this school system’s policy of nondis
crimination in filling positions for serving pupils
in this school system and they will be asked to so
inform persons seeking referrals.
Attachment C
46a
5. [~| In the future, there will be no requirement or re
quest for the photograph of or racial identification
of applicants for employment, reemployment or
reassignment.
6. ^ All teaching vacancies will be prominently posted
in all schools and applicants will be considered with
out regard to race, color or national origin.
7- □ No new teacher will hereafter be employed who is
not willing to work on a completely desegregated
basis.
8. Q] Other steps as follows:
47a
First Memorandum of the District Court
(Filed May 17, 1966)
The infant plaintiffs, as pupils or prospective pupils in
the public schools of New Kent County, and their parents
or guardians have brought this class action asking that the
defendants be required to adopt and implement a plan
which will provide for the prompt and efficient racial
desegregation of the county schools, and that the defen
dants be enjoined from building schools or additions and
from purchasing school sites pending the court’s approval
of a plan. The plaintiffs also seek attorney’s fees and costs.
'The defendants have moved to dismiss on the ground that
the complaint fails to state a claim upon which relief can
be granted. They have also answered denying the material
allegations of the bill.
The facts are uncontested.
New Kent is a rural county located east of the City of
Richmond. Its school system serves approximately 1,300
pupils, of which 740 are Negro and 550 are White. The
school board operates one white combined elementary and
high school, and one Negro combined elementary and high
school. There are no attendance zones. Each school serves
the entire county. Indian students attend a school in
Charles City County.
On August 2, 1965 the county school board adopted a
freedom of choice plan to comply with Title VI of the
Civil Rights Act of 1964, 42 U. S. C. §2000.d-l, et seq. The
choices include the Indian school in Charles City County.
The county had operated under the Pupil Placement Act,
§§22-232.1, et seq., Code of Virginia, 1950, as amended.
As of September 1964 no Negro pupil had applied for
48a
admission to the white school. No Negro faculty member
serves in the white school and no white faculty member
serves in the Negro school.
New construction is scheduled at both county schools.
The case is controlled by the principles expressed in
Wright v. School Bd. of Greenville County, Va., No. 4263
(E. D. Va., Jan. 27, 1966). An order similar to that en
tered in Greenville will deny an injunction restraining con
struction and grant leave to submit an amendment to the
plan for employment and assignment of staff on a non-
racial basis. The motion for counsel fees will be denied.
/ s / J ohn D. B tjtzneb, Je.
United States District Judge
49a
First Order of the District Court
(Filed May 17, 1966)
For reasons stated in the Memorandum of the Court this
day filed in the Memorandum of the Court in Wright
v. County School Board of Greenville County, Virginia,
Civil Action No. 4263 (E. D. Va., Jan. 27, 1966),
It is a d j u d g e d and o r d e r e d :
1. The defendants’ motion to dismiss is denied;
2. The plaintiffs’ prayer for an injunction restraining
school construction and the purchase of school sites is
denied;
3. The defendants are granted leave to submit on or be
fore June 6, 1966 amendments to their plan which will pro
vide for employment and assignment of the staff on a non-
racial basis. Pending receipt of these amendments, the
court will refer approval of the plan and consideration of
other injunctive relief;
4. The plaintiffs’ motion for counsel fees is denied;
5. The case will be retained upon the docket with leave
granted to any party to petition for further relief.
The plaintiffs shall recover their costs to date.
Let the Clerk send copies of this order and the Memo
randum of the Court to counsel of record.
/ s / J o h n D. B u t z n e r , Jr.
United States District Judge
50a
Defendants’ Plan Supplement
(Filed June 6, 1966)
The School Board of New Kent County recognizes its
responsibility to employ, assign, promote and discharge
teachers and other professional personnel of the school
systems without regard to race, color or national origin.
We further recognize our obligation to take all reasonable
steps to eliminate existing racial segregation of faculty
that has resulted from the past operation of a dual system
based upon race or color.
The New Kent Board recognizes the fact that New Kent
County has a problem which differs from most counties in
that the white citizens are the minority group. The Board
is also cognizant of the fact that race relations are gen
erally good in this county, and Negro citizens share in
county government. A Negro citizen is a member of the
County Board of Supervisors at the present time.
In the recruitment, selection and assignment of staff, the
chief obligation is to provide the best possible education
for all children. The pattern of assignment of teachers and
other staff members among the various schools of this sys
tem will not be such that only white teachers are sought
for predominantly white schools and only Negro teachers
are sought for predominantly Negro schools.
The following procedures will be followed to carry out
the above stated policy:
1. The best person will be sought for each position with
out regard to race, and the Board will follow the policy
of assigning new personnel in a manner that will work
toward the desegregation of faculties. We will not
select a person of less ability just to accomplish de
segregation.
51a
2. Institutions, agencies, organization, and individuals
that refer teacher applicants to the school system will
be informed of the above stated policy for faculty de
segregation and will be asked to so inform persons
seeking referrals.
3. The School Board will take affirmative steps to allow
teachers presently employed to accept transfers to
schools in which the majority of the faculty members
are of a race different from that of the teacher to be
transferred.
4. No new teacher will be hereafter employed who is not
willing to accept assignment to a desegregated faculty
or in a desegregated school.
5. All Workshops and in-service training programs are
now and will continue to be conducted on a completely
desegregated basis.
6. All members of the supervisory staff will be assigned
to cover schools, grades, teachers and pupils without
regard to race, color or national origin.
7. All staff meetings and committee meetings that are
called to plan, choose materials, and to improve the
total educational process of the division are now and
will continue to be conducted on a completely desegre
gated basis.
8. All custodial help, cafeteria workers, maintenance
workers, bus mechanics and the like will continue to
be employed without regard to race, color or national
origin.
9. Arrangements will be made for teachers of one race to
visit and observe a classroom consisting of a teacher
and pupils of another race to promote acquaintance
and understanding.
52 a
Plaintiffs’ Exception to Plan Supplement
(Filed June 10, 1966)
The plaintiffs take exception to the defendants’ Plan
Supplement adopted May 23, 1966 and filed herein pur
suant to leave granted in this Court’s order of May 17,
1966 to submit amendments which will provide for employ
ment and assignment of the staff on a non-racial basis.
I
The Supplement does not contain well-defined procedures
which will be put into effect on definite dates. The Supple
ment does not even provide the “ token assignments” which
this Court warned would not suffice.
II
In all reality, the Supplement states the defendant school
board’s refusal to take any initiative to desegregate the
faculties of the several schools.
W h e k e f o k e , the plaintiffs pray that their exceptions be
sustained and that the defendants be required to forthwith
eliminate all facets of racial segregation and discrimination
with respect to administrative personnel, teachers, clerical,
custodial and other employees, transportation and other
facilities, and the assignment of pupils to schools and class
rooms in the public schools of New Kent County and that
the defendants be required to establish geographic attend
ance areas for each public school in said county and assign
each child to the school so designated to serve his area of
residence.
/ s / S. W . T u c k e r
Of Counsel for Plaintiffs
53a
(Filed June 28, 1966)
This memorandum supplements the memorandum of the
court filed May 17, 1966. The court deferred ruling on the
school board’s plan of desegregation until after the board
had an opportunity to amend the plan to provide for
allocation of faculty and staff on a non-racial basis. The
board has filed a supplement to the plan to accomplish
this purpose.
The plan and supplement are:
I .
A n n u a l F e e e d o m o f C h o i c e o f S c h o o l s
A. The County School Board of New Kent County has
adopted a policy of complete freedom of choice to be offered
in grades 1, 2, 8, 9, 10, 11, and 12 of all schools without
regard to race, color, or national origin, for 1965-66 and all
grades after 1965-66.
B. The choice is granted to parents, guardians and per
sons acting as parents (hereafter called ‘parents’ ) and their
children. Teachers, principals and other school personnel
are not permitted to advise, recommend or otherwise in
fluence choices. They are not permitted to favor or penalize
children because of choices.
Memorandum of the Court
II.
P u p i l s E n t e r i n g O t h e r G r a d e s
Registration for the first grade will take place, after con
spicuous advertising two weeks in advance of registration,
between April 1 and May 31 from 9 :00 A.M. to 2 :00 P.M.
When registering, the parent will complete a Choice of
54a
School Form for the child. The child may be registered at
any elementary school in this system, and the choice made
may be for that school or for any other elementary school
in the system. The provisions of Section VI of this plan
with respect to overcrowding shall apply in the assignment
to schools of children entering first grade.
III.
P u p i l s E n t e r i n g O t h e r G r a d e s
A. Each parent will be sent a letter annually explaining
the provisions of the plan, together with a Choice of School
Form and a self-addressed return envelope, by April 1 of
each year for pre-school children and May 15 for others.
Choice forms and copies of the letter to parents will also
be readily available to parents or students and the general
public in the school offices during regular business hours.
Section VI applies.
B. The Choice of School Form must be either mailed
or brought to any school or to the Superintendent’s Office
by May 31st of each year. Pupils entering grade one (1)
of the elementary school or grade eight (8) of the high
school must express a choice as a condition for enrollment.
Any pupil in grades other than grades 1 and 8 for whom
a choice of school is not obtained will be assigned to the
school he is now attending.
M e m o r a n d u m o f th e C o u r t
IV.
P u p i l s N e w l y E n t e r i n g S c h o o l S y s t e m o r
C h a n g i n g R e s i d e n c e W i t h i n I t
A. Parents of children moving into the area served by
this school system, or changing their residence within it.
55a
after the registration period is completed but before the
opening of the school year, will have the same opportunity
to choose their children’s school just before school opens
during the week of August 30th, by completing a Choice
of School Form. The child may be registered at any school
in the system containing the grade he will enter, and the
choice made may be for that school or for any other such
school in the system. However, first preference in choice of
schools will be given to those whose Choice of School Form
is returned by the final date for making choice in the regular
registration period. Otherwise, Section VI applies.
B. Children moving into the area served by this school
system, or changing their residence within it, after the late
registration period referred to above but before the next
regular registration period, shall be provided with regis
tration forms. This has been done in the past.
V.
R e s i d e n t a n d N o n - e e s i d e n t A t t e n d a n c e
This system will not accept non-resident students, nor
will it make arrangements for resident students to attend
public schools in other school systems where either action
would tend to preserve segregation or minimize desegre
gation. Any arrangement made for non-resident students
to attend public schools in this system, or for resident stu
dents to attend public schools in another system, will assure
that such students will be assigned without regard to race,
color, or national origin, and such arrangement will be ex
plained fully in an attachment made a part of this plan.
Agreement attached for Indian children.
M e m o r a n d u m o f th e C o u r t
56a
VI.
OVER CR O W D IN G
A. No choice will be denied for any reason other than
overcrowding. Where a school would become overcrowded
if all choices for that school were granted, pupils choosing
that school will be assigned so that they may attend the
school of their choice nearest to their homes. No preference
will be given for prior attendance at the school.
B. The Board plans to relieve overcrowding by building
during 1965-66 for the 1966-67 session.
VII.
T r a n s p o r t a t i o n
Transportation will be provided on an equal basis with
out segregation or other discrimination because of race,
color, or national origin. The right to attend any school in
the system will not be restricted by transportation policies
or practices. To the maximum extent feasible, busses will
be routed so as to serve each pupil choosing any school in
the system. In any event, every student eligible for bussing
shall be transported to the school of his choice if he chooses
either the formerly white, Negro or Indian school.
VIII.
S e r v i c e s , F a c i l i t i e s , A c t i v i t i e s a n d P r o g r a m s
There shall be no discrimination based on race, color, or
national origin with respect to any services, facilities, ac
tivities and programs sponsored by or affiliated with the
schools of this school system.
M e m o r a n d u m o f th e C o u r t
57a
Memorandum of the Court
IX.
S t a f f D e s e g r e g a t i o n
A. Teacher and staff desegregation is a necessary part
of school desegregation. Steps shall be taken beginning
with school year 1965-66 toward elimination of segregation
of teaching and staff personnel based on race, color, or
national origin, including joint faculty meetings, in-service
programs, workshops, other professional meetings and
other steps as set forth in Attachment C.
B. The race, color, or national origin of pupils will not
be a factor in the initial assignment to a particular school
or within a school of teachers, administrators or other em
ployees who serve pupils, beginning in 1966-67.
C. This school system will not demote or refuse to re
employ principals, teachers and other staff members who
serve pupils, on the basis of race, color, or national origin;
this includes any demotion or failure to reemploy staff
members because of actual or expected loss of enrollment
in a school.
D. Attachment D hereto consists of a tabular statement,
broken down by race, showing: 1) the number of faculty
and staff members employed by this system in 1964-65;
2) comparable data for 1965-66; 3) the number of such per
sonnel demoted, discharged or not re-employed for 1965-
66; 4) the number of such personnel newly employed for
1965-66. Attachment D further consists of a certification
that in each case of demotion, discharge or failure to re
employ, such action was taken wholly without regard to
race, color, or national origin.
58a
Memorandum of the Court
X.
P u b l i c i t y a n d C o m m u n i t y P b e p a b a t i o n
Immediately upon the acceptance of this plan by the U. S.
Commissioner of Education, and once a month before final
date of making choices in 1966, copies of this plan will be
made available to all interested citizens and will be given to
all television and radio stations and all newspapers serving
this area. They will be asked to give conspicuous publicity
to the plan in local news sections of the Richmond papers.
The newspaper coverage will set forth the text of the plan,
the letter to parents and Choice of School Form. Similar
prominent notice of the choice provision will be arranged
for at least one a month thereafter until the final date for
making choice. In addition, meetings and conferences have
been and will be called to inform all school system staff
members of, and to prepare them for, the school desegrega
tion process, including staff desegregation. Similar meet
ings will be held to inform Parent-Teacher Associations
and other local community organizations of the details of
the plan, to prepare them for the changes that will take
place.
S u p p l e m e n t
“The School Board of New Kent County recognizes its
responsibility to employ, assign, promote and discharge
teachers and other professional personnel of the school sys
tems without regard to race, color or national origin. We
further recognize our obligation to take all reasonable steps
to eliminate existing racial segregation of faculty that has
resulted from the past operation of a dual system based
upon race or color.
59a
“The New Kent Board recognizes the fact that New
Kent County has a problem which differs from most coun
ties in that the white citizens are the minority group. The
Board is also cognizant of the fact that race relations are
generally good in this county, and Negro citizens share in
county government. A Negro citizen is a member of the
County Board of Supervisors at the present time.
“In the recruitment, selection and assignment of staff, the
chief obligation is to provide the best possible education for
all children. The pattern of assignment of teachers and
other staff members among the various schools of this sys
tem will not be such that only white teachers are sought for
predominantly white schools and only Negro teachers are
sought for predominantly Negro schools.
“The following procedures will be followed to carry out
the above stated policy:
1. The best person will be sought for each position
without regard to race, and the Board will follow the
policy of assigning new personnel in a manner that
will work toward the desegregation of faculties. We
will not select a person of less ability just to accomp
lish desegregation.
2. Institutions, agencies, organization, and individ
uals that refer teacher applicants to the schools system
will be informed of the above stated policy for faculty
desegregation and will be asked to so inform persons
seeking referrals.
3. The School Board will take affirmative steps to
allow teachers presently employed to accept transfers
to schools in which the majority of the faculty members
M e m o r a n d u m o f th e C o u r t
60a
are of a race different from that of the teacher to be
transferred.
4. No new teacher will be hereafter employed who
is not willing to accept assignment to a desegregated
faculty or in a desegregated school.
5. All workshops and in-service training programs
are now and will continue to be conducted on a com
pletely desegregated basis.
6. All members of the supervisory staff will be as
signed to cover schools, grades, teachers and pupils
without regard to race, color or national origin.
7. All staff meetings and committee meetings that
are called to plan, choose materials, and to improve the
total educational process of the division are now and
will continue to he conducted on a completely desegre
gated basis.
8. All custodial help, cafeteria workers, maintenance
workers, bus mechanics and the like will continue to
be employed without regard to race, color or national
origin.
9. Arrangements will be made for teachers of one
race to visit and observe a classroom consisting of a
teacher and pupils of another race to promote acquaint
ance and understanding.”
The plaintiffs filed exceptions to the supplement charging
that it does not contain well defined procedures which will
be put into effect on definite dates and that it demonstrates
the board’s refusal to take any initiative to desegregate the
staff.
M e m o r a n d u m o f th e C o u r t
61a
The plan for faculty desegregation is not as definite as
some plans received from other school districts. The court
is of the opinion, however, that no rigid formula should be
required. The plan will enable the school board to achieve
allocation of faculty and staff on a non-racial basis. The
plan and supplement satisfy the criteria mentioned in
Wright v. School Board of Greensville County, Va., No.
4263 (E.D. Va., Jan. 27 and May 13, 1966).
Provision should be made for a registration period in the
summer or immediately prior to the beginning of the 1966-
67 term to allow pupils to exercise their choice of school.
This is necessary because the supplement to the plan was
adopted late in the school year. The summer or fall regis
tration should present no administrative difficulties. Many
of the schools which have adopted a freedom of choice plan
provide for such registration as a matter of course.
It may become necessary for the .board to modify the
plan. It may become necessary to revoke in full or in part
the approval that the court has given the plan. The case
will remain on the docket for any of the parties to seek
relief which future circumstances may require.
/ s / J o h n D. B u t z n e k , J b .
United States District Judge
M e m o r a n d u m o f th e C o u r t
62a
Order
(Entered June 28, 1966)
For reasons stated in the memorandum of the court this
day tiled and in Wright v. School Board of Greensville
County, Va., No. 4263 (E.D. Va., Jan. 27 and May 13,
1966), it is A djudged and Ordered that the plan adopted
by the New Kent County School Board is approved.
This case will be retained on the docket with leave
granted to any party to seek further relief.
Let the Clerk send copies of this order and of the mem
orandum of the court to counsel of record.
/ s / John D. B u t z n e r , Jr.
United States District Judge
63a
Decision of the United States Court of Appeals
For the Fourth Circuit
No. 10,792.
Charles C. Green, Carroll A. Green and Robert C. Green,
infants, by Calvin C. Green and Mary 0. Green,
tbeir father and mother and next friends,
and all others of the plaintiffs,
Appellants,
versus
County School Board of New Kent County, Virginia, et al.,
Appellees.
A p p e a l f r o m t h e U n i t e d S t a t e s D i s t r i c t C o u r t f o r
t h e E a s t e r n D i s t r i c t o f V i r g i n i a , a t R i c h m o n d .
J o h n D . B u t z n e r , J r ., D i s t r i c t J u d g e .
(Argued January 9, 1967. Decided June 12, 1967.)
Before H a y n s w o r t h , Chief Judge, and S o b e l o f f , B o r e m a n ,
B r y a n , J. S p e n c e r B e l l , * W i n t e r and C r a v e n , Circuit
Judges, sitting en banc.
S. W. Tucker (Henry L. Marsh, III, Willard H. Douglas,
Jr., Jack Greenberg and James M. Nabrit, III, on brief)
for Appellants, and Frederick T. Gray (Williams, Mullen
& Christian on brief) for Appellees.
* Ju dge B e ll sa t a s a m e m b e r o f th e C o u r t w h e n th e ease w a s h ea rd
but died b e fo r e it w a s d e cid e d .
64a
p e r c u r i a m :
The questions presented in this case are substantially the
same as those we have considered and decided today in
Bowman v. County School Bd. of Charles City County.1
For the reasons stated there, the rulings of the District
Court merit our substantial approval, but the case is neces
sarily remanded for further proceedings in accordance with
the District Court’s order and our opinion in Bowman.
Remanded.
D e c is io n o f th e U n ite d S t a t e s C o u r t o f A p p e a l s
F o r th e F o u r t h C ir c u it
l 4 C ir ........... F .2 d ....... (D e c id e d th is d a y ) . T h e s p e c ia l concurring
o p in io n o f J u d g e S o b e lo ff , in w h ich J u d g e W in t e r jo in s , in B o w m a n is
a p p lic a b le to th is ca se a lso .
65a
Opinion of the United States Court of Appeals
For the Fourth Circuit
No. 10,793.
Shirlette L. Bowman, Rhoda M. Bowman, Mildred A.
Bowman, Richard M. Bowman and Sandra L. Bowman,
infants, by Richard M. Bowman, their father and next
friend, and all others of the plaintiffs,
Appellants,
versus
County School Board of Charles City County,
Virginia, et al.,
Appellees.
A p p e a l f r o m t h e U n i t e d S t a t e s D i s t e i c t C o u r t f o r
t h e E a s t e r n D i s t r i c t o f V i r g i n i a , a t R i c h m o n d .
J o h n D . B u t z n e r , J r ., D i s t r i c t J u d g e .
(Argued January 9, 1967. Decided June 12, 1967.)
Before H a y n s w o r t h , Chief Judge, and S o b e l o f f , B o r e m a n ,
B r y a n , J. S p e n c e r B e l l , * W i n t e r and C r a v e n , Circuit
Judges, sitting en banc.
S. W. Tucker (Henry L. Marsh, III, Willard H. Douglas,
Jr., Jack Greenberg and James M. Nabrit, III, on brief)
for Appellants, and Frederick T. Gray (Williams, Mullen
& Christian on brief) for Appellees.
* Ju d ge B e ll sa t as a m e m b e r o f th e C o u r t w h e n th e ca se w a s h e a rd
but died b e fo r e it w a s d e cid e d .
66 a
H a y n s w o b t h , Chief Judge:
In this school case, the Negro plaintiffs attack, as a dep
rivation of their constitutional rights, a “ freedom of
choice” plan, under which each Negro pupil has an ac
knowledged “unrestricted right” to attend any school in the
system he wishes. They contend that compulsive assign
ments to achieve a greater intermixture of the races, not
withstanding their individual choices, is their due. We
cannot accept that contention, though a related point af
fecting the assignment of teachers is not without merit.
I
“Freedom of choice” is a phrase of many connotations.
Employed as descriptive of a system of permissive trans
fers out of segregated schools in which the initial assign
ments are both involuntary and dictated by racial criteria,
it is an illusion and an oppression which is constitutionally
impermissible. Long since, this court has condemned it.1
The burden of extracting individual pupils from discrimi
natory, racial assignments may not be cast upon the pupils
or their parents. It is the duty of the school boards to
eliminate the discrimination which inheres in such a system.
Employed as descriptive of a system in which each pupil,
or his parents, must annually exercise an uninhibited choice,
and the choices govern the assignments, it is a very different
O p in io n o f th e U n ite d S t a t e s C o u r t o f A p p e a l s
F o r th e F o u r t h C ir c u it
1 N e sb it v . S ta te sv ille C ity B d . o f E d u c ., 4 C ir ., 34 5 F .2 d 333 , 334 n. 3;
B ra d le y v . S c h o o l B d . o f E d u c . o f C ity o f R ic h m o n d , 4 C ir ., 345 F .2d 310,
319 & n. 1 8 ; W h e e le r v . D u rh a m C ity B d . o f E d u c ., 4 C ir ., 309 F-23
630 , 6 3 3 ; J e f fe r s v . W h it le y , 4 C ir ., 30 9 F .2 d 6 2 1 ; M a rsh v . County
S c h o o l B d . o f R o a n o k e C o u n ty , 4 C ir ., 30 5 F .2 d 9 4 ; G re e n v . School
B d . o f C ity o f R o a n o k e , 4 C ir ., 3 0 4 F .2 d 1 1 8 ; H i l l v . S c h o o l B d . o f City
o f N o r fo lk , 4 C ir ., 28 2 F .2 d 4 7 3 ; J o n e s v . S c h o o l B d . o f C ity o f Alex
a n d r ia , 4 C ir ., 27 8 F .2 d 72.
67a
thing. If each pupil, each year, attends the school of his
choice, the Constitution does not require that he be de
prived of his choice unless its exercise is not free. This we
have held,2 and we adhere to our holdings.
Whether or not the choice is free may depend upon cir
cumstances extraneous to the formal plan of the school
board. If there is a contention that economic or other
pressures in the community inhibit the free exercise of the
choice, there must be a judicial appraisal of it, for “ freedom
of choice” is acceptable only if the choice is free in the
practical context of its exercise. If there are extraneous
pressures whih deprive the choice of its freedom, the school
board may be required to adopt affirmative measures to
counter them.
A panel of the Fifth Circuit3 recently had occasion to con
centrate its guns upon the sort of “ freedom of choice” plan
we have not tolerated, but, significantly, the decree it pre
scribed for its district courts requires the kind of “freedom
of choice” plan we have held requisite and embodies stan
dards no more exacting than those we have imposed and
sanctioned.
The fact that the Department of Health, Education and
Welfare has approved the School Board’s plan is not deter
minative. The actions of that department, as its guidelines,
are entitled to respectful consideration, for, in large mea
O p in io n o f th e U n ite d S t a t e s C o u r t o f A p p e a l s
F o r th e F o u r t h C ir c u it
2 Wheeler y. Durham City Bd. of Educ., 4 Cir., 346 F.2d 768, 773;
Bradley v. School Bd. of Educ. of City of Richmond, 4 Cir., 345 F.2d 310,
313, vacated and rem anded on o th er g rounds, 382 U.S. 103. See Jeffers v.
Whitley, 4 Cir., 309 F.2d 621.
3 United States v. Jefferson County Board of Education, 5 Cir., 372
F.2d 836, aff’d on rehearing en banc,..... F .2 d ..... ; see also , Deal v. Cin
cinnati Board of Education, 6 Cir., 369 F.2d 55.
68a
sure or entirely, they are a reflection of earlier judicial
opinions. We reach our conclusion independently, for, while
administrative interpretation may lend a persuasive gloss
to a statute, the definition of constitutional standards con
trolling the actions of states and their subdivisions is
peculiarly a judicial function.
Since the plaintiffs here concede that their annual choice
is unrestricted and unencumbered, we find in its existence
no denial of any constitutional right not to be subjected to
racial discrimination.
O p in io n o f th e U n ite d S t a t e s C o u r t o f A p p e a l s
F o r th e F o u r t h C ir c u i t
I I
Appropriately, the School Board’s plan included provi
sions for desegregation of the faculties. Supplemented at
the direction of the District Court, those provisions are
set forth in the margin.4
4 The School Board of Charles City County recognizes its responsibility
to employ, assign, promote and discharge teachers and other professional
personnel of the school systems without regard to race, color or national
origin. We further recognize our obligation to take all reasonable steps
to eliminate existing racial segregation of faculty that has resulted from
the past operation of a dual system based upon race or color.
In the recruitment, selection and assignment of staff, the chief obliga
tion is to provide the best possible education for all children. The pattern
of assignment of teachers and other staff members among the various
schools of this system will not be such that only white teachers are sought
for predominantly white schools and only Negro teachers are sought for
predominantly Negro schools.
The following procedures will be followed to carry out the above stated
policy:
1. The best person will be sought for each position without regard
to race, and the Board will follow the policy of assigning new
personnel in a manner that will work toward the desegregation of
faculties.
2. Institutions, agencies, organizations, and individuals that refer
teacher applicants to the school system will be informed of the
69a
These the District Court found acceptable under our deci
sion in Wheeler v. Durham City Board of Education, 363
F.2d 738, but retained jurisdiction to entertain applications
for further relief. It acted upon a record which showed that
white teachers had been assigned to the “Indian school”
O p in io n o f th e U n ite d S t a t e s C o u r t o f A p p e a l s
F o r th e F o u r t h C ir c u it
above stated policy for faculty desegregation and will be asked to
so inform persons seeking referrals.
3. The School Board will take affirmative steps including personal
conferences with members of the present faculty to allow and en
courage teachers presently employed to accept transfers to schools
in which the majority of the faculty members are of a race differ
ent from that of the teacher to be transferred.
4. No new teacher will be hereafter employed who is not willing to
accept assignment to a desegregated faculty or in a desegregated
school.
5. All Workshops and in-service training programs are now and will
continue to be conducted on a completely desegregated basis.
6. All members of the supervisory staff have been and will continue
to be assigned to cover schools, grades, teachers and pupils with
out regard to race, color or national origin.
7. It is recognized that it is more desirous, where possible, to have
more than one teacher of the minority race (white or Negro) on
a desegregated faculty.
8. All staff meetings and committee meetings that are called to plan,
choose materials, and to improve the total educational process of
the division are now and will continue to be conducted on a com
pletely desegregated basis.
9. All custodial help, cafeteria workers, maintenance workers, bus
mechanics and the like will continue to be employed without regard
to race, color or national origin.
10. Arrangements will be made for teachers of one race to visit and
observe a classroom consisting of a teacher and pupils of another
race to promote acquaintance and understanding.
11. The School Board and superintendent will exercise their best efforts,
individually and collectively, to explain this program to school
patrons and other citizens of Charles City County and to solicit
their support of it.
70a
and one Negro teacher had been assigned to a formerly all
white school.
The appellants’ complaint is that the plan is insufficiently
specific in the absence of an immediate requirement of sub
stantial interracial assignment of all teachers.
On this record, we are unable to say what impact such
an order might have upon the school ssytem or what ad
ministrative difficulties might be encountered in complying
with it. Elimination of discrimination in the employment
and assignment of teachers and administrative employees
can be no longer deferred,5 but involuntary reassignment
of teachers to achieve racial blending of faculties in each
school is not a present requirement on the kind of record
before us. Clearly, the District Court’s retention of juris
diction was for the purpose of swift judicial appraisal of
the practical consequences of the School Board’s plan and
of the objective criteria by which its performance of its
declared purposes could be measured.
An appeal having been taken, we lack the more current
information which the District Court, upon application to
it, could have commanded. Without such information, an
order of remand, the inevitable result of this appeal, must
be less explicit than the District Court’s order, with the
benefit of such information, might have been.
While the District Court’s approval of the plan with its
retention of jurisdiction may have been quite acceptable
when entered, we think any subsequent order, in light of the
appellants’ complaints should incorporate some minimal,
objective time table.
O p in io n o f th e U n ite d S t a t e s C o u r t o f A p p e a l s
F o r th e F o u r t h C ir c u i t
5 Bradley v. School Bd. of Educ. of City of Richmond, 382 U.S. Mb
Wheeler v. Durham City Bd. of Educ., 4 Cir., 363 F.2d 738.
71a
Quite recently, a panel of the Fifth Circuit Court of Ap
peals6 has required some progress in faculty integration for
the school year 1967-68. By that decree, school boards are
required to take affirmative steps to accomplish substantial
desegregation of faculties in as many of the schools as pos
sible for the 1967-68 school year and, wherever possible, to-
assign more than one member of the minority race to each
desegregated faculty. As much should be required here.
Indeed, since there was an earlier start in this case, the
District Court, with the benefit of current information,
should find it appropriate to fashion an order which is
much more specific and more comprehensive. What is done
on remand, however, must be done upon a supplemented
record after an appraisal of the practical, administrative
and other problems, if any, remaining to be solved and
overcome.
Remanded.
C o n cu rr in g O p in io n o f J u d g e s S o b e l o f f a n d W i n t e r
S o b e l o f f , Circuit Judge, with whom W i n t e r , Circuit
Judge, joins, concurring specially.
Willingly, I join in the remand of the cases* * to the Dis
trict Court, for I concur in what this court orders. I dis
agree, however, with the limited scope of the remand, for I
think that the District Court should be directed not only to
incorporate an objective timetable in the School Boards’
plans for faculty desegregation, but also to set up proce
6 United States v. Jefferson County Bd. of Edue., fn. 3, su p ra .
* This special concurrence is directed not only to Bowman v. County
School Bd. of Charles City County, but also Green v. County School Bd.
°f New Kent County, ..... F.2d ..... , decided this day.
72a
dures for periodically evaluating the effectiveness of the
Boards’ “ freedom of choice” plans in the elimination of
other features of a segregated school system.
With all respect, I think that the opinion of the court is
regrettably deficient in failing to speel out specific direc
tions for the guidance of the District Court. The danger
from an unspecific remand is that it may result in another
round of unsatisfactory plans that will require yet another
appeal and involve further loss of time. The bland discus
sion in the majority opinion must necessarily he pitched
differently if the facts are squarely faced. As it is, the
opinion omits almost entirely a factual recital. For an
understanding of the stark inadequacy of the plans promul
gated by the school authorities, it is necessary to explore
the facts of the two cases.
New Kent County. Approximately 1,290 children attend
the public schools of New Kent County. The system oper
ated by the School Board consists of only two schools—the
New Kent School, attended by all of the county’s white
pupils, and the Watkins School, attended by all of the
county’s Negro pupils.
There is no residential segregation and both races are
diffused generally throughout the county. Yet eleven buses
traverse the entire county to pick up the Negro students and
carry them to the Watkins School, located in the western
half of the county, and ten other buses traverse the entire
county to pick up the white students for the New Kent
School, located in the eastern half of the county. One ad
ditional bus takes the county’s 18 Indian children to the
“Indian” school, located in an adjoining county. Each of
the county’s two schools has 26 teachers and they offer
identical programs of instruction.
C o n c u r r in g O p in io n o f J u d g e s S o b e l o f f a n d W in te r
73a
Repated petitions from Negro parents, requesting the
adoption of a plan to eliminate racial discrimination, were
totally ignored. Not until some months after the present
action had been instituted on March 15, 1965, did the
School Board adopt its “ freedom of choice” plan.1
The above data relate to the 1964-1965 school year.2
Since the Board’s “ freedom of choice” plan has now been in
effect for two years as to grades 1, 2, 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12
and one year as to all other grades, clearly this court’s re
mand should embrace an order requiring an evaluation of
the success of the plan’s operation over that time span, not
only as to faculty but as to pupil integration as well. While
the court does not order an inquiry in the District Court as
to pupil integration, it of course does not forbid it. Since
the District Judge retained the case on the docket, the
matter will be open on remand to a thorough appraisal.
Charles City County. Approximately 1,800 children at
tend public schools in Charles City County. As in New Kent
County, Negroes and whites live in the same neighborhoods
and, similarly, segregated buses (Negro, Indian and white)
traverse many of the same routes to pick up their respective
C o n cu rr in g O p in io n o f J u d g e s S o b e l o f f a n d W i n t e r
1 As this circuit has elsewhere said, “Such a last minute change of
heart is suspect, to say the least.” Cypress v. The Newport News General
& Nonsectarian Hospital Ass’n , .....F .2 d ...... , ..... (4th Cir. Mar. 9, 1967).
See also Lankford v. Gelston, 364 F.2d 197, 203 (4th Cir. 1966). Of
course, in the present case, the District Court has noted that the plan
was adopted in order to comply with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act
of 1964, 42 U.S.C. 5 2000.d-l (1964), and thus ensure the flow of federal
funds.
2 These data are culled from answers to plaintiffs’ interrogatories.
Neither side has furnished us or the District Court with more recent
data. In oral argument, the defendant replied obscurely and unspecifically
to inquiries from the bench as to what progress the county had made.
74a
charges.3 The Board operates four schools in all—Buth-
ville, a combined elementary and high school exclusively
for Negroes; Barnetts, a Negro elementary school; Charles
City, a combined elementary and high school for whites;
and Samaria, a combined elementary and high school for
Indian children. Thus, as plaintiffs point out, the Board,
well into the second decade after the 1954 Brown decision,
still maintains “what is in effect three distinct school sys
tems—each organized along racial lines—with hardly
enough pupils for one system!” 4 5 The District Court found
that “the Negro elementary schools serve geographical
areas. The other schools serve the entire county.” 6 This
contrasting treatment of the races plainly exposes the pre
vailing discrimination. For the 1964-65 school year, only
eight Negro children were assigned to grades 4, 6, 7, 8,9,
10 and 11 at the all-white Charles City School—an instance
of the feeblest and most inconsequential tokenism.
Again, as in New Kent County, Negro parents on several
occasions fruitlessly petitioned the School Board to adopt a
desegregation plan. This suit was instituted on March 15,
C o n c u r r in g O p in io n o f J u d g e s S o b e l o f f a n d W in ter
3 The Eighth Circuit has recently held that the operation of two school
buses, one for Negro children and one for white, along the same route,
is impermissible. “While we have no authority to strike down transpor
tation systems because they are costly and inefficient, we must strike
them down if their operation serves to discourage the desegregation of
the school systems.” Kelley v. Arkansas Public School District, 35 U.S.L.
WEEK 2619 (8th Cir. Apr. 12, 1967).
4 The Board seems to go to an extreme of inefficiency and expense in
order to maintain the segregated character of its schools, indulging in the
luxury of three separate high school departments to serve a total of
approximately 600 pupils, 437 of whom are in one school, and three
separate and overlapping bus services.
5 ................ E.Supp., ............. (1966).
75a
1965 and the Board adopted the plan presently under con
sideration on August 6, 1965. Not until June 1966 did the
Board assign a single Negro teacher to the all-white faculty
at Charles City School. Apart from this faint gesture, how
ever, the faculties of the Negro and white schools remain
totally segregated.6
The majority opinion implies that this court has gone as
far as the Fifth Circuit and that the “ freedom of choice”
plan which that circuit has directed its district courts to
prescribe “embodies standards no more exacting than those
we have imposed and sanctioned.” If this court is willing to
go as far as the Fifth Circuit has gone, I welcome the re
solve.7 It may be profitable, therefore, to examine closely
what the Court of Appeals of that jurisdiction has recently
said and done.8 We may then see how much further our
court needs to go to bring itself abreast of the Fifth Circuit.
C on cu rr in g O p in io n o f J u d g e s S o b e l o f f a n d W i n t e r
6 Three of the Board’s eight teachers in the 175 pupil “Indian” school
are white, the other five are Indian.
The Board asserts that it is “earnestly” seeking white teachers for the
nine existing vacancies in the Negro schools, but so far its efforts have
not met with success. This is not surprising, considering that the Board
has formally declared that it “does not propose to advertise vacancies in
papers as this would likely cause people of both races to apply who
are not qualified to teach.”
7 A recent article in the Virginia Law Review declares the Fifth Cir
cuit to be “at once the most prolific and the most progressive court in
the nation on the subject of school desegregation.” Dunn, Title V I, the
Guidelines and School Desegregation in the South, 53 VA. L. REV. 42,
73 (1967).
8 United States v. Jefferson County Bd. of Edue., ..... F.2d ..... (5th
Cir. 1966), aff’d on rehearing en banc, ..... F.2d ..... (5th Cir., Mar. 29,
76a
Concurring Opinion of Judges Sobeloff and Winter
I. Pupils
Under the plans of both Charles City County and New
Kent County, only children entering grades one or eight are
required to express a choice. Freedom of choice is permitted
children in all other grades, and “any pupil in grades other
than grades 1 and 8 for whom a choice of school is not ob
tained will be assigned to the school he is now attending.”
In sharp contrast, the Fifth Circuit has expressly abol
ished “permissive” freedom of choice and ordered manda
tory annual free choice for all grades, and “any student who
has not exercised his choice of school within a week after
school opens shall be assigned to the school nearest his
home * * * 9 This is all that plaintiffs have been vainly
seeking in New Kent County—that students be assigned to
the schools nearest their homes.
If, in our cases, those who failed to exercise a choice were
to be assigned to the schools nearest their homes, as the
Fifth Circuit plan provides, instead of to the schools they
previously attended, as directed in the plans before us,
there would be a measure of progress in overcoming dis
crimination. As it is, the plans manifestly perpetuate
discrimination. In view of the situation found in New Kent
County, where there is no residential segregation, the elim
ination of the dual school system and the establishment of a
“unitary, non-racial system” could be readily achieved with
a minimum of administrative difficulty by means of geo
graphic zoning—simply by assigning students living in the
eastern half of the county to the New Kent School and those
living in the western half of the county to the Watkins 9
9 United States v. Jefferson County Bd. of Edue., ..... F.2d
(5th Cir., Mar. 29, 1967) (en bane). (Emphasis supplied.)
77a
School. Although a geographical formula is not universally
appropriate, it is evident that here the Board, by separately
busing Negro children across the entire county to the “ Ne
gro” school, and the white children to the “white” school,
is deliberately maintaining a segregated system which
would vanish with non-racial geographic zoning. The con
ditions in this county present a classical case for this ex
pedient.
In Charles City County, Negro elementary school chil
dren are geographically zoned, while white elementary
school children are not, despite the conceded fact that the
children of both races live in all sections of the county.
Surely this curious arrangement is continued to prop up
and preserve the dual school system proscribed by the
Constitution and interdicted by the Fifth Circuit . . .
“The Court holds that boards and officials administer
ing public schools in this circuit have the affirmative
duty under the Fourteenth Amendment to bring about
an integrated, unitary school system in which there are
no Negro schools and no white schools—just schools.
* * * In fulfilling this duty it is not enough for
school authorities to offer Negro children the oppor
tunity to attend formerly all-white schools. The neces
sity of overcoming the effects of the dual school system
in this circuit requires integration of faculties, facili
ties, and activities, as well as students.” 10
The Fifth Circuit stresses that the goal is “a unitary, non-
racial system” and the question is whether a free choice
plan will materially further the attainment of this goal.
C o n cu rr in g O p in io n o f J u d g e s S o b e lo f f a n d W i n t e r
10 F.2d at ..... (en banc). (Emphasis supplied.)
78a
Stating that courts must continually check the sufficiency of
school boards’ progress toward the goal, the Fifth Circuit
decree requires school authorities to report regularly to the
district courts to enable them to evaluate compliance “by
measuring the performance.” In fashioning its decree, that
circuit gave great weight to the percentages referred to in
the HEW Guidelines,11 declaring that they establish “mini
mum” standards
“for measuring the effectiveness of freedom of choice
as a useful tool. * * * If the plan is ineffective, longer
on promises than performance, the school officials
charged with initiating and administering a unitary
system have not met the constitutional requirements
of the Fourteenth Amendment; they should try other
tools.” 12
C o n c u r r in g O p in io n o f J u d g e s S o b e l o f f a n d W in ter
11 “ [S]trong policy considerations support our holding that the stan
dards of court-supervised desegregation should not be lower than
the standards of HEW-supervised desegregation. The Guidelines, of
course, cannot hind the courts; we are not abdicating any judicial
responsibilities. [Footnote omitted.] But we hold that HEW’s stan
dards are substantially the same as this Court’s standards. They are
required by the Constitution and, as we construe them, are within
the scope of the Civil Rights Act of 1964. In evaluating desegrega
tion plans, district courts should make few exceptions to the Guide
lines and should carefully tailor those so as not to defeat the policies
of HEW or the holding of this Court.”
United States v. Jefferson County Bd. of Educ., ..... F.2d ....., (5ft
Cir., Dec. 29, 1966), ad op ted en banc, ..... F.2d ..... (6th Cir., Mar. 29,
1967). C f. Cypress v. Newport News Gen. Hosp., ..... F.2d — , ......n.15
(4th Cir., Mar. 9, 1967).
12 ................ F .2 d ..... (Emphasis supplied.) The HEW Guidelines provide.
(1) if 8 or 9 percent of the Negro students in a sehool district transferred
from segregated schools during the first year of the plan, the total trans
fers the following year must be on the order of at least twice that
percentage; (2) if only 4 or 5 percent transferred, a “substantial” in
crease in the transfers will be expected the following year—bringing the
79a
“Freedom of choice” is not a sacred talisman; it is only
a means to a constitutionally required end—-the abolition of
the system of segregation and its effects.13 If the means
prove effective, it is acceptable, but if it fails to undo seg
regation, other means must be used to achieve this end. The
school officials have the continuing duty to take whatever
action may be necessary to create a “unitary, non-racial
system.”
While I would prefer it if this court were more explicit
in establishing requirements for periodic reporting by the
school officials, I assume that the District Court will do
this, rather than place the burden upon the plaintiffs to
collect the esential data to show whether the free choice
C o n cu rr in g O p in io n o f J u d g e s S o b e l o f f a n d W i n t e r
total to at least tr ip le the percentage of the previous year; (3) if less
than 4 percent transferred the previous year, then the rate of increase
in total transfers for the following year must be proportionately greater
than that under (2) ; and (4) if no students transferred under a free
choice plan, then unless a very “substantial start” is made in the following
year, the school authorities will “be required to adopt a different type of
plan.” HEW Reg. A., 45 C.F.R. 5181.54 (Supp. 1966).
In both New Kent County and Charles City County, at least some
grades have operated under a “freedom of choice” plan for two years.
In Charles City County, only 0.6% of the Negro students transferred to
the white school for the 1964-65 session. Under the standards subscribed
to by the Fifth Circuit, therefore, a minimum of 6% of the Negro pupils
in that county should have transferred to the “white” school the following
year. Less than this percentage would indicate that the free choice plan
was “ineffective, longer on promises than performance,” and that the
school officials “should try other tools”—e.g., geographic zoning or pairing
of grades.
In New Kent County, no Negro students transferred during the first
year of the plan. Thus, unless the requisite “substantial start” was made
the following year, school officials m ust adopt a different plan—one that
will work.
13 Judge Wisdom, in Singleton v. Jackson Munic. Separate School Dist.,
355 F.2d 865, 871 (5th Cir. 1966), referred to “freedom of choice” plans
as a “haphazard basis” for the administration of schools.
80a
plan is materially furthering the achievement of “a unitary,
non-racial system.” 14 *
A significant aspect of the Fifth Circuit's recent decree
that, by implication, this court has adopted, deserves ex
plicit recognition. The Jefferson County decree orders
school officials, “without delay,” to take appropriate mea
sures for the protection of Negro students who exercise a
choice from “harassment, intimidation, threats, hostile
words or acts, and similar behavior.” Counsel for the
school hoards assured us in oral argument that relations
between the races are good in these counties, and that no
incidents would occur. Nevertheless, the fear of incidents
may well intimidate Negroes who might otherwise elect to
attend a “white” school.16 To minimize this fear school
C o n c u r r in g O p in io n o f J u d g e s S o b e l o f f a n d W in ter
14 See Section IX of the decree issued in United States v. Jefferson
County Bd. of Educ., ..... F.2d ..... , ..... (5th Cir. Mar. 29, 1967) (en
banc) providing for detailed reports to the district courts.
16 Various factors, some subtle and some not so subtle, operate effec
tively to maintain the status quo and keep Negro children in “their”
schools. Some of these factors are listed in the recent report issued by
the U.S. Commission on Civil Rights:
“Freedom of choice plans accepted by the Office of Education have
not disestablished the dual and racially segregated school systems
involved, for the following reasons: a. Negro and white schools have
tended to retain their racial identity; b. White students rarely elect
to attend Negro schools; c. Some Negro students are reluctant to sever
normal school ties, made stronger by the racial identification of their
schools; d. Many Negro children and parents in Southern States,
having lived for decades in positions of subservience, are reluctant
to assert their rights; e. Negro children and parents in Southern
States frequently will not choose a formerly all-white sehool because
they fear retaliation and hostility from the white community; f- hi
some school districts in the South, school officials have failed to pre
vent or punish harassment by white children who have elected to
attend white schools; g. In some areas in the South where Negroes
have elected to attend formerly all-white schools, the Negro com
81a
officials must demonstrate unequivocally that protection will
be provided. It is the duty of the school boards actively to
oversee the process, to publicize its policy in all segments
of the population and to enlist the cooperation of police
and other community agencies.16
The plaintiffs vigorously assert that the adoption of the
Board’s free choice plan in Charles City County, without
further action toward equalization of facilities, will not cure
present gross inequities characterizing the dual school sys
tem. A glaring example is the assignment of 135 commer
cial students to one teacher in the Negro school in contrast
to the assignment of 45 commercial students per teacher in
the white school and 36 in the Indian school. In the Jeffer
son County decree, the Fifth Circuit directs its attention
to such matters and explicitly orders school officials to take
“prompt steps” to correct such inequalities. School authori
ties, who hold responsibility for administration, are not
allowed to sit back complacently and expect unorganized
pupils or parents to effect a cure for these shockingly dis
criminatory conditions. The decree provides:
“Conditions of overcrowding, as determined by pupil-
teacher ratios and pupil-classroom ratios shall, to the
C o n cu rr in g O p in io n o f J u d g e s S o b e l o f f a n d W i n t e r
munity has been subjected to retaliatory violence, evictions, loss of
jobs, and other forms of intimidation.”
U.S. COMM’N ON CIVIL RIGHTS, SURVEY OF SCHOOL DESEG
REGATION IN THE SOUTHERN AND BORDER STATES—1965-66,
at 51 (1966). In addition to the above enumeration, a report of the Office
of Education has pointed out that Negro children in the high school
grades refrain from choosing to transfer because of reluctance to assume
additional risks close to graduation. Coleman & Campbell, Equality of
Educational Opportunity (U.S. Office of Education, 1966). See also
Hearings B efore the Special Subcommittee on Civil Rights o f the H ouse
Committee on the Judiciary, 89th Cong., 2d Sess., ser. 23 (1966).
16 HEW Reg. A, 45 C.F.R. 5181.17(e) (Supp. 1966).
82a
extent feasible, be distributed evenly between schools
formerly maintained for Negro students and those
formerly maintained for white students. If for any
reason it is not feasible to improve sufficiently any
school formerly maintained for Negro students, * * *
such school shall be closed as soon as possible, and
students enrolled in the school shall be reassigned on
the basis of freedom of choice.” 17 18
II. Faculty
Defendants unabashedly argue that they cannot be com
pelled to take any affirmative action in reassigning teachers,
despite the fact that teachers are hired to teach in the
system, not in a particular school. They assert categorically
that “ they are not required under the Constitution to de
segregate the faculty.” This is in the teeth of Bradley v.
School Bd. of Richmond, 382 U.S. 103 (1965).
Having made this declaration, they say that they have
nevertheless submitted a plan which does provide for fac
ulty desegregation, but circumspectly they add that “it will
require time and patience.” They protest that they have
done all that could possibly be demanded of them by pro
viding a plan which would permit “ a constructive begin
ning.” This argument lacks appeal an eighth of a century
after Brown.1* Children too young for the first grade at
C o n c u r r in g O p in io n o f J u d g e s S o b e l o f f a n d W in ter
17 ................ F.2d at ............... (en bane). (Emphasis supplied.)
18 “The rule has become: the later the start the shorter the time allowed
for transition.” Lockett v. Bd. of Educ. of Muscogee County, 342 F.2d
225, 228 (5th Cir. 1965). See Rogers v. Paul, 382 U.S. 198, 199 (1965);
Bradley v. School Bd. of Richmond, 382 U.S. 103 (1965); Griffin v. County
School Bd., 377 U.S. 218, 229 (1964); Watson v. City of Memphis, 373
U.S. 526, 530 (1963).
83a
the time of that decision are beyond high school age by
now. Yet their entire school experience, like that of their
elder brothers and sisters, parents and grandparents, has
been one of total segregation. They have attended only a
“Negro” school with an all Negro staff and an all Negro
student body. If their studies encompassed Brown v. Bd.
of Educ. they must surely have concluded sadly that “ the
law of the land” is singularly ineffective as to them.
The plans of both counties grandly profess that the pat
tern of staff assignment “will not be such that only white
teachers are sought for predominantly white schools and
only Negro teachers are sought for predominantly Negro
schools.” No specific steps are set out, however, by which
the boards mean to integrate faculties. It cannot escape
notice that the plans provide only for assignments of “new
personnel in a manner that will work towards the desegre
gation of faculties.” As for teachers presently employed by
the systems, they will be “allowed” (in Charles City County,
the plan reads “allowed and encouraged” ) to accept trans
fers to schools in which the majority of the faculty members
are of the opposite race. We are told that heretofore an
average of only 2.6 new white teachers have been employed
annually in New Kent County. Thus the plan would lead to
desegregation only by slow attrition. There is no excuse
for thus protracting the corrective process. School authori
ties may not abdicate their plain duty in this fashion. The
plans filed in these cases leave it to the teachers, rather than
the Board, to “ disestablish dual, racially segregated school
systems” and to establish “a unitary, non-racial system.”
This the law does not permit.
C o n cu rr in g O p in io n o f J u d g e s S o b e l o f f a n d W i n t e r
84a
As the Fifth Circuit has put it, “ school authorities have
an affirmative duty to break up the historical pattern of
segregated faculties, the hallmark of the dual system.” 11
“ [U]ntil school authorities recognize and carry out
their affirmative duty to integrate faculties as well as
facilities, there is not the slightest possibility of their
ever establishing an operative non-discriminatory
school system.” 19 20
In contrast to the frail and irresolute plans submitted by
the appellees, the Fifth Circuit has ordered school officials
within its jurisdiction not only to make initial assignments
on a non-discriminatory basis, but also to reassign staff
members “to eliminate past discriminatory patterns.”
For this reason, I wholeheartedly endorse the majority’s
remand for the inclusion of an objective timetable to facili
tate evaluation of the progress of school authorities in de
segregating their faculties. I also join the majority in
calling upon the District Court to fashion a specific and
comprehensive order requiring the boards to take firm steps
to achieve substantial desegregation of the faculties. At
this late date a desegregation plan containing only an in
definite pious statement of future good intentions does not
merit judicial approval.
19..... F.2d at .......
80 United States v. Jefferson County Bd. of Edue., ..... F.2d .... ,
(5th Cir. 1966), ad op ted en b a n c ,....... F.2d ..... (5th Cir. Mar. 29, 1967).
This thought lias been similarly expressed in Bradley v. School Bd. of
City of Richmond, 345 F.2d 310, 323 (4th Cir. 1965) (concurring opinion)-
“It is now 1965 and high time for the court to insist that good faith
compliance requires administrators of schools to proceed actively with
th e ir nontransferable duty to undo the segregation which both bj
action and inaction has been persistently perpetuated.” (Emphasis
in the original.)
C o n c u r r in g O p in io n o f J u d g e s S o b e l o f f a n d W in ter
85a
I must disagree with the prevailing opinion, however,
where it states that the record is insufficiently developed to
order the school systems to take further steps at this stage.
No legally acceptable justification appears, or is even
faintly intimated, for not immediately integrating the
faculties. The court underestimates the clarity and force
of the facts in the present record, particularly with respect
to New Kent County, where there are only two schools,
with identical programs of instruction, and each with a
staff of 26 teachers. The situation presented in the records
before us is so patently wrong that it cries out for im
mediate remedial action, not an inquest to discover what
is obvious and undisputed.
It is time for this circuit to speak plainly to its district
courts and tell them to require the school boards to get on
with their task—no longer avoidable or deferrable—to inte
grate their faculties. In Kier v. County School Bd. of Au
gusta County, 249 F. Supp. 239, 247 (W.D. Va. 1966),
Judge Michie, in ordering complete desegregation by the
following years of the staffs of the schools in question, re
quired that “the percentage of Negro teachers in each school
in the system should approximate the percentage of the
Negro teachers in the entire system” for the previous year.
See Dowell v. School Bd., 244 F. Supp. 971, 977-78 (W.D.
Okla. 1965), aff’d, 35 U.S.L. W e e k 2484 (10th Cir., Jan.
23, 1967), cert, denied, 35 U.S.L. W e e k 3418 (U.S. May
29, 1967). While this may not be the precise formula ap
propriate for the present cases, it does indicate the attitude
that district courts may be expected to take if this court
speaks with clarity and firmness.
C on cu rrin g O p in io n o f J u d g e s S o b e l o f f a n d W i n t e r
86a
III. The Briggs v. Elliott Dictum
Tlie defendants persist in their view that it is constitu
tionally permissible for parents to make a choice and assign
their children; that courts have no role to play where segre
gation is not actively enforced. They say that Brown only
proscribes enforced segregation, and does not command
action to undo existing consequences of earlier enforced
segregation, repeating the facile formula of Briggs v.
Elliott.*1
The court’s opinion recognizes that “it is the duty of the
school boards to eliminate the discrimination which inheres”
in a system of segregated schools where the “ initial assign
ments are both involuntary and dictated by racial criteria,”
but seems to think the system under consideration today “a
very different thing.” I fail to perceive any basis for a dis
tinction. Certainly the two counties with which we are
here concerned, like the rest of Virginia, historically had
de jure segregation of public education, so that by the
court’s own definition, the boards are under a duty “to
eliminate the discrimination which inheres” in such a sys
tem. Whether or not the schools now permit “ freedom of
choice,” the segregated conditions initially created by law
are still perpetuated by relying primarily on Negro pupils
“to extricate themselves from the segregation which has
long been firmly established and resolutely maintained
***-.’’ 21 22 “ [T]hose who operate the schools formerly segre
21 “Nothing- in the Constitution or in the decision of the Supreme Court
takes away from the people freedom to choose the schools they attend.
The Constitution, in other words, does not require integration. It
merely forbids discrimination.” 132 F. Supp. 776, 777 (E.D.S.C.
1955).
22 Bradley v. School Bd. of City of Richmond, 345 F.2d 310, 322 (1®
Cir. 1965) (concurring opinion).
C o n c u r r in g O p in io n o f J u d g e s S o b e l o f f a n d W in te r
87a
gated by law, and not those who attend, are responsible for
school desegregation.” 23 24 *
It is worth recalling the circumstances that gave birth
to the Briggs v. Elliott dictum—it is no more that dictum.
A three-judge district court over which Judge Parker
presided had denied relief to South Carolina Negro pupils
and when this decision came before the Supreme Court as
part of the group of cases reviewed in Brown v. Bd. of
Educ., the Court overruled the three-judge court and issued
its mandate to admit the complaining pupils to public
schools “on a racially non-discriminatory basis with all
deliberate speed.” Reassembling the three-judge panel,
Judge Parker understook to put his gloss upon the Su
preme Court’s decision and coined the famous saying.21
This catchy apothegm immediately became the refuge of
defenders of the segregation system, and it has been quoted
uncritically to eviscerate the Supreme Court’s mandate.26
23 Dunn, T itle V I , the G uidelines and S ch o o l D esegregation in the
South, 53 YA. L. REV. 42, 45 (1967).
See Dowell v. School Bd., 244 F. Supp. 971, 975, 981 (W.D. Okla. 1965),
aff’d, 35 U.S.L. WEEK 2484 (10th Cir. Jan. 23, 1967), cert, denied, 35
U.S.L. WEEK 3418 (U.S. May 29, 1967):
“The Board maintains that it has no affirmative duty to adopt policies
that would increase the percentage of pupils who are obtaining a
desegregated education. But a school system does not remain static,
and the fa ilu re to ad o p t an affirm ative p o lic y is its e lf a p o licy , ad
herence to which, at least in this case, has slowed up—in some cases—
reversed the desegregation process.
* * *
The d u ty to d isesta b lish se g r e g a t io n is c le a r in s itu a t io n s su ch as
O klah om a C ity , w h e re su ch s ch o o l s e g r e g a t io n p o l ic ie s w e re in f o r c e
and th e ir e ffe cts h a v e n o t b e e n c o r r e c te d .” (E m p h a s is s u p p lie d .)
24 See n.21, su p ra .
26 Ju d g e W is d o m , in th e co u rse o f a p e n e tra t in g c r it ic is m o f the B rig g s
decision, s a y s :
C o n cu rr in g O p in io n o f J u d g e s S o b e l o f f a n d W i n t e r
88a
Having a deep respect for Judge Parker’s capacity to
discern the lessons of experience and his high fidelity to
duty and judicial discipline, it is unnecessary for me to
speculate how long he would have adhered to his view, or
when he would have abandoned the dictum as unworkable
and inherently contradictory.26 In any event, the dictum
cannot withstand the authority of the Supreme Court or
survive its exposition of the spirit of the Brown holding, as
elaborated in Bradley v. School Bd., 382 TT.S. 103 (1965);
Goss v. Bd. of Educ., 373 TT.S. 683 (1963); Cooper v.
Aaron, 358 U.S. 1 (1958).
C o n c u r r in g O p in io n o f J u d g e s S o b e l o f f a n d W in te r
“ Briggs overlooks the fact that Negroes collectively are harmed when
the state, by law or custom, operates segregated schools or a school
system with uncorrected effects o f segregation.
* * * *
Adequate redress therefore calls for much more than allowing' a few
Negro children to attend formerly white schools; it calls for liquida
tion of the state’s system of de jure school segregation and the
organised undoing o f the effects o f past segregation.
* * *
The central vice in a formerly de jure segregated public school system
is apartheid by dual zoning * * * . Dual zoning persists in the continu
ing operation of Negro schools identified as Negro, historically and
because the faculty and students are Negroes. Acceptance of an in
dividual’s application for transfer, therefore, may satisfy that par
ticular individual; it will not satisfy the class. The class is all Negro
children in a school district attending, by definition, inherently un
equal schools and wearing the badge of slavery separation displays.
Relief to the class requires school boards to desegregate the school
from which a transferee comes as well as the school to which he goes.
* * * [T]he overriding right of Negroes as a class [is] to a com
pletely integrated public education.”
F.2d at ....., ....... (Emphasis supplied.)
26 Shortly after pronouncing his dictum, in another school case Judge
Parker nevertheless recognized that children cannot enroll themselves and
that the duty of enrolling them and operating schools in accordance wit)
law rests upon the officials and cannot be shifted to the pupils or then
parents. Carson v. Warliek, 238 F.2d 724, 728 (1956).
89a
Anything that some courts may have said in discussing
the obligation of school officials to overcome the effects of
de facto residential segregation, caused by private acts and
not imposed by law, is certainly not applicable here. Ours
is the only circuit dealing with school segregation re
sulting from past legal compulsion that still adheres to the
Briggs dictum.
“The Fourth is apparently the only circuit of the
three that continues to cling to the doctrine of Briggs
v. Elliott and embraces freedom of choice as a final
answer to school desegregation in the absence of intimi
dation and harrassment.” 27
We should move out from under the incubus of the Briggs
v. Elliott dictum and take our stand beside the Fifth and
the Eighth Circuits.
C o n cu rr in g O p in io n o f J u d g e s S o b e l o f f a n d W i n t e r
27 Dunn, T itle V I , the G uidelines and Sch oo l D esegregation in the S o u th ,
53 VA. L. REV. 42, 72 (1967). See United States v. Jefferson County
Bd. of Edue., ..... F.2d ..... (5th Cir., Mar. 29, 1967) (en banc); Single-
ton v. Jackson Munic. Separate School Dist., 348 F.2d 729, 730 n.5 (5th
Cir. 1965) (“ [T]he second Brown opinion clearly imposes on public
school authorities the duty to provide an integrated school system. Judge
Parker’s well known dictum * * * in Briggs v. Elliott * * * should be
laid to rest. I t is inconsistent with Brown and the later development of
decisional and statutory law in the area of civil rights.”) ; Kemp v.
Beasley, 352 F.2d 14, 21 (8th Cir. 1965) (“The dictum in Briggs has
not been followed or adopted by this Circuit and it is logically inconsistent
with Brown and subsequent decisional law on this subject.” )
Cf. Evans v. Ennis, 281 F.2d 385, 389 (3d Cir. 1960), cert, denied, 364
U.S. 933 (1961) : “The Supreme Court has unqualifiedly declared in te
gration to be their constitutional right.” (Emphasis supplied.)
90a
Judgment of United States Court of Appeals
For the Fourth Circuit
No. 10,792
Charles C. Green, Carroll A. Green and Robert C. Green,
infants, by Calvin C. Green and Mary 0. Green,
their father and mother and next friends,
and all others of the plaintiffs,
Appellants,
versus
County School Board of New Kent County, Virginia, et ah,
Appellees.
A p p e a l f b o m t h e U n i t e d S t a t e s D i s t r i c t C o u r t
f o r t h e E a s t e r n D i s t r i c t o f V i r g i n i a
This cause came on to be heard on the record from the
United States District Court for the Eastern District of
Virginia, and was argued by counsel.
On consideration whereof, it is now here ordered, ad
judged and decreed by this Court that this cause be, and
the same is hereby, remanded to the United States District
Court for the Eastern District of Virginia, at Richmond,
for further proceedings consistent with the opinion of the
Court filed herein; and that each side bear its own costs
on appeal.
C l e m e n t F. H a y n s w o r t h , J&
Chief Judge, Fourth Circuit
Filed: June 12, 1967
Maurice S. Dean, Clerk
Order Extending Time to File Petition for
Writ of Certiorari
SUPREME COURT OF THE UNITED STATES
No........... , O ctobee T eem , 1967
Shielette L. B ow m an , Chables C. Green, et al.,
Petitioners,
— vs.—
County S chool B oabds oe Chables City County , V irginia,
and N ew Ke n t County , V irginia, et al.
91a
Upon Consideration o f the application o f counsel fo r
petitioner (s ) ,
It Is Ordered that the time fo r filing a petition fo r w rit
of certiorari in the above-entitled cause be, and the same
is hereby, extended to and including O ctober 10, 1967.
/ s / H ugo L. B lack
Associate Justice of the Supreme
Court of the United States
Dated this 8th day of September, 1967
92a
Order Allowing Certiorari— December 11, 1967
SUPREME COURT OF THE UNITED STATES
No. 695, O ctober T erm , 1967
Charles C. Green , et al.,
Petitioners,
—vs.—
County S chool B oard of N ew K ent County,
V irginia, et al.,
Respondents.
The petition herein for a writ of certiorari to the United
States Supreme Court of Appeals for the Fourth Circuit
is granted and the case is placed on the Summary Calendar.
And it is further ordered that the duly certified copy of
the transcript of the proceedings below which accompanied
the petition shall be treated as though filed in response to
such writ.
RECORD PRESS — N. Y. C. 38
I n t h e
i>aprrmr Court of tip lUutrfu i>tatr£
October Term, 1967
No..............
A rth u r L ee R aney , et al.,
v.
Petitioners,
The B oard of E ducation of the G ould S chool D istrict,
a Public Body Corporate, et al.
PETITION FOR WRIT OF CERTIORARI TO THE
UNITED STATES COURT OF APPEALS
FOR THE EIGHTH CIRCUIT
J ack Greenberg
M ichael M eltsner
M ichael J . H enry
10 Columbus Circle
New York, New York 10019
J ohn W . W alker
N orman C h a ch k in
1304-B Wright Avenue
Little Rock, Arkansas 72206
Attorneys for Petitioners
I N D E X
Citations to Opinions Below —......................... _ ....... 1
Jurisdiction ________ ______________ — .................. 2
Questions Presented ___________ ______ —............... 2
Constitutional Provision Involved ............................. 2
Statement--------------------------------------------------------- 2
New Construction to Perpetuate Segregation __ 4
Unequal Facilities and Programs _____________ 6
Teacher Segregation------------------------------------- 8
Intimidation _______________________________ 9
Denial of Belief by the Courts Below_________ 10
R e a s o n s f o b G b a x t t s g t h e W p. i t
Introduction ________________________________ 11
The Court Below Erred in Dismissing the Com
plaint Without Further Inquiry Into the Feasibil
ity of Grade Consolidation or Other Belief Which
Would Disestablish Segregation........................... 15
A. By Dismissing the Complaint, the Courts
Below Abdicated Their Besponsibility Under Brown v. Board of Education to Supervise
Disestablishment of the Segregated System .... 15
B. “Freedom of Choice” Is Incapable of Dises
tablishing Segregation in the Gould School
District ............................................................ 21
PAGE
11
C. Use of One School for Elementary Grades and
the Other for Secondary Grades Is a Reason
able Alternative to “Freedom of Choice” Which
Will Disestablish the Dual System .................. 25
D. As Minimum Compliance With Brown v. Board
of Education Petitioners Are Entitled to a
Comprehensive Decree Governing the Deseg
PAGE
regation Process ................................................... 29
Conclusion .................................................................................... 32
A ppendix
Opinion of United States District Court ........................ la
Order of Dismissal............................................................. 15a
Opinion of United States Court of Appeals for the
Eighth Circuit ................................................................ 16a
Judgment ............................................................................ 26a
Order Denying Petition for Rehearing .......................... 27a
T a b l e o p C a s e s
Board of Public Instruction of Duval Co., Fla. v.
Braxton, 326 F.2d 616 (5th Cir., 1964) ...................... 18
Bradley v. School Board of the City of Richmond, 382
U.S. 103 (1965) ..................................... 19,24
Brooks v. School Board of Arlington County, 324 F.2d
305 (4th Cir. 1963) .......................... 16,17
Brown v. Board of Education, 347 U.S. 483; 349 U.S.
294 (1955) ................................................. 2,3,11,12,15,16,
17, 21, 23, 25, 30
Buckner v. Board of Education, 332 F.2d 452 (4th Cir.
1964) 17
Ill
Calhoun v. Latimer, 377 U.S. 263 (1964) .............. 16,18, 26
Carr v. Montgomery County Board of Education, 253
F. Supp. 306 (M.D. Ala. 1966) ..................................... 17
Cypress v. Non-sectarian Hospital Association, 375
F.2d 648 (4th Cir. 1967) ............................................. 20
Dowell v. School Board of Oklahoma City, 244 F. Supp.
971 (W.D. Okla., 1965), aff’d 375 F.2d 158 (10th Cir.,
1967) cert. den. 387 U.S. 931 (1967) .......................... 18
Charles C. Green v. County School Board of New Kent
County, Virginia, No. 695, October Term, 1967 .......11,14
Griffin v. School Board of Prince Edward County, Va.,
377 U.S. 218 (1964) ............................................ ........ 17,19
Kelley v. Altheimer, 378 F.2d 483 (8th Cir. 1967) ....10,11,
23, 24, 29, 30
Kier v. County School Board of Augusta Co., Va., 249
F. Supp. 239 (W.D. Va., 1966) ................................... 24
McLaurin v. Oklahoma State Regents, 339 U.S. 637
(1950) .................................. 23
Missouri ex rel. Gaines v. Canada, 305 U.S 337 ........... 23
Brenda K. Monroe v. Board of Commissioners of the
City of Jackson, Tennessee, No. 740 October Term,
1967) .............. 11,14
Moses v. Washington Parish School Board, — F. Supp.
—, No. 15973, E.D. La................................................... 28
Schine Chain Theatres v. United States, 334 U.S. 110
(1948) .............................................................................. 17
Smith v. Hampton Training School, 360 F.2d 577 (4th
Cir. 1966) ........................................................................ 16
Smith v. Morrilton, 365 F.2d 770 (8th Cir. 1966) .......16,18
Sweatt v. Painter, 339 U.S. 629 (1950) ............................ 23
PAGE
IV
United States v. Jefferson County Board of Education,
372 F.2d 836 (5th Cir. 1966) aff’d with modifications
on rehearing en hanc, 380 F.2d 385 (1967) cert. den.
sub nom. Caddo Parish School Board v. United
States,------U .S ......................................12,13,16, 22,29,30
United States v. National Lead Co., 332 U.S. 319
(1947) ............................. 17
United States v. Standard Oil Co., 221 U.S. 1 (1910) .... 17
Wheeler v. Durham City Board of Education, 346 F.2d
768 (4th Cir., 1965) ....................................................... lg
Yarbrough v. Hulbert-West Memphis, 380 F.2d 962
(8th Cir. 1967) ............................................................... 17
T a b l e o f S t a t u t e s a n d R e g u l a t io n s
15 U.S.C. §4 ...................................................................... 17
28 U.S.C. §1254(1) ........................................................... 2
Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, 20
U.S. §241A ............................................. .......................13,14
Revised Statement of Policies for School Desegrega
tion Plans Under Title VI of the Civil Rights Act
of 1964 (45 CFR Part 181.54) ..................................... 21
O t h e r A u t h o r i t ie s
Conant, The American High School Today (1959) ..... 28
Southern School Desegregation, 1966-67, a Report of
the U.S. Commission on Civil Rights, July 1967 -.12,13,
14,20
PAGE
I n t h e
l^uprpm? Court of thr Hmtpfc ^tatro
October Term, 1967
No.............
A r t h u r L e e R a n e y , et al.,
Petitioners,
v.
T h e B o a r d o f E d u c a t io n o f t h e G o u l d S c h o o l D i s t r ic t ,
a Public Body Corporate, et al.
PETITION FOR WRIT OF CERTIORARI TO THE
UNITED STATES COURT OF APPEALS
FOR THE EIGHTH CIRCUIT
Petitioners pray that a writ of certiorari issue to review
the judgment of the United States Court of Appeals for
the Eighth Circuit entered in the above-entitled case Au
gust 9, 1967, rehearing of which was denied September 18,
1967.
Citations to Opinions Below
The unreported opinion of the district court is reprinted
in the appendix, infra, at pp. la-14a. The opinion of the
court of appeals is reported at 381 F.2d 252 (8th Cir.
1967) and is reprinted in the appendix, infra, at pp. 15a-
25a.
2
Jurisdiction
The judgment of the Court of Appeals was entered
August 9, 1967 and petition for rehearing was denied
September 18, 1967, infra, pp. 26a-27a. The jurisdiction of
this Court is invoked under 28 U.S.C. Section 1254(1).
Questions Presented
1. Whether—13 years after Brown v. Board of Educa
tion,—a “freedom of choice” plan which maintains an all-
Negro school is constitutional in a system with only two
nearby school plants, one traditionally Negro and the other
traditionally white, although assigning elementary grades
to one school and secondary grades to the other would
immediately desegregate the system.
2. Whether the court of appeals erred in denying all
relief, dismissing the complaint, and declining to order the
district court to supervise the desegregation process on
the ground that the Department of Health, Education and
Welfare had initially approved the Board’s plan as facially
sufficient to comply with Title VI of the Civil Bights Act
of 1964.
Constitutional Provision Involved
This case involves Section I of the Fourteenth Amend
ment to the Constitution of the United States.
Statement
Negro students filed a class action September 7, 1965,
to enjoin the Gould School Board from (1) requiring them
and all others similarly situated to attend the all-Negro
Field School; (2) providing public school facilities for
3
Negro pupils inferior to those for whites; and (3) other
wise operating a racially segregated system (R. 3-8). Plain
tiffs first learned of a proposed school construction pro
gram during a November, 1965 hearing in the district
court, and amended to pray that future replacement high
school facilities be located on the premises of the white
Gould High School, rather than at the Negro Field School
(E. 12, 19, 138).
Gould is a small district of about 3,000 population, and
total school enrollment of 879 in the 1965-66 school year
(R. 79-80). Until September, 1965, the district had not
taken any steps to comply with Brown v. Board of Educa
tion, and operated completely separate schools for Negro
and for white pupils with racially separate faculties (R.
31). Negro students were instructed in a complex of build
ings known as the Field School, and white students were
taught in a complex of buildings known as the Gould School
(R. 31). The two complexes are within 8 to 10 blocks of
each other; each contains an elementary school and a
secondary school (R. 31, 73).
The school district did not consider undertaking any
desegregation program until the United States Department
of Health, Education, and Welfare issued Guidelines im
plementing Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (R.
121-23). September, 1965, the district adopted a “ free
dom of choice” plan of desegregation for all 12 grades,
but later obtained approval from H.E.W. to withdraw
three grades from the plan’s operation for 1965-66 be
cause of overcrowding in those grades caused by Negro
requests to go to the white school. There were no white
requests to go to the Negro school. As a result Negroes,
m the 5th, 10th and 11th grades were turned away from
the white school (R. 53-60, 62-63). During the 1965-66
school year, the enrollment figures for the school district
were as follows (R. 79-80):
4
G rades N egro W h ite
Field Complex 1-12 509 0
Gould Complex 1-12 70 299
During the 1966-67 school year, the second year of “free-
dom of choice” , the enrollment figures were as follows:1
G rades N egro W h ite
Field Complex 1-12 477 0
Gould Complex 1-12 71 304
New Construction to Perpetuate Segregation
White Gould High School, constructed in 1964, is the
most modern facility in the district (R. 89). Adjacent
white Gould Elementary School was constructed originally
as a high school and was subsequently converted to an
elementary school (R. 81-82). The Negro Field Elemen
tary School is also modern, constructed in 1954; gym
nasium and auditorium were added in 1960 (R. 89-91).
Until the 1967-68 school year Negro high school class
rooms were in a building constructed in 1924 concededly
obsolete and inferior to the white high school (R. 10, 16,
130).
Promises by the Board to improve the Negro high school
date back to 1954, a decade before any consideration was
given to desegregation, and apparently resulted from a
suit to require equal facilities for Negroes (131-132, 129).
1 The record in this case, like the records in all school desegregation
cases, is necessarily incomplete by the time it reaches this Court. In this
case the 1965-66 school year was the last year for which the record sup
plies desegregation statistics. Information regarding student and faculty
desegregation during the 1966-67 school year was obtained from official
documents, available for public inspection, maintained by the United States
Department of Health, Education and Welfare. Certified copies thereof
and an accompanying affidavit have been deposited with this Court and
served upon opposing counsel.
5
Actual construction of a new high school building on the
site of the Field school, however, did not begin until Janu
ary, 1967. The new building was scheduled to open in Fall,
1967 (R. 65, 66).
The superintendent admitted that the old Field High
School was clearly a “Negro” school, and probably would
continue to be an all-Negro school if replaced with a new
facility at the Field site (R. 67). He also conceded that
it was inefficient for a small school district to construct
a new secondary school when it already had one. There
would be duplication of libraries, auditoriums, agriculture
buildings, science laboratories, cafeterias, and other facil
ities (R. 74-76). He was asked (R. 76) :
Q. “This means that you have to spend a lot more
money for equipment and for materials for the Negro
school in order to just have an equal department with
the white school?”
He answered: “ I suppose so. It would take more
money to build a new building and equip it.”
Plaintiffs sought to shift the construction site of the
new high school to the site of the white school by a timely
amendment during the hearing in November, 1965 more
than a year before construction was scheduled to begin
(R. 137-138). The district court refused to grant relief
in an opinion in April, 1966. Because of illness the court
reporter did not complete the transcript until one year
later—April 1, 1967—thereby delaying determination of
the appeal (R. 140). At the time the case was submitted
to the court of appeals the outer shell of the new building
at the Negro school site was completed.2 Because the con-
2 Petitioners filed in the court of appeals an affidavit of their attorney
stating that the outer shell was completed but that a number of walls,
plumbing facilities and fixtures and interior walls, the roof and flooring
had not been completed, see infra, p. 18a.
6
struction of the replacement facility at the Negro school
had progressed by the time briefs were filed in the court
of appeals, petitioners asked that court to require a utiliza
tion of the Gould School site as the single secondary school,
and the Field School site the single elementary school for
the district. It was urged that such a utilization was prac
tical, economical, educationally superior and would dis
establish segregation.
Unequal Facilities and Programs
The record shows that for many years prior to con
structing the new Negro high school the Board tolerated
substantial inequalities between the segregated schools.
The old all-Negro high school, a wooden frame structure,
was admitted by the president of the Board to have been
“grossly inferior” to the white high school (R. 10, 16, 130).
He said that the reason no money was spent on the build
ing was that every dollar available had been exhausted on
other uses (R. 130). Nevertheless, a new all-white high
school was constructed at the Gould site (rather than at
the Negro Field site) in 1964 following a fire which de
stroyed the old high school building there (R. 83).
The Negro Field High School is completely unaccredited;
the Arkansas State Department of Education rates the
Field Elementary School class “ C” (R. 31) and the white
Gould Schools “A ” (R. 10). The Negro school bathrooms
were in a building separated by a walk exposed to weather
(R. 51-52); the white schools had rest rooms in each build
ing (R. 50, 52).
There is an agriculture building at the predominantly
white high school, and a hot lunch program for elementary
7
and secondary students but none at the Negro site (E.
40-41). The library at the white high school contains ap
proximately 1,000 books, and a librarian (R. 42-43). The
Negro school has only three sets of encyclopedias, one pur
chased a month before the hearing in this case (R. 113-
114). These books were kept in the principal’s office, rather
than in a separate library, and the principal, in effect,
functions as librarian, to the extent that such function is
required (R. 114). The superintendent had a complete
lack of knowledge of the extent of library facilities at the
Negro school (R. 42).
The science facilities at the Negro high school were
inferior to those of the predominantly white high school,
even though the former is larger (R. 43-44). Pupils who
attend Gould generally have an individual desk and chair;
the standard pattern at the old Negro school was a folding
table with folding chairs and three students on each side,
sitting at the table (R. 47-48).
The “per pupil” expenditure is less at Field School than
for the formerly all-white, now predominantly white, Gould
School (R. 44). The system has charged “enrollment fees”
to pupils at Field, but not at Gould (R. 44-45). It was
also the practice to require Negro students to pick cotton
in the fields during class time to earn money for school
fund raising projects, and to pay “enrollment fees” (R.
44-46).
Unequal per pupil expenditures are also reflected in
higher student-teacher ratio at the Negro school i.e., the
average class size is larger (R. 59-62). There are 14 teach
ers at Gould, but only 16 teachers at Field although it has
about 130 more students (R. 60-61). The range of Negro
teacher salaries is from $3,870 to $4,500; for white teachers,
the range is from $4,050 to $5,580 (R. 33-39).
8
There are also disparities in course offerings. Neither
vocational agriculture nor journalism, offered at Gould, are
offered at Field (E. 52-53). There is a similar disparity
in extracurricular activities. The larger Negro school has
no football, basketball, or track programs, whereas there
are football, basketball, and track teams at the white school
(E. 106-107). There is a Future Farmers of America voca
tional club at the white school, but none at the Negro school
“because they do not have an agricultural department”
(E. 106).
Teacher Segregation
The school system has no plans for substantial faculty
desegregation. In 1965, the Board planned to assign two
white teachers to the Negro school but no Negro teachers
to full teaching duties at the white school (E. 67-70). How
ever, by the 1966-67 school year the only faculty desegre
gation which had taken place was assignment of one part
time white teacher to the Negro school.3 Faculty meetings
had not been integrated (E. 68). At trial, the superin
tendent stated that “we have kept that in the background,
we want to get the pupil integration question settled and
running as smoothly as possible before we go into some
thing else” (E. 68).
When asked whether re-assignments of faculty members
were eventually contemplated, the superintendent stated
that “we do not have any plans to re-assign anybody”
(E. 69). He stated that, in compliance with H.E.W. re
quirements, the school system “will attempt to employ
Negro teachers in a predominantly white school on a limited
basis, and particularly in positions that do not involve di
rect instructions to pupils” (E. 69). The superintendent
8 See Note 1, supra.
9
described the Negro teachers’ academic qualifications as
superior to the white teachers. Every Negro teacher had a
bachelor’s degree and two had master’s degrees. Only one
white teacher had a master’s degree; two have no degree
(R. 33, 94-95).
Intimidation
When the PTA at the Negro school began to protest to
the superintendent and the Board the deplorable condi
tions at the old Negro high school the superintendent re
sponded by issuing an order which forbade the Negro PTA
from meeting in the Negro high school (R. 63-64). He
stated: “The reason for that is, as I understand, the PTA
had evolved into largely a protest group against the school
board and the policies of the board. The members of that
organization were the same who planned to demonstrate
against the Gould High School and had sent chartered bus
loads of people to Little Rock to demonstrate around the
Federal Building, who were getting a chartered bus of
sympathizers to come to this hearing today and it does
not seem right to us to furnish a meeting place for a group
of people that is fighting everything we are trying to do
for them” (R. 64).
When questioned whether this meant the Negro high
school parents could not have a PTA, the superintendent
responded: “They can have a PTA but they can meet
somewhere else” (R. 64). He later admitted that he had no
knowledge that any plans for marches or demonstrations
had been made at a PTA meeting, and that all that he
heard to this effect was hearsay (R. 108-109). The super
intendent and some members of the Board obtained an in
junction against several civil rights groups, enjoining them
from protesting conditions in the system (R. 63).
1 0
Denial of Relief by the Courts Below
The district court denied all relief and dismissed the
case in an opinion April 26, 1966 (R. 12-25). The court
relied on the fact that the school district adopted a plan
without court order, that the plan was approved by the
Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, and that
some Negro students were in fact attending the “white”
school. With respect to constructing new secondary school
replacement facilities on the site of the present Negro
school, rather than enlarging the previously all-white school,
the court decided that the replacement plan was not “solely
motivated by a desire to perpetuate or maintain or support
segregation in the school system” (R. 24-25).
The court of appeals found that the Board was operating
under a freedom of choice plan which on its face met stan
dards approved by the circuit and the Department of
Health, Education, and Welfare; that there was “no sub
stantial evidence to support a finding that the Board was
not proceeding to carry out the plan in good faith” ; that
progress was being made in equalizing teachers’ salaries;
and that relief requiring that the replacement construction
be undertaken at the Gould site could not be effective be
cause considerable progress has been made in constructing
the building on the Field site.4
Although the court found that “There is no showing that
the new construction added could not be converted at a
reasonable cost into a completely integrated grade school
or into a completely integrated high school when the appro-
4 Plaintiffs filed notice of appeal and oral argument was originally
scheduled at the same time as a case involving similar issues, Kelley v.
Altheimer, 378 F.2d 483 (8th Cir. 1967). However, the court reporter
was sick for an extended period of time, and was unable to complete the
transcript until April 1st, 1967 (R. 140).
1 1
priate time for such course arrives” (emphasis supplied),
it declined to order conversion of one school plant to use
as an elementary school and the other as a secondary school
as such relief had not been considered by the trial court.
In addition, the court held that petitioners were not en
titled to a comprehensive judicial decree governing the
operation of the “choice” plan as ordered by a different
panel of the court in Kelley v. Altheimer, 378 F.2d 483 (8th
Cir. 1967), and affirmed dismissal of the complaint.
A petition for rehearing en banc or by the panel, ad
verting to a conflict between panels of the court with re
spect to standards for approval of desegregation plans,
was denied September 18, 1967.
REASONS FOR GRANTING THE WRIT
Introduction
The question here is whether in the mid-sixties, a full
school generation after Brown v. Board of Education, a
board which stubbornly refused to comply until threatened
with loss of federal funds, may, with judicial approval,
adopt a desegregation plan which perpetuates racially
identifiable schools, although a practical, economical, and
educationally superior alternative would disestablish the
dual system. Similar issues are pending here in Charles
C. Green v. County School Board of New Kent County,
Virginia, No. 695, October Term, 1967, and Brenda K.
Monroe v. Board of Commissioners of the City of Jackson,
Tennessee, No. 740, October Term, 1967. A second ques
tion, no less significant, is whether a district court and
court of appeals may dismiss a complaint broadly chal
lenging the constitutionality of desegregation policies and
refuse to supervise the desegregation process because the
12
In the Gould School District, as elsewhere, “ free choice”
has not achieved meaningful desegregation. Although the
proportion of Negroes in all-Negro schools has declined
since 1954, more Negro children are now attending such
schools than in 1954.5 Indeed, during the 1966-67 school
year, 12 years after Brown, more than 90% of the almost
3 million Negro pupils in the 11 Southern states still at
tended schools over 95% Negro; 83.1% were in 100% Ne
gro schools.6 In this case approximately 85% of the Negro
pupils in the system still attend schools with only Negroes.
Desegregation has been a one-way street—a few Negroes
moving into white schools, no whites attending Negro
schools. “This June, the vast majority of Negro children
in the south who entered the first grade in 1955, the year
after the Brown decision, were graduated from high school
without ever attending a single class with a single white
student,” 7 a result plainly attributable to the prevalence
of “choice” plans. The United States Civil Bights Com
mission in its most recent report stated:
The review of desegregation under freedom of choice
plans contained in this report, and that presented in
last year’s commission’s survey of southern school
Board has adopted a plan facially approved by the United
States Department of Health, Education, and Welfare.
6 S o u th e rn S ch o o l D eseg reg ation , 1 9 6 6 -6 7 , a Report of the U.S. Com
mission on Civil Rights, July 1967, p. 11.
6 Id . at 165.
' I d . at 147. As the Fifth Circuit has had occasion to say “ [f]or all
but a handful of Negro members of the High School Class of 1966, this
right [to a racially nondiscriminatory public school system] has been of
such stuff as dreams are made on.” U nited S ta te s v. Je ffe rs o n County
B o a rd o f E d u cation , 372 F.2d 836, 845 (5th Cir., 1966) a ff’d w ith modifi
cations on reh earin g en banc, 380 F.2d 385 (1967) cert. den. sub nom.,
Caddo P a r ish S ch o o l B o a rd v. U nited S t a t e s ,----- U.S. ------- (October 9,
1967).
13
desegregation, show that the freedom of choice plan
is inadequate in the great majority of cases as an
instrument of disestablishing a dual school system.
Such plans have not resulted in desegregation of Ne
gro schools and therefore perpetuate one-half of the
dual school system virtually intact. (Emphasis added.)8
By dismissing the complaint, the courts below totally
refused to supervise the desegregation process, remitting
Negro school children to a supposed remedy under Title VI
of the Civil Bights Act of 1964. Such a disposition is un
precedented. It is particularly difficult to comprehend here
because the H.E.W. Guidelines do not regulate the impact
of construction policy or include specific standards to
measure the effect of construction on “ freedom” in a “ free
dom of choice” plan. The irony of the court of appeals
deferral to H.E.W. is that in formulating desegregation
standards the Department is guided by legal principles
emanating from the courts.9 * For the Guidelines to develop
in accordance with constitutional desegregation standards,
the courts must continue to develop those standards with
respect to central, but not heretofore considered, issues
such as the impact of school construction policies on a
desegregation plan and remedies appropriate to overcome
institutionalization of segregation.
This petition is filed at a critical time in American edu
cation. Under the newly enacted Elementary and Secondary
Education Act of 1965, 20 U.S. §241A, federal aid to the
states for education is constituting an increasingly sig
nificant portion of the school budget. “In many cases
8 S o u th e rn S ch o o l D eseg reg ation , 19 6 6 -6 7 , a Report of the U.S. Com
mission on Civil Rights, July, 1967, pp. 152-153.
9 The Fifth Circuit recognized this in U nited S ta te s v. Je ffe rs o n C ou nty
B oard o f E d u cation , su p ra , at 372 F.2d 847, 851.
14
higher than 20% and in some cases higher than 30%.” 10
These vast funds can either institutionalize segregation or
operate as a force to eliminate it. Too often they have been
a force for segregation. As the U.S. Commission on Civil
Eights has reported:
That Title I funds have been employed in such a
manner as to institutionalize and strengthen the dual
school structure is apparent when the use of such
funds in the construction of new school facilities is
examined. In at least one district, for example, school
authorities used Title I funds to purchase portable
classrooms for overcrowded Negro schools. In another
district, Title I funds were used to build a vocational
training shop midway between a white and a Negro
school to be used separately by the children at each
school. In still another district, Title I funds supplied
one-third of the money to add separate gymnasiums
to white and Negro schools which were 1,000 yards
apart.11
This particular case, Green v. County School Board of New
Kent County, Virginia, No. 695, October Term, 1967 and
Monroe v. Board of Commissioners of the City of Jackson,
Tennessee, No. 740, October Term, 1967, now pending be
fore the court, do not involve the expenditure of ESEA
funds, although in the instant suit the school board has
been spending other federal grants. The causes arose
before ESEA funds might have become an issue. But over
years to come thousands of districts, probably including
those mentioned above, will be receiving such monies with
consequences that will tend to establish or disestablish
10 S o u th e rn S ch o o l D eseg reg ation , 1 9 6 6 -6 7 , a Report of the U.S. Com
mission on Civil Rights, July, 1967, at p. 130.
11 Id . at p. 136.
15
segregation as well as affect other aspects of the education
process. The disposition of this case will be exceedingly
important in such a development because this case involves
standards which H.E.W. may impose on a district or from
which it may relieve a district in the course of admin
istering federal monies. This case, therefore, involves the
relationship between this Court’s interpretation of the
Constitution and the administration of federal statutes im
plementing that interpretation, a matter of paramount
importance.
The Court Below Erred in Dismissing the Complaint
Without Further Inquiry Into the Feasibility of Grade
Consolidation or Other Relief Which Would Disestab
lish Segregation.
A. By Dismissing the Complaint, the Courts Below Abdicated
Their Responsibility Under Brown v. Board of Education
to Supervise Disestablishment of the Segregated System.
Petitioners made a timely challenge to racially planned
construction of new secondary school classrooms on the
Negro school site. They did not challenge the replacement
of a dilapidated Negro school generally but asked only
that the construction, not scheduled to begin for over a
year, take place on the white school site. Under a choice
plan, to do otherwise would result in perpetuating an
unmistakably identifiable Negro school. After the district
court failed to enjoin the construction and a court re
porter’s illness delayed the appeal, the new building’s
outer shell was completed. In the court of appeals peti
tioners sought utilization of the dual plants as constructed
in a maner which would disestablish the segregated sy
stem. The court ruled that it would not consider utiliza
tion of one plant for elementary students and the other
16
We submit this is an ironic and unnecessary result which
demonstrated a misconception by the court of its equitable
powers and responsibility in a school desegregation case.
Desegregation is by its nature a continuous process which
requires continuing supervision by the lower courts. Rec
ords are always somewhat out of date and relief to be
effective must be fashioned with flexibility. In the circum
stances of this case, where completion of the construction
merely altered the appropriate form of relief, dismissal
of the complaint was abdication of jurisdiction over the
desegregation process. See Brown v. Board of Education,
349 U.S. 294, 301 (1955); Calhoun v. Latimer, 377 U.S. 263
(1964); Brooks v. School Board of Arlington County, 324
F.2d 305 (4th Cir. 1963); Smith v. Morrilton, 365 F.2d
770, 783 (8th Cir. 1966); Cf. Smith v. Hampton Training
School, 360 F.2d 577, 581 (4th Cir. 1966). As the court of
appeals said in United States v. Jefferson County Board
of Education, supra (380 F.2d at p. 389): “ School deseg
regation cases involve more that a dispute between certain
Negro children and certain schools. If Negroes are ever
to enter the mainstream of American life as school chil
dren they must have equal educational opportunities with
white children.” The fact that petitioners’ request for
consideration of a grade consolidation plan had not been
sought in the trial court does not justify dismissal of
this case. The construction itself, and the failure of the
Board to disestablish segregation, were the subject of
timely attack in the district court. It was not feasible to
raise the issue of consolidation because at the time the
trial was held the new construction was not scheduled to
begin for over a year. At the very least, the court of
appeals was obligated to remand to the district court for a
for secondary students because this relief was not sought
in the trial court. It affirmed dismissal of the complaint.
17
hearing with instructions to order grade consolidation if
not educationally impractical.
It is submitted that by dismissal of the complaint, at a
time when segregation is entrenched, the panel failed to
adhere to the rule of Brown v. Board of Education, 349
U.S. 294, 301 (1955) and numerous decisions of lower
courts which hold that district courts must retain juris
diction until a racially nondiscriminatory school system is
a reality.12 In Brown, federal courts were expressly di
rected to retain jurisdiction in order to supervise the
enforcement of desegregation. Here, the court simply re
fused to be influenced by developments subsequent to trial
even though their genesis, the construction program, was
subject to timely attack.13 The failure of the court of
12 See e.g. B ro o k s v. S ch o o l B o a rd o f A r lin g to n C ou nty , 324 F.2d 305
(4th Cir. 1963); B u ck n er v. B o a rd o f E d u cation , 332 F.2d 452 (4th Cir.
1964); Y a rb ro u g h v. H u lb e rt-W e st M em phis, 380 F.2d 962 (8th Cir. 1967).
13 In the second B ro w n decision this Court directed that “in fashioning
and effectuating the decrees, the courts will be guided by equitable prin
ciples.” (349 U.S. at 300). Equity courts have broad power to mold their
remedies and adapt relief to the circumstances and needs of particular
cases as graphically demonstrated by the construction given to 15 U.S.C.
54 in restraining violations of the Sherman Antitrust Act. The test of the
propriety of such measures is whether remedial action reasonably tends to
dissipate the effects of the condemned actions and to prevent their con
tinuance, U nited S ta te s v. N atio n a l L ead Co., 332 U.S. 319 (1947). Where
a corporation has acquired unlawful monopoly power which would con
tinue to operate as long as the corporation retained its present form,
effectuation of the Act has been held even to require the complete dis
solution of the corporation. U nited S ta te s v. S ta n d a rd O il Co., 221 U.S.
1 (1910); S ch in e C hain T h eatres v. U nited S ta te s , 334 U.S. 110 (1948).
Numerous decisions establish that the federal courts construe their power
and duties in the supervision of the disestablishment of state imposed
segregation to require as effective relief as in the antitrust area. So in
Griffin v. S ch o o l B o a rd o f P rin c e E d w a rd C ou nty , V a ., 377 U.S. 218
(1964) this Court ordered a public school system which had been closed
to avoid desegregation to be reopened. C a rr v. M o ntg om ery C o u n ty (A la .)
B oard o f E d u cation , 253 F. Supp. 306 (M.D. Ala. 1966), ordered twenty-
one (21) small inadequate segregated schools to be closed over a two
1 8
appeals to remand to the district court with instructions
to order consolidation, if feasible, demonstrates a too nar
row view of the power and duties of a federal court of
equity in supervising desegregation and granting relief
required by the Constitution.14 At one point in its opinion
the court of appeals states that the parties had no oppor
tunity to offer evidence on the feasibility of consolidation
and the trial court had no opportunity to pass on the issue.
If the defect was solely one of evidence, however, the proper
remedy was remand to the district court for further pro
ceedings, not dismissal.
Other portions of the panel’s opinion suggest, however,
that it affirmed dismissal of the complaint for quite dif
ferent, although also erroneous, reasons:
Moreover, there is no showing that the Field facilities
with the new construction added could not be con-
year period and the students reassigned to larger integrated schools.
D ow ell v. S ch o o l B o a rd o f O klahom a C ity , 244 F. Supp. 971 (W.D. Okla.,
1965), aff’d 375 F.2d 158 (10th Cir., 1967), cert. den. 387 U.S. 931 (1967),
ordered the attendance areas of pairs of six-year junior-senior high
schools in adjacent neighborhoods consolidated, with one school in each
pair to become the junior high school and the other to become the senior
high school for the whole consolidated area. The Fifth Circuit has held
that a district court has power to enjoin “approving budgets, making
funds available, approving employment contracts and construction pro
grams . . . designed to perpetuate, maintain or support a school system
operated on a racially segregated basis.” B o a rd o f P u b lic In stru c tio n of
D u v a l Co., F la . v. B ra x to n , 326 F.2d 616, 620 (5th Cir., 1964). The
Fourth Circuit has held that a school construction program an appro
priate matter for court consideration in spite of the possible complexities
involved. W h eele r v. D u rh am C ity B o a rd o f E d u cation , 346 F.2d 768
(4th Cir., 1965).
14 The continuous nature of the desegregation proeess has consistently
obligated appellate courts to fashion relief despite the occurrence of
events subsequent to judgment in the district court. Such has been the
common practice of the courts applying B ro w n and indeed it had been
the practice of the Eighth Circuit until this case. C alhoun v. Latim er,
377 U.S. 263 (1964); S m ith v . M o rr ilto n , 365 F.2d 770 ( 8th Cir. 1966).
19
verted at a reasonable cost into a completely inte
grated grade school or into a completely integrated
high school when the appropriate time for such course
arrives. (Emphasis supplied.) Appendix, infra, p. 20a.
Utilization of one school as elementary and one as second
ary school is thus acceptable to the court of appeals but
only “when the appropriate time for such course arrives.”
Such language strongly implies that it is a notion of
deliberate speed which led the court to reject grade con
solidation and approve a choice plan and not solely that
petitioners did not seek in the trial court altered utilization
of classrooms which were not even constructed at the time
of trial. But the time for deliberate speed is over. Over
two years ago this Court stated, “more than a decade has
passed since we directed desegregation of public school
facilities with all deliberate speed. . . . Delays in deseg
regating school systems are no longer tolerable.” Bradley
v. School Board of the City of Richmond, 382 U.S. 103, 105
(1965). In 1964, the Court said: “ There has been entirely,
too much deliberation and not enough speed. . . .” Griffin
v. County School Board of Prince Edward County, 377
U.S. 218, 229. The Court should grant certiorari in this
case to make it clear that “ the appropriate time” is now.
By their opinions and dispositions the courts below indi
cated that they regard the United States Department of
Health, Education, and Welfare as having controlling re
sponsibility for supervising school desegregation in Gould
despite the fact that H.E.W. Guidelines do not deal with
the impact of construction policy on a “freedom of choice”
plan, that H.E.W. had not required modification of the
construction plan or in any way sought to ameliorate its
impact. To be sure H.E.W. Guidelines are entitled to
substantial weight as general propositions of school deseg
regation law, and as minimum standards for court-ordered
20
desegregation plans. The same cannot be said for H.E.W.
administrative approval of a particular school district’s
actual compliance with constitutional standards. With its
limited personnel and funds, the Department is simply un
able to ascertain all of the relevant facts about the per
formance of an individual school district in the way that a
court hearing can, especially where, as here, H.E.W. Guide
lines do not even purport to regulate the effect of con
struction policy. H.E.W.’s “compliance reviews and en
forcement proceedings” are “not planned in a rational and
consistent manner” ; the Department’s appraisal of deseg
regation sometimes cannot be but “faulty and inefficient.”
“Manpower limitations” force the Department to fail to
proceed against many districts which are not in compliance.
See Southern School Desegregation, 1966-67, A Report of
the U. S. Civil Rights Commission, July, 1967, pp. 58, 59.
Compare Cypress v. N on-sectarian Hospital Association,
375 F.2d 648, 658, 659 (4th Cir. 1967) where a hospital
defended a desegregation suit on grounds of H.E.W. ap
proval, but the court ruled that H.E.W.’s compliance
mechanism was so inefficient that it was not an equitable
defense to a suit based on deprivation of constitutional
rights. Unfortunately, the sorry statistics of southern
school desegregation, see supra p. 12, reflect the inability
of the Department to police, effectively, compliance with
the Guidelines.
Petitioners complained, moreover, of a violation of their
constitutional rights; not statutory rights such as they
may have under Title VI of the Civil Rights Act which
regulates the relationship between the federal government
and its grantees. The courts may not abdicate their re
sponsibility to construe the performance of school boards
in terms of the constitutional standards of the Fourteenth
Amendment. Petitioners have been unable to locate any
21
decision which holds to the contrary. In this regard, the
court below fundamentally misconstrued the role of burden
of proof in school desegregation cases. The burden of
proof is not on plaintiffs to demonstrate that a school sys
tem which undisputedly has been segregated for genera
tions is still segregated, but on the school board to demon
strate that its desegregation plan desegregates the system.
Brown v. Board of Education, supra. That burden is not
carried by adoption of a “ freedom of choice” plan when
another plan which apparently is reasonable and possible
will immediately desegregate the system.
B. “Freedom of Choice” Is Incapable of Disestablishing Segre
gation in the Could School District.
The fundamental premise of Brown v. Board of Educa
tion was that segregation in public education had very
deep and long term effects upon Negroes who were segre
gated. It is not surprising that individuals, reared in that
system and schooled in the ways of subservience (by segre
gation in schools and every other conceivable aspect of
existence) who are given the opportunity to “make a
choice,” chose, by inaction, that their children remain in
Negro schools.15 By making the Negro’s exercise of choice
the critical factor, school authorities virtually insure de
segregation’s failure. Moreover, intimidation, a weapon
lo In its R evised S ta tem en t o f P o lic ies f o r S ch o o l D eseg reg ation P la n s
Under T itle V I o f the C iv il E ig h ts A c t o f 1 9 6 4 (referred to as the Guide
lines), the Department of Health, Education, and Welfare states (45
CPE Part 181.54) :
A free choice plan tends to place the burden of desegregation on
Negro or other minority group students and their parents. Even
when school authorities undertake good faith efforts to assure its fair
operation, the v e ry n a tu re o f a fr e e choice p la n and the effect o f lon g
standing com m unity a ttitu d es o fte n tend to p rec lu d e o r in h ib it the
exercise o f a t ru ly f r e e choice by or f o r m in o rity g rou p students.
(Emphasis added.)
22
well-known throughout the south, has been employed to
deter transfers. Every community pressure militates
against the affirmative choice of white schools by Negro
parents. Here the heavy hand of segregation did its work
in overt fashion.
First. “ The only school desegregation plan that meets
constitutional standards is one that works” (United States
v. Jefferson County Board of Education, supra, 372 F.2d
at p. 847 (emphasis in original)) and the Gould plan has
not worked. In both first and second year of its operation
only about 70 Negro pupils attended the white school and
no whites “chose” to attend the Negro school. In the first
year of the plan several Negroes “chose” the white school
but were refused admission due to overcrowding, an over
crowding caused in part by the fact that no whites “chose”
to attend the Negro school. Only one teacher has been
assigned to a desegregated faculty, and that teacher on a
part time basis. In June, 1967, the superintendent in
formed the Department of Health, Education and Welfare
that he anticipated an increase of only 14 Negro students
in the white school for the 1967-68 school year, the third
year of desegregation and that again no whites would
attend the Negro school. No Negro teacher would be as
signed to teach at the white school; one white teacher and
one white supervisor would have part time duties at the
Negro school, see note 1, supra. In short, in over two
years of operation “ freedom of choice” has not and does
not appear capable of disestablishing segregation.
Second, the record shows active intimidation of the Ne
gro community. The PTA of the Negro school was pro
hibited by the superintendent from meeting at the school
once it began to protest conditions there, and an injunction
was obtained by the board of education against public
protests concerning school conditions (R. 63-64).
23
Third, the degree of inequality between the Negro and
white high schools which has been maintained for so long
inevitably communicates to the Negro community that the
Board could not be trusted to administer a “ freedom of
choice” plan fairly, see supra pp. 6-8. Until 1965, the
Negro high school had such a poor physical plant and
program that it was completely unaccredited by the State
of Arkansas, while the white high school had an “A ”
rating (R. 10, 16, 31, 83, 130). Long promised reconstruc
tion took place only after adoption of a “ freedom of
choice” desegregation plan when a new school would have
the possible effect of limiting the number of Negro trans
ferees under the choice plan. Not only has the practice
of segregation followed by this district been unconstitu
tional since 1954, Brown v. Board of Education, 347 U.S.
483, but the “gross inferiority” of the separate public
school facilities provided for Negro students has been
unconstitutional at least since 1938, Missouri ex rel. Gaines
v. Canada, 305 U.S. 337; Sweatt v. Painter, 339 U.S. 629
(1950); McLaurin v. Oklahoma State Regents, 339 U.S.
637 (1950). The court of appeals erred fundamentally, in
ignoring the relevance of these historic inequalities to the
validity of the choice plan.
Fourth, the character of the new replacement construc
tion on the traditional segregated site (and that no ra
tional educational purpose is apparent behind such dual
construction) is not susceptible to any other interpretation
by the community, Negro and white, than that the Board
wishes to maintain a segregated system, with one school
intended for whites and the other intended for Negroes,
see Kelley v. Altheimer, 378 F.2d 483, 490, 496 (8th Cir.
1967). This was just as unambiguous an act as re-writing
the word “white” over the door of the Gould School and
the word “Negro” over the door of the Field School—and
24
is just as coercive to the Negroes who have traditionally
been informed by the segregated system that they were
not wanted in “white” institutions, and to whites who have
been informed that it was not proper for them to be in
“Negro” institutions. The replacement construction here
has precisely the same effect on the “ freedom” in a “ free
dom of choice” plan as does the maintenance of all-white
and all-Negro faculties at various schools in a system.
Cf. Bradley v. School Board of the City of Richmond, 382
U.S. 103 (1965); Kier v. County School Board of Augusta
Co., Va., 249 F. Supp. 239, 246 (W.D. Va., 1966).
Fifth. The integration of faculty is a factor absolutely
fundamental to the success of a desegregation plan, for a
school with a Negro or white faculty will always be a
Negro or white school. Nevertheless, the Board has as
signed no Negro teachers to regular teaching at the tra
ditionally white school, and only two whites to limited,
non-teaching, duties at the traditionally and still all-Negro
school (R. 67-70; see note 1, supra). There are no plans
for substantial desegregation in the future (R. 68-69).16
Compare Kelley v. Altheimer, 378 F.2d 483, 491 (1967).
The duty of the School Board was to convert the dual
school system it had created into a “unitary non-racial
system.” Although it had an alternative which would have
disestablished the dual system more speedily and with less
educational inefficiency, the Board chose a method whose
success depended on the ability of Negroes to unshackle
themselves from the psychological effects of the dual sys
tem of the past, and to withstand the fear and intimidation
16 The failure of the Board to take meaningful steps to integrate its
faculty is consistent with what the record shows: that the Board, by
adopting freedom of choice, could not in good faith have believed or in
tended that the dual system would thereby be converted into the nonracial
system required by the Constitution.
25
of the present and future. Only a “ freedom of choice”
plan subjects Negroes to the possibility of intimidation
or gives undue weight to the very psychological effects of
the dual system that this Court found unconstitutional in
Brown v. Board of Education. Nor did the Board intro
duce evidence to justify adoption of a method, which if it
could disestablish the dual system at all, would require
a much longer period of time in the method petitioners
urge. The failure of the Board to show, by clear and con
vincing evidence, the existence of such administrative rea
sons as this Court contemplated in Brown II might justify
delay, made it error for the courts below to abdicate totally
to an administratively supervised “freedom of choice” plan
and refuse to place the Board under the restraint of a
court order.
C. Use of One School for Elementary Grades and the Other
for Secondary Grades Is a Reasonable Alternative to “ Free
dom of Choice” Which Will Disestablish the Dual System.
Because of the very simple configuration of this small
district, there is a clear-cut choice between a system com
posed of one reasonably-sized integrated elementary school
and one reasonably-sized integrated secondary school, or
a system composed of two inefficiently-small, combination
elementary and secondary schools. The superintendent’s
concession that the replaced Negro school would continue
to be all-Negro (R. 67) as well as the obvious educational
inefficiency and undesirability of the dual schools provides
a reasonable basis for providing that one site shall be used
for an elementary school and the other site for a secondary
school. The system’s school buildings as constructed are
adaptable to changed usages and whatever additional cost
might be involved in alteration, as the court of appeals
recognized, appendix, infra, p. 20a, can be more than bal-
26
anced against the continued extra operating cost of the
inefficient dual system.
The court of appeals failed to order grade consolidation
because of the time when such relief was sought, a ruling
which is discussed fully, supra pp. 15-19. For this reason,
however, we believe that the proper course for this Court
to follow is to remand to the district court for a deter
mination of the feasibility of consolidation with instruc-
tons to order such relief if not impractical. We, therefore,
restrict ourselves in this section of the petition to a brief
showing that such utilization is shown by this record to be
a sufficiently workable and attractive method of admin
istering the system for the lower courts to be required to
consider it on the merits. See e.g. Calhoun v. Latimer, 377
U.S. 263 (1964).
The school facilities of the district ideally lend them
selves to a plan of consolidation. The traditionally white
Gould High School is the most modern facility in the dis
trict, having been completed in 1964 (E. 89). The imme
diately adjacent Gould Elementary School was originally
constructed for use as a high school, and was subsequently
converted to an elementary school (E. 81-82). If the Gould
Elementary School were converted back to use as a second
ary school, the Gould site would be clearly suitable for all
the secondary students in the district. The 1966-67 second
ary enrollment of the district was 360 for grades 8-12,
while the total enrollment at the Gould School was 375
(grades 1-12).17
The all-Negro Field Elementary School is also a modern
facility, constructed in 1954 with subsequent additions (E.
89-91). The gymnasium is adequate for both the present
17 See footnote 1, su p ra .
27
number of Negro elementary and Negro high school stu
dents, so that it would also be suitable for use by all of
the elementary students in the system. The new building
constructed by the system for use as the Negro high school
is adjacent to the Field Elementary School, and can easily
be furnished as an addition to the elementary school—
which would make the combined Field School adequate for
all of the elementary students in the district. The enroll
ment for the district in 1966-67 was 492 for grades 1-7,
while the total enrollment at the Field School was 477.
(grades 1-12).18
Unless the Board is required to cease maintaining dual
facilities, not only will a predominantly segregated school
system be fastened upon the community for at least another
generation, but all students—Negro and white—will con
tinue to pay the price of the inefficiency caused by oper
ating a dual system in such a small district. This is
graphically illustrated by the disparity in course offerings
at the two high schools. I f all students were attending the
same high school, everyone would have the opportunity
to take courses such as journalism or agriculture, as well
as other courses which would be available because a higher
total of students would elect them. Negroes who presently
have no football, basketball or track programs would be
able to participate in those sports. The basic sciences,
chemistry and biology, are offered only in alternate years
at Gould while they are offered every year at Field. There
is no Future Farmers of America Program at Field be
cause there is no agriculture course. In a consolidated
system, all students would have the opportunity to take
each of these courses every year.
18 Ibid.
28
The sad fact is that the Board’s failure to consider grade
consolidation not only perpetuates segregation but deprives
both Negroes and whites of significant educational oppor
tunities. It is no accident that the most important study
of secondary education that has been made in this country,
James Bryant Conant’s, The American High School Today
(1959) gives highest priority in educational planning to
the elimination of small high schools with graduating
classes of less than one hundred.19 See Moses v. Washing
ton Parish School Board, — F. Supp. — No. 15973, E.D.
La. (“Free choice” plan “wasteful in every respect” ; geo
graphic zones ordered).
The court of appeals recognized that there is substantial
evidence that consolidation is a feasible alternative to free
dom of choice when it found that “ there is no showing
that the Field facilities with the new construction added
could not be converted at a reasonable cost into a com
pletely integrated grade school or into a completely inte
grated high school when the appropriate time for such a
course arrives” (emphasis supplied), appendix, infra, p. 20a.
Given the apparent feasibility of grade consolidation, the
deficiencies of a “choice” plan in this district, and the fact
that petitioners could not have explicitly sought consolida
tion in the trial court because the hearing took place long
19 “The enrollment of many American public high schools is too small
to allow a diversified curriculum except at exorbitant expense . . . ‘The
prevalence of such high schools—those with graduating classes of less than
one hundred students—constitutes one of the serious obstacles to good
secondary education throughout most of the United States. I believe such
schools are not in a position to provide a satisfactory education for any
group of their students—the academically talented, the vocationally
oriented, or the slow reader. The instructional program is neither suffi-
cinetly broad nor sufficiently challenging. A small high school cannot by
its very nature offer a comprehensive curriculum. Furthermore, such a
school uses uneconomieally the time and efforts of administrators, teachers,
and specialists, the shortage of whom is a serious national problem
(p. 76).
29
before construction of new classrooms began, the court of
appeals had an obligation to fashion a remedy equal to the
task of disestablishing the dual structure. Instead, it er
roneously affirmed dismissal of the complaint.
D. As Minimum Compliance With Brown v. Board of Educa
tion Petitioners Are Entitled to a Comprehensive Decree
Governing the Desegregation Process.
As alternative relief, petitioners asked the court of
appeals to issue a comprehensive decree governing the
desegregation process similar to that imposed by another
panel of the circuit in Kelley v. Altheimer, 378 F.2d 483
(8th Cir. 1967), and by the Fifth Circuit in United States
v. Jefferson County Board of Education, supra. The court
did not detail its reasons for refusing to grant this relief
but only stated:
Unlike the Altheimer situation, no attack has been
made in the pleadings on the desegregation plan
adopted by the Board. Additionally, we find no sub
stantial evidence to support a finding that the Board
was not proceeding to carry out the plan in good
faith. (Appendix, infra, p. 24a)
If the failure of the court of appeals to subject the
Board to a comprehensive decree, rather than dismissing
the complaint, rests on whether an attack had been made
on the plan in the trial court, it rests on a finding which
is clearly erroneous. The complaint sought to enjoin the
Board from compelling any Negroes to attend the all-
Negro school (relief fundamentally inconsistent with the
“choice” plan) and also sought to enjoin the “operating
of a segregated school system” (ft. 8). The trial is replete
with testimony concerning the operation of the plan (R. 53-
63, 67-71, 75, 95, 96, 101, 102, 109, 117, 118, 121-23) and the
30
district court refused to enjoin the Board from maintain
ing a segregated system as prayed only because he found
the plan adequate (R. 14).
To the extent the second reason given by the court—
that the Board was proceeding to carry out the plan in
good faith—supports the court’s conclusion that the com
plaint should be dismissed, it reflects a misconception of
the role of lower courts in supervising the desegregation
process, see supra, pp. 16-19). This petition describes ad
ministration of the Gould system in detail sufficient to
show that whether the Board is acting in good faith or
not, its performance is not such as to permit the lower
courts to avoid supervision of the desegregation process.
In United States v. Jefferson County, supra, and in
Kelley v. Altheimer, supra, the courts found that the
policies and practices of the school boards had been de
signed to perpetuate segregation and for that reason,
and to insure the continuity and speed of desegregation,
ordered that any plan submitted by the boards would
have to conform to certain principles as to student and
faculty desegregation, transportation, school equalization
and other areas touching on desegregation. At the very
least, on the basis of the record in this case, petitioners
were entitled to a retention of jurisdiction and entry of
a comprehensive decree by the district court.
The finding of the Fifth Circuit in Jefferson that “case
by case development of the law is a poor sort of medium
for reasonably prompt and uniform desegregation” (372
F.2d at pp. 854-55) is undisputable. A comprehensive and
uniform decree, therefore, provides invaluable assistance
to district courts in fulfilling their responsibility to require
the reorganization of segregated school systems under
Brown. Such a decree provides a distillation of the ex-
31
perience in formulating desegregation standards of the
courts, the Executive branch, educators and administrators.
When adopted uniformly such a decree also avoids totally
different rates of desegregation in communities which are
similarly situated. It provides Negroes with a definite
understanding of what they can expect, and district courts
with what they must require, from school authorities. It
insures that desegregation plans will encompass the mini
mum range of administration and planning functions which
must be reorganized if the unlawful segregated system is
to be disestablished.
This litigation should not have been necessary. At a
minimum, the Negroes represented by petitioners are
entitled to judicial supervision of desegregation where
administrative supervision has not proved adequate as well
as to a clear statement of the essential features which
the plan must encompass. Only in this way will there be
removed the “obstacles” to enjoyment of the right to an
equal and desegregated education guaranteed by the Four
teenth Amendment—“obstacles” which this Court recog
nized must be destroyed thirteen years ago.
32
CONCLUSION
W herefore, petitioners p ra y that the petition fo r writ
o f certiorari be granted.
B espectfu lly submitted,
J ack Greenberg
M ichael M eltsner
M ichael J . H enry
10 Columbus Circle
New York, New York 10019
J ohn W . W alker
N orman Ch a ch k in
1304-B Wright Avenue
Little Bock, Arkansas 72206
Attorneys for Petitioners
A P P E N D I X
APPENDIX
(Filed April 26, 1966)
The plaintiffs in this case are Negro children who are
pupils in grades five, ten and eleven in the Public School
System of Gould, Arkansas. This action was brought by
their parents and next friends and is a class action seek
ing an injunction enjoining the Board of Education of the
Gould School District from (1) requiring the minor plain
tiffs and all others similarly situated to attend the all-
Negro Field School for the 1965-66 school term, (2) pro
viding public school facilities for Negro pupils in Gould,
Arkansas, which are inferior to those provided for white
pupils, (3) expending any funds for operation or improve
ment of the predominantly white Gould Public Schools
until and unless the Field School is made substantially
equal in facilities, equipment, curriculum, advantages, etc.
to the predominantly white Gould Schools, (4) building
any new facilities to replace Field High School at any
location other than on or adjacent to the grounds of the
Gould Public Schools, and from (5) otherwise operating a
racially segregated school system.
The defendant school board claims that it is doing every
thing possible to correct the very things plaintiffs are
complaining of and that no injunction is required or war
ranted, therefore the case should be dismissed.
The Gould School District encompasses about eighty
square miles of agricultural land in Lincoln County in
Southeast Arkansas. Almost 20,000 acres of this land is
tax exempt because the Arkansas State Penitentiary is
located within the district. It is a rural and agricultural
Opinion of United States District Court
2a
area. There are no significant industries within the dis
trict, and Gould, with a population of 1,210, is the district’s
only incorporated town. In the 1964-65 school year the
district derived $56,530 from its millage levy on the as
sessed value of the real and personal property in the
district and most of the rest of its budget of over $200,000
was received from various programs of the State and
Federal Government. It is obvious from these facts and
from other testimony given at the hearing of this case
that this school district is a financially poor one.
The population of the district of about 3,000 consists of
1,800 Negroes and 1,200 white people. There are approxi
mately 880 students in the system and 580 of these are
Negro. Prior to 1965 the school board operated two school
systems from grade one through twelve on a racially
segregated basis. The Field Elementary School and the
Field High School were attended by Negro children only.
The Gould Elementary School and the Gould High School
had only white students. In the spring of 1965 the de
fendant school board unanimously voted to accept a
desegregation plan which provided for the integration of
all twelve grades of the system in the 1965-66 school year
in accordance with a “Freedom of Choice” plan.1
After the students and their parents had expressed their
choice of schools it appeared that there would be over
crowding in the Gould Schools in grades five, ten, and
eleven. The school authorities discussed the problem with
the appropriate authorities of the Department of Health,
Education and Welfare and it was agreed that it would be
Noth 1: The “Freedom of Choice” plan in this case is of the same
type that the Court of Appeals for the Eighth Circuit indicated it would
approve in Kemp v. Beasley, 352 F.2d 14 (8th Cir. 1965), therefore it
is unnecessary to explain the details of the plan in this opinion.
O p in io n o f U n ite d S t a t e s D i s t r i c t C o u r t
3a
better for the school to postpone the granting of the free
dom of choice in these grades for one year. However, as
many Negro children in these three grades as possible who
chose the previously all-white school were accepted in
that school on the basis of geographical proximity of their
home to the school. The plan as amended was approved by
the federal agency.
In other words, all students in the district were accepted
in the school of their choice except in the fifth, tenth, and
eleventh grades. In these grades some forty Negro pupils
expressed a preference to attend the Gould Schools and
twelve of them were accepted. The remaining students
were assigned to the Field Schools and it is this group
that is represented by the plaintiffs in this case.
At the trial plaintiffs offered testimony concerning al
leged discrimination within the district which they con
tend this Court should correct by use of its injunctive
powers.
One of plaintiffs’ contentions is that the Court should
enjoin the defendant school board from maintaining a
racially segregated school system. But the testimony dis
closes that the school board is no longer maintaining such
a system. The desegregation plan which it has adopted
and which has been approved by the Department of
Health, Education and Welfare has brought about more
than token integration even though it has been in opera
tion only one year. There are 71 Negro students and 298
white students attending the previously all-white school
and there will undoubtedly be more Negro students in
this school next year. The Negro students are participat
ing on the school athletic teams and taking part in several
other extra-curricular activities at the school. Further
more, in the school term beginning September 1966 it is
O p in io n o f U n ite d S t a t e s D i s t r i c t C o u r t
4a
the plan of the district to honor the preference of all
children in the three grades to which the Choice plan was
only partially applicable this year.
Another contention of the plaintiffs is that the school
board is discriminating against Negroes by paying Negro
teachers salaries lower than those paid to white teachers.
The testimony revealed that the base salary paid to
Negro teachers is $3,870, while the base salary for white
teachers is $4,050.00. The range of salaries for Negro
teachers is from $3,870.00 to $4,500.00, and the range for
white teachers is $4,050.00 to $5,580.00. The superintend
ent of the schools testified that he was well aware of the
differences in salaries paid to the teachers of different
races, and he said that the historical reason for this differ
ence was simply the law of supply and demand. Because
of the larger supply of Negro teachers he was able to hire
them at lower salaries than those demanded by white
teachers. He stated that five years ago, when he was first
employed by the school system, the difference in the base
salaries was $600. In the last five years the difference has
been lowered to $180. The reason the salaries cannot be
equalized before next year is purely a financial one. The
budget for the 1965-66 school year is practically exhausted
and there are no funds available for this or any other
purpose.2 In the course of his testimony, the superintend
ent assured the Court that the salaries for Negro and white
teachers for the 1966-67 school year would be equal.
The primary complaint of the plaintiffs is that they are
being discriminated against because the Field Schools to
which they have been assigned are grossly inferior to the
N ote 2 : The total received for all school purposes this year was
$225,000. The budget expenditure is $221,000. This is a typical year.
The surplus remaining from last year was $1,200.
O p in io n o f U n ite d S t a t e s D i s t r i c t C o u r t
5a
Gould Public Schools. They show the inferiority of the
Fields Schools by citing several examples. Some of these
are: (1) the Field High School is a frame building erected
in 1924 which is in a poor state of repair, with holes in the
floor and cracks in the Avail, Avhile the Gould High School
is located in a brick and concrete block building only two
years old; (2) the Gould High School has an “A ” rating
from the Arkansas Department of Education, while the
Field High School is unaccredited; (3) the restroom facili
ties at the Field High School are located in a separate
building, causing students to walk outdoors to reach the
restroom, AA’hile at the Gould High School the restroom
facilities are located in the school building itself; (4) the
Field High School is heated Avith upright gas heaters, while
the Gould Schools are heated with central heat; (5) the
science laboratory facilities at Field High School are in
ferior to those at Gould High School; (6) the library facili
ties at Field High are very poor, with few books and no
full-time librarian, while the Gould School library con
tains almost 1,000 books and has a librarian; (7) there is
no hot lunch program at the Field Schols, Avhile the Gould
Schools have an air-conditioned cafetorium; and, finally
(8) courses in journalism and agriculture are not offered
at the Field High School, while they are taught at the
Gould High School.
The defendant admits that facilities at the Field High
School are inferior to those at the Gould Schools, that the
situation is a bad one, and that a new school building is
needed. It claims that there are no funds available at the
present time Avith Avhich to build such a school and that the
school district does not have sufficient borrowing power to
secure enough money for such a project. To borrow that
O p in io n o f U n ite d S t a t e s D i s t r i c t C o u r t
6a
much money the school district would need a new bond
issue, but since the present millage is at 47 (the maximum
allowable under State law),3 new millage cannot be added
to finance such a bond issue. However, one of the present
outstanding bond issues will be paid off by January of
1967, and the nine mills used to finance that issue can be
transferred to a new issue. The money obtained through
this new bond issue has long been earmarked by the board
for the construction o f a modern facility to replace Field
High School. Therefore, it appears that the defendant
school board realizes the need for a new school building
and is doing all that it is financially able to do toward filling
this need.
On the other hand, the defendant does not admit the
degree of inequality between the schools is as great as
plaintiffs claim. They contend that although the Field
High School building is in very poor condition and is in
ferior to the Gould High School building, the same is not
true for the rest of the buildings in the Field School System.
The evidence shows that in the last fifteen years, or at
lease since 1954, over seventy-five per cent of all money
available for construction has been spent on the Negro
schools. In fact, the total building expenditures for the
Negro schools since 1954 are in excess of $138,000. On the
other hand, the only money spent on capital improvements
at the Gould School was from proceeds of an insurance
policy when the school building burned late in 1963. The
new building was built entirely with the funds from this
O p in io n o f U n ite d S t a t e s D i s t r i c t C o u r t
Note 3 : Under Arkansas law a school district may not issue bonds
in an amount in excess of 15% of the district’s assessed valuation of
property located within the district. Gould has reached that limit.
7a
insurance policy.4 The Field Elementary School is a mod
ern brick and concrete block building built in 1954 with
classrooms added as late as 1965. The gymnasium for the
Field Elementary and High Schools is a modern concrete
block building with excellent restroom, dressing room, and
shower facilities, as well as a fine gymnasium and audito
rium. The gymnasium at the Gould School is an old frame
building in poor repair, with inadequate and unsightly
dressing room and restroom facilities. The home economics
buildings at both the schools are old buildings which the
citizens of the school district have helped repair and deco
rate, and which are of approximately the same quality.
Although it was never definitely established just what
scientific laboratory facilities the Field High School has,
it is evident from the testimony that they are inadequate
and practically nonexistent. However, the laboratory facili
ties at the Gould High School would hardly be considered
adequate or satisfactory. The laboratory is located in an
old concrete block building that was once used as a bar-
beque house. For most of the experiments there is only
enough equipment for the teacher to use at a demonstra
tion desk and sink. According to the evidence, no build
ing on either campus is heated by central heat, and in
the last two years the same amount of money has been
allocated to each of the libraries. The defendant admits
that the Field Schools do not have a hot lunch program
or an agriculture department but claims that federal aid
is being sought, and the superintendent of schools as
sured the Court that both programs would be established
Note 4: A Teacherage, consisting of two cottages for oecupany by
teachers, was constructed on the Field campus a year or two ago. This
was financed locally, and the monthly payments to pay the loan come
from rent paid by the teachers.
O p in io n o f U n ite d S t a t e s D i s t r i c t C o u r t
8a
in the Field Schools by the end of this year. Defendant
also states that the reason some courses such as journalism
are taught in Gould School and not in Field School is that
they are elective courses and are not taught unless there
is a sufficient demand for them. Therefore the defendant
claims that although conditions at the Field High School
are poor, there is not a large degree of inequality between
the two school systems.
During the course of the hearing on this matter, after
the defendant had admitted the inferiority of the Field
High School and had set forth its proposal for building a
new facility, plaintiffs moved in open court to amend
their petition for an injunction to include enjoining the
defendant from building any new facilities to replace
Field High School at any location other than on or ad
jacent to the grounds of the Gould Public Schools. This,
it is believed, is the only real issue remaining in the case.
The Court granted the motion, and evidence was heard
on both sides of this question. The Court also asked
counsel for briefs on the question of whether or not the
Court could or should order the school district to build
its proposed new facilities at any particular location.
It is plaintiff’s contention that the building of a new
high school at the site o f the old Field High School or
on the Field Elementary School grounds would promote
and encourage segregation in the school system. Plain
tiffs contend that if the new high school was built at one
of these locations, only Xegro pupils would request that
they be assigned there. Plaintiffs also say that in fact
this is the intention of the school board. They point out
that at the hearing the superintendent of schools stated
that probably only Xegro children would select the new
high school and plaintiff argues that this shows that it is
O p in io n o f U n ite d S t a t e s D i s t r i c t C o u r t
9a
the school board’s intention to create a “Xegro high
school” and not just another high school for the district.
Plaintiffs argues that it is a breach of plaintiffs’ consti
tutional rights to allow defendant school board to carry
out a construction program which is designed to bring
about or further segregation in the school system.
Plaintiffs also contend that it would be unsound for a
school district in the financial condition of the Gould School
District to maintain separate school facilities for Xegro
children. Such a plan would entail considerable duplica
tion and would dilute the quality of education which
could be offered to both white and Xegro students by a
school district of this size.
The defendant contends that the management or ad
ministration of the schools has been committed to local
school officials and is not within the province of the Court
and that selection of the location of a new school facility
is an administrative or managerial decision which should
be left to those officials whose duty is to determine what
is best educationally and administratively for the school
system. The defendant claims that there are several rea
sons why it is unsound to locate the new high school at
the site insisted upon by plaintiffs and which support
the board’s selection of a site adjacent to the Field Ele
mentary School. These facts are (1) that the school dis
trict already owns enough land at the Field Elementary
School to accommodate the new high school building, (2)
the district does not own sufficient land at the site of the
Gould High School for this purpose, (3) additional land
near the Gould High School is not for sale and would
have to be acquired by condemnation at a high price since
it is being subdivided into residential lots, (4) the new
gymnasium (which has been referred to above) was
O p in io n o f U n it e d S t a t e s D i s t r i c t C o u r t
10a
built on the grounds of the Field Elementary School to
accommodate both elementary and high school students in
anticipation of the location of the new high school on that
campus, (5) that the location of the schools in opposite
ends of town and on opposite sides of a heavily traveled
U. S. highway is desirable for the safety of the children
and for obtaining the educationally advantageous concept
of “neighborhood schools.”
The question before the Court is actually two pronged.
First, is this Court authorized to tell the school board
where to build or not to build a new school building, and
second, should the Court do so under the circumstances
in this case? These questions are of first instance before
this Court, and in fact there is very little authority from
any jurisdiction.
In the “landmark” civil rights cases concerning school
integration the courts leave no doubt that segregation
is and must be a thing of the past. They tell the courts
that there can no longer be “ Negro schools” and “White
schools” and that the courts cannot permit a state to
support “ segregated schools through any arrangement,
management, funds or property. . . . ” Cooper v. Aaron,
358 U.S. 1. In a general way these cases give this and
all district courts the authority to take what steps are
necessary to insure that there is an end to segregation in
our schools.
At the same time these cases also contain language
which seems to recognize a limit to the courts’ authoriza
tion to deal in school affairs. In Brown v. Board of Ed
ucation of Topeka, 349 U.S. 294, the court said:
“ school authorities have the primary responsibility
for elucidating, assessing, and solving these problems;
O p in io n o f U n ite d S t a t e s D i s t r i c t C o u r t
11a
courts will have to consider whether the action of
school authorities constitutes good faith implementa
tion of the governing constitutional principles.”
In Briggs v. Elliot, 132 F.Supp. 776, 777 (E.D. S.Car.
1955), a three-judge district court interpreting Brown
said,
“Having said this, it is important that we point out
exactly what the Supreme Court has decided and
what it has not decided in this case. It has not decided
that the federal courts are to take over or regulate
the public schools of the state.”
And this Court in Aaron v. Cooper, 164 F.Supp. 325, 334
(1959) stated:
“It is not the duty or function of the Federal Court to
regulate or take over and operate the public schools.
That is still the duty of the duly state-created school
authorities.”
These cases make it apparent that there is a limit to the
court’s authority to deal in school matters, although they
do not say what that limit is.
In Board of Public Instruction of Duval County, Fla. v.
Braxton, 326 F.2d 616 (1964), the Court of Appeals for
the Fifth Circuit approved an injunction issued by Judge
Simpson of the District Court for the Middle District of
Florida in which the school authorities were enjoined
from operating a compulsory biracial school system, main
taining dual attendance areas, assigning pupils and teach
ers on the basis of color, and from
“Approving budgets, making available funds, approv
ing employment contracts and construction programs,
O p in io n o f U nited , S t a t e s D i s t r i c t C o u r t
12a
and approving policies, curricula and programs de
signed to perpetuate, maintain or support a school
system operated on a racially segregated basis.”
Although that injunction does not go as far as plaintiffs
have asked for in this case, it does go further into the
realm of school administration than any other court has
gone. Perhaps some of the factors that the case dealt
with should be pointed out in that they may limit the
scope of the decision.
In that case the court was dealing with a school system
that, some eight years after the second Brown decision,
had done nothing toward bringing an end to segregation.
In fact, the board was still maintaining and planning to
continue to maintain separate systems for colored and
white children with dual attendance areas. The court, of
course, was trying to enjoin all this type action. There
fore it did enjoin all the policies of the board including its
future construction policies which were “designed to per
petuate, maintain or support a school system operated
on a racially segregated basis.”
In June of 1965 this Court in Yarbrough v. Hulbert-West
Memphis School Dist. No. 4, 243 F. Supp. 65, 71, said:
“ . . . the basic responsibility and authority for oper
ating the schools in a constitutional manner rest upon
school boards and school authorities rather than the
courts. The question is not what the court would do
if it were operating the schools, but whether the
defendants are proceeding in a permissible manner
from a constitutional standpoint.”
This still seems to be the better or most well reasoned role
for the court. It should be an ameliorative or corrective
O p in io n o f U n ite d S t a t e s D i s t r i c t C o u r t
13a
body rather than an initiating or policy-making one. Once
the school board has made a decision to take a certain
action in the administration of the schools, then it be
comes the Court’s duty to determine whether or not this
action is constitutional.
However, this Court is not prepared to state that there
might not be circumstances under which the Court would
be justified in taking action such as that the plaintiff is
asking for in this case. Assuming without deciding that
this is an area of school policy-making which the court
could enter to protect the civil rights of the school dis
trict’s citizens, this Court does not feel that the circum
stances of this case merit such action.
Here the school board has begun a desegregation pro
gram for all twelve grades without having been ordered
to do so by a court. The delay in the program for the
three grades involved in this case is temporary and future
plans call for complete integration. The fact that the
Negro children who are attending the previously all-white
schools are participating in the school’s curricular and
extra-curricular activities seems to indicate that this plan
is more than a pretense or sham to meet the minimum re
quirements of the law.
The availability of campus area in one place and not
the other, the lack of funds to procure more land, and the
necessity of locating the new high school near the exist
ing gymnasium designed to accommodate the high school
students are all valid reasons for the administration’s deci
sion as to the location of the new high school. There is
no reason to assume that only Negro students will attend
the new high school. In fact, it is a virtual certainty with
the progress of integration, building space limitations
alone will insure that the new school will be integrated.
O p in io n o f U n ite d S t a t e s D i s t r i c t C o u r t
14a
Certainly these reasons, coupled with the school board’s
recent initiative toward integrating the schools, do not
indicate that the board’s plans are solely motivated by a
desire to perpetuate or maintain or support segregation
in the school system. Therefore, the Court will not usurp
the normal managerial prerogative of the school board to
the extent of determining where the new building will be
located.
O p in io n o f U n ite d S t a t e s D i s t r i c t C o u r t
CONCLUSION
Practically all of the questions or problems in this case
stem from one major source—the school district has a
serious lack of funds. The main problem, of course, is
the inferiority of the Field High School. However, if the
Court ordered the school board to build a new facility to
morrow the board would be powerless to act. It simply
does not have the money to do so. It is obviously not the
purpose of an injunction to order someone to do something
he is already doing or something which is impossible for
him to perform. Therefore, this Court can see no reason
for the requested injunction to be issued. The petition
will be denied and the case dismissed.
Dated: April 26, 1966.
C oed ox E. Y oung
United States District Judge
15a
Order of Dismissal
(Filed April 26, 1966)
In accordance with memorandum opinion filed this date,
the complaint is dismissed.
Dated: April 26, 1966.
/ s / Gordon E. Y oung
United States District Judge
16a
Opinion of United States Court of Appeals
For the Eighth Circuit
[Filed August 9, 1967.]
Before V ogel, Chief Judge, V an O ostekhout and Gibson,
Circuit Judges.
V an Oostebhout, Circuit Judge.
This timely appeal is taken from final judgment dis
missing a class action brought by plaintiffs as parents and
next friends of sixteen minor Negro students attending
grades five, ten and eleven of the defendants’ district
Negro school against the Board of Education of the Gould
School District pursuant to 28 U.S.C.A. § 1343(3) and
42 U.S.C.A. § 1983, seeking injunctive relief. The prayer
of the original complaint is to enjoin the defendant Board
from:
“ (1) requiring minor plaintiffs and all other simi
larly situated to attend the all-Negro Field School
for the 1965-66 School Term;
(2) providing public school facilities for Negro
pupils in Gould, Arkansas which are inferior to those
provided for white pupils;
(3) expending any funds for operation or improve
ment of the predominantly white Gould Public Schools
until and unless the Field School is made substantially
equal in facilities, equipment, curriculum, advantages,
opportunities, etc. to the predominantly white Gould
schools; and
17a
(4) otherwise operating a racially segregated school
system.”
At the close of all of the evidence, plaintiffs amended
their complaint by striking item (3) above set out and
substituting in lieu thereof:
“the prayer to have any future high school facilities
in the Gould School System constructed on or near
the premises of the present Gould high school, which
is now attended predominantly by white pupils, . . . ”
Upon appeal, plaintiffs again altered their position and
urged that the Board be restrained from using the new
building construction as a replacement for the Field High
School and that instead, the building be converted into a
unit of a completely integrated grade school. The issue
last stated is raised for the first time upon appeal and
was not presented to the trial court and no opportunity
was afforded the parties to offer evidence on the feasibility
of such a plan, nor was the trial court given any oppor
tunity to pass thereon. It is fundamental that issues not
presented to or considered by the trial court cannot be
considered upon appeal.
The trial court, in our view, states the issues properly
raised by this appeal as follows:
“The question before the Court is actually two
pronged. First, is this Court authorized to tell the
school board where to build or not to build a new
school building, and second, should the Court do so
under the circumstances in this case?”
O p in io n o f U n it e d S t a t e s C o u r t o f A p p e a l s
F o r th e E ig h th C ir c u it
18a
The trial court on the first issue recognized that under
appropriate circumstances a constitutionally discrimina
tory construction program could be enjoined, stating:
“However, this Court is not prepared to state that
there might not be circumstances under which the
Court would be justified in taking action such as that
the plaintiff is asking for in this case. Assuming with
out deciding that this is an area of school policy
making which the Court could enter to protect the
civil rights of the school district’s citizens, this Court
does not feel that the circumstances of this case merit
such action.”
Our recent decision in Kelley v. Altheimer, 8 Cir., . . .
F.2d . . . (April 12, 1967), recognizes that a court may
enjoin a construction program which is designed to per
petuate segregation. The supporting facts in Altheimer
are far stronger than those in our present case. We recog
nized in Altheimer that injunctive relief against construc
tion could not be effective after a building is constructed.
Such appears to be the situation here.1
The trial court as a basis for its refusal to exercise its
equitable powers to grant the injunction requested states:
“Here the school board has begun a desegregation
program for all twelve grades without having been
ordered to do so by a court. The delay in the pro
gram for the three grades involved in this case is
O p in io n o f U n ite d S t a t e s C o u r t o f A p p e a l s
F o r th e E ig h th C ir c u it
1 Attached to plaintiffs’ brief is an affidavit of their attorney dated
April 28, 1967 which states that the building in controversy is under con
struction and from which it would appear that considerable progress
had been made upon such construction.
19a
temporary and future plans call for complete integra
tion. The fact that the Negro children who are attend
ing the previously all-white schools are participating
in the school’s curricular and extra-curricular activi
ties seems to indicate that this plan is more than a
pretense or sham to meet the minimum requirements
of the law.
“ The availability of campus area in one place and
not the other, the lack of funds to procure more land,
and the necessity of locating the new high school near
the existing gymnasium designed to accommodate the
high school students are all valid reasons for the ad
ministration’s decision as to the location of the new
high school. There is no reason to assume that only
Negro students will attend the new high school. In
fact, it is a virtual certainty with the progress of
integration, building space limitations alone will insure
that the new school will be integrated. Certainly
these reasons, coupled with the school board’s recent
initiative toward integrating the schools, do not indi
cate that the board’s plans are solely motivated by a
desire to perpetuate or maintain or support segrega
tion in the school system. Therefore, the Court will
not usurp the normal managerial prerogative of the
school board to the extent of determining where the
new building will be located.”
We note that the Field High School which was being
replaced is the oldest building in the school system. The
bulk of the evidence in this case is directed at its many
deficiencies and dilapidated condition. The Negro seg
ment of the community had for years been insisting that
O p in io n o f U n ite d S t a t e s C o u r t o f A p p e a l s
F o r th e E ig h th C ir cu it
20a
a replacement of such, building be made and continued to
assert such position throughout the trial and at least until
the amendment made at the close of all of the evidence
hereinabove set out. Eeference is made in plaintiffs’ testi
mony to an alleged prior action which purported to require
the Board to give priority to the upgrading of the Field
High School and the Board’s commitment so to do. The
evidence discloses that the district is weak financially and
that prior construction was largely prevented by statutory
limitations upon bonded indebtedness. It would appear
that such obstacle would be cleared up by the completion
of payments on prior bonded indebtedness by 1967. There
is absolutely nothing in the record to indicate the nature
of the plans for the new high school building under con
struction on the Field elementary school grounds. The
evidence does disclose that a gymnasium and certain other
facilities on such ground already in existence had been
used and would continue to be used by students in the
Field High School. Moreover, there is no showing that
the Field facilities with the new construction added could
not be converted at a reasonable cost into a completely in
tegrated grade school or into a completely integrated high
school when the appropriate time for such course arrives.
We note that the building now occupied by the predomi
nantly white Gould grade school had originally been built
to house the Gould High School.
As pointed out by the trial court, the defendant Board
had voluntarily adopted a desegregation plan for the
schools which it operates, the plan to be in effect in Sep
tember 1965. Such plan went considerably beyond the
minimum requirements of the Department of Health, Edu-
O p in io n o f U n ite d S t a t e s C o u r t o f A p p e a l s
F o r th e E ig h t h C ir cu it
21a
cation and Welfare (H.E.W.), providing for immediate
unrestricted freedom of choice of school attendance on the
part of all students, and provision was also made for
faculty desegregation. The desegregation plan is similar
to a plan we indicated would he approved in Kemp v. Beasley, 8 Cir., 352 F.2d 14.
Subsequently, when the students exercised the freedom
of choice provided for by the plan, it developed that grades
five, ten and eleven would he seriously overcrowded which
led to an amendment making the freedom of choice in
operative for the 1965-66 school year with respect to
grades five, ten and eleven but fully effective thereafter.
The plan as amended was approved by H.E.W. As stated
in Kemp v. Beasley, supra, final responsibility for deter
mining the constitutionality of desegregation plans rests
with the court but H.E.W. guidelines are entitled to con
siderable weight.
In Clark v. Board of Education of Little Rock Sch. Dist.,
8 Cir., 374 F.2d 569, we approved a freedom of choice plan
similar to that adopted by the Board here. We stated:
“ [W]hen a student is given a well publicized annual
right to enter the school of his choice, coupled with
periodic mandatory choices as set forth in the Board’s
amended plan, vre can find on the face of it no uncon
stitutional state action. . . .
Therefore, if in fact all the students wishing to trans
fer were fully accommodated, the Constitution would
unquestionably be satisfied, and apparently under
these circumstances petitioners would have little objec
tion to the plan’s operation. . . . ” 374 F.2d 569,
571-72.
O p in io n o f U n i t e d S t a t e s C o u r t o f A p p e a l s
F o r th e E ig h th C ir c u it
22a
We recognized in Clark that a plan appropriate on its
face could be unconstitutionally administered and observed
that in case of such a development, the District Court
upon appropriate application could do what is necessary
to bring the plan up to constitutional standards.
Prior to 1965, the defendant District had operated an
all-Negro school known as the Field school and an all-
white school known as the Gould school on a segregated
basis. The district is a predominantly agricultural district
with little industry. The population is approximately
3,000 of which 60% are Negro. There are about 880 stu
dents in the system of which 580 are Negro.
Under the freedom of choice plan adopted, all students
expressed their attendance preference. Seventy-one Ne
groes who expressed a preference for the Gould School
were accepted for attendance at that school. All prefer
ences except those for overcrowded grades five, ten and
eleven were fully respected. Twelve of the forty Negro
students applying were accepted in grades five, ten and
eleven. Those who were accommodated at Gould lived
the greatest distance from Field. Under the plan all
preferences are to be honored commencing with the 1966-67
school year.
The evidence shows that the defendant Board has taken
substantial steps to narrow the gap between the salaries
paid to white and Negro teachers and that any discrep
ancy in this respect will be completely eliminated by the
1966-67 school year. The superintendent as a witness also
stated that no teachers would be discharged as a result
of the integration. It also appears that the transportation
of pupils has been integrated.
O p in io n o f U n ite d S t a t e s C o u r t o f A p p e a l s
F o r th e E ig h th C ir c u it
23a
The enrollment at the G-onld school in 1965-66 consisted
of 71 Negro students and 298 white students. Thus sub
stantial progress toward integration has been made in the
first year of the plan’s operation. With the restricted
grades open for freedom of choice and upon the basis of
the favorable acceptance of the Negro students at the
Gould school, it is reasonable to anticipate that integra
tion will rapidly progress as predicted by the trial court.
The complaint charges coercion has been used against
integration. The Chief of Police of Gould was named as
a defendant on this charge. The case was voluntarily
dismissed by the plaintiffs against him. There is no sub
stantial evidence that any coercion was exercised to deter
Negro students from electing to attend the white school.
The record fairly shows that the integration plan has
operated smoothly and that the Negro students have been
encouraged to elect the white school.2
O p in io n o f U n ite d S t a t e s C o u r t o f A p p e a l s
F o r th e E ig h th C ir cu it
2 The testimony of the president of the school board includes the
following:
“We have had wonderful cooperation out of the white people and the
colored people. I’d say that we have got ninety-five percent of the
cooperation out of both sides. And the Board as a whole—if I might
elaborate just a little—has gone out of our way in going to athletics
—not just the Board, but all the people, to go to our athletic pro
gram, or any social functions and to discourage any violence or any
nagging, or anything of that nature, not only with the white patrons,
but the colored patrons, we’ve had wonderful cooperation. We’ve
got a small minority that’s not interested in our schools or our peo
ple or our economy or our welfare that don’t even have kids. We
haven’t had any trouble out of people that’s got kids that’s going to
school—colored or white. We’ve had wonderful cooperation out of
them.
“Q. Do you have any knowledge of any such coercion or undue
influence attempted to be exercised with respect to the students
24a
The trial judge by reason of his presence at all stages
of the trial has the feel of the case. The court’s findings
are based upon substantial evidence and are not clearly
erroneous. Moreover, the trial court has a large discre
tion in determining whether an injunction should be
granted. See 43 C.J.S.2d Injunctions §§ 14, 15, and cases
there cited.
Plaintiffs have failed to demonstrate that the trial court
abused its discretion in denying the injunction here sought.
Plaintiffs alternately upon this appeal ask us to issue
a comprehensive decree governing the desegregation proc
ess similar to that in Kelley v. Altheimer, supra. The rec
ord in this case does not warrant such relief. Unlike the
Altheimer situation, no attack has been made in the plead
ings on the desegregation plan adopted by the Board. Ad
ditionally, we find no substantial evidence to support a
finding that the Board was not proceeding to carry out
the plan in good faith.
Primary responsibility for the operation of the public
schools rests in the school board. Courts are not equipped
to solve the everyday problems of school operation. The
court’s interference with the Board’s operation of its
school is justified only upon a showing that the Board in
O p in io n o f U n ite d S t a t e s C o u r t o f A p p e a l s
F o r th e E ig h th C ir c u it
making their choices, that are allocated under this plan, by any em
ployees or representatives of the Gould School District?
A. None whatever, by no member of the faculty, no member of the
School Board, or no farmers. In fact we have encouraged colored
people to send their kids up to the white school. To the contrary,
they have failed and refused—people that we thought we could talk
with if something come up, that we could adjust the situation. There
hasn’t been any economic pressure put on. Almost every member of
this Board has got colored people living on their farm that have
colored children in the white schools.”
25a
its operation of its school is depriving pupils of rights
guaranteed by the federal constitution.
In Brown v. Board of Education of Topeka, 349 U.S.
294, 299, the Court states:
“School authorities have the primary responsibility
for elucidating, assessing, and solving these problems;
courts will have to consider whether the action of
school authorities constitutes good faith implementa
tion of the governing constitutional principles. Be
cause of their proximity to local conditions and the
possible need for further hearings, the courts which
originally heard these cases can best perform this
judicial appraisal.”
In our present case, no issue on the adequacy of the
plan adopted by the Board or its implementation was
raised in the District Court. Issues not fairly raised in
the District Court cannot ordinarily be considered upon
appeal. Hormel v. Helvering, 312 U.S. 552, 556; Duignan
v. United States, 274 U.S. 195, 200; Smith v. American
Guild of Variety Artists, 8 Cir., 368 F.2d 511, 514.
The judgment is affirmed.3
3 The evidence in this case was taken on November 24, 1965. Due
to disability of the reporter, the preparation of the transcript of testi
mony was delayed and this has delayed the appeal. Since the hearing
in the trial court, the 1966-67 school year has been completed and the
1967-68 year is about to commence. Our decision is based upon the
record before us. If subsequent evidence should prove that the defend
ant Board is not fairly administering its integration plan, resort to the
equitable powers of the District Court is open to any aggrieved party.
O p in io n o f U n ite d S t a t e s C o u r t o f A p p e a l s
F o r th e E ig h th C ir cu it
26a
Judgment
UNITED STATES COURT OF APPEALS
F oe the E igh th Ciecuit
September Term, 1966
No. 18,527
Arthur Lee Raney, by his mother and next friend, Mrs.
Roxie Raney; Bobby Cox and Annette Cox, by their
grandmother and next friend Mrs. Carrie Dilworth;
Charles Washington, by his mother and next friend,
Mrs. Vertis Frazier; Dennis James Bailey, by his
mother and next friend, Mrs. Olens Bailey; Robert
Hall, by his mother and next friend, Nonie Mae George;
Wyvonne Dale, by her mother and next friend, Laverne
Dale; Earnestine Dale, by her father and next friend,
E. W. Dale; Irma Jean Clark, by her grandmother
and next friend, Mrs. Mattie Harper; Linda Wright,
by her grandmother and next friend, Mrs. Blanche
Newman; Jake Taylor, Jr., and Linda Austin, by their
mother and next friend, Mrs. Beatrice Austin; Willie
Lee Jones and Stella Harper, by their parents and
next friends, Mr. and Mrs. Rice Harper; Bobbye Caro
lyn Hadden, by her mother and next friend Mrs. Norma
Jean Hadden; Jesteen Jasper, by her father and next
friend, Jim Jasper,
Appellants,
vs.
Board of Education of the Gould School District.
27a
Judgment
APPEAL FROM T H E U N ITED STATES DISTRICT COURT
FOR T H E EASTERN DISTRICT OF ARKANSAS
This cause came on to be heard on the record from the
United States District Court for the Eastern District of
Arkansas, and was argued by counsel.
On Consideration Whereof, It is now here Ordered and
Adjudged by this Court that the judgment of the said
District Court in this cause be, and the same is hereby,
affirmed.
August 9th, 1967.
Order Denying Petition for Rehearing
(Filed September 18, 1967)
Appellants’ Petition for Rehearing en banc or by the
Panel filed in this cause having been considered, It is now
here Ordered by this Court that the same be, and it is
hereby, denied.
MEIIEN PRESS INC. — N. Y. C ^ g g ^ - 219
No. 695
IN THE
Supreme Court of the United States
October Term, 1967
CHARLES C. GREEN, e t a l ., Petitioners,
v.
County School Board of New K ent
County, V irginia, et al., Respondents.
BRIEF IN OPPOSITION TO PETITION FOR WRIT OF
CERTIORARI TO THE UNITED STATES COURT
OF APPEALS FOR THE FOURTH CIRCUIT
Frederick T. Gray
Williams, Mullen and Christian
1309 State Planters Bank Bldg.
Richmond, Virginia 23219 Counsel for Respondents
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
... 1Q u e stio n Pr e se n t e d
St a t e m e n t .......................
Ar g u m e n t
I. The Constitutionality of Freedom of Choice Plans under
the Brown Decision......................................................................
II. The Decisions of the Various Circuits Do Not Require Action
by this Circuit ..............................................................................
C o n c l u s io n ...........................................................—..................................................
TABLE OF CASES
Bell v. School, etc. City of Gary, 324 F.2d 209 Cert. den. 377
U S. 924 ............................................................................................
Bolling v. Sharpe, 347 U.S. 497 ..........................................................7,
Bowman v. School Board of Charles City County (No. 10793),
U.S. Court of Appeals, Fourth Circuit.........................................
Bradley v. School Board of the City of Richmond, 345 F.2d 310,
382 U.S. 103................................................................................5, 6,
Brown v. Board of Education, 347 U.S. 483 ..................... 4, 5, 8, 9,
Brown v. Board of Education, 139 Fed. Supp. 470 ............................
Clark v. Board of Education of Little Rock, 369 F.2d 661 .............
Downs v. Board of Education of Kansas City, 336 F.2d 988, Cert,
den. 380 U.S. 9 1 4 ............................................................................
Green v. County School Board of New Kent County, (No. 10792)
U.S. Court of Appeals, Fourth Circuit .....................................
Jefferson County Board of Education, 372 F.2d 836 .........................
Springfield School Committee v. Barksdale, 348 F.2d 261 ...............
2
4
12
13
12
, 8
2
, 7
10
12
12
12
2
12
12
-i
IN THE
Supreme Court of the United States
October Term, 1967
No. 695
CHARLES C. GREEN, et al.,
v.
Petitioners,
County School Board of New K ent
County, V irginia, et al., Respondents.
BRIEF IN OPPOSITION TO PETITION FOR WRIT OF
CERTIORARI TO THE UNITED STATES COURT
OF APPEALS FOR THE FOURTH CIRCUIT
QUESTION PRESENTED
Does a local school board offend the constitutional right
of any of the petitioners when it administers its schools
under a plan of operation by which each pupil, including
each petitioner, each year attends the school of his choice
and the petitioners admit that their annual right is un
restricted and unencumbered?
2
STATEMENT
On July 15, 1966 the United States District Court for
the Eastern District of Virginia approved plans for the
operation of the public schools in New Kent County, Vir
ginia and Charles City County, Virginia. The Court of
Appeals for the Fourth Circuit in Bowman v. School Board
of Charles City County, Virginia, No. 10793 and Green v.
School Board of New Kent County, Virginia, No. 10792,
reviewed the “ freedom of choice” provisions of the two
plans as they relate to pupil assignment and said
“ Since the plaintiffs here concede that their annual
choice is unrestricted and unencumbered, we find in its
existence no denial of any constitutional right not to be
subjected to racial discrimination.”
As to the faculty provisions of the plan the Court said
“ Appropriately, the School Board’s plan included
provisions for desegregation of the faculties. Supple
mented at the direction of the District Court, those
provisions are set forth in the margin.
“ These the District Court found acceptable under
our decision in Wheeler v. Durham City Board of Edu
cation, 363 F. 2d 738, but retained jurisdiction to en
tertain applications for further relief. It acted upon a
record which showed that white teachers had been
assigned to the ‘ Indian school’ and one Negro teacher
had been assigned to a formerly all white school.
“ The appellants’ complaint is that the plan is in
sufficiently specific in the absence of an immediate
requirement of substantial interracial assignment of all
teachers.
“ On this record, we are unable to say what impact
such an order might have upon the school system or
what administrative difficulties might be encountered
3
in complying with it. Elimination of discrimination in
the employment and assignment of teachers and ad
ministrative employees can be no longer deferred, but
involuntary reassignment of teachers to achieve racial
blending of faculties in each school is not a present
requirement on the kind of record before us. Clearly,
the District Court’s retention of jurisdiction was for the
purpose of swift judicial appraisal of the practical con
sequences of the School Board’s plan and of the ob
jective criteria by which its performance of its de
clared purposes could be measured.
“ An appeal having been taken, we lack the more
current information which the District Court, upon
application to it, could have commanded. Without
such information, an order of remand, the inevitable
result of this appeal, must be less explicit than the Dis
trict Court’s order, with the benefit of such informa
tion, might have been.
“ While the District Court’s approval of the plan
with its retention of jurisdiction may have been quite
acceptable when entered, we think any subsequent
order, in light of the appellants’ complaints should in
corporate some minimal, objective time table.
“ Quite recently, a panel of the Fifth Circuit Court
of Appeals has required some progress in faculty in
tegration for the school year 1967-68. By that decree,
school boards are required to take affirmative steps to
accomplish substantial desegregation of faculties in as
many of the schools as possible for the 1967-68 school
year and, wherever possible, to assign more than one
member of the minority race to each desegregated
faculty. As much should be required here. Indeed,
since there was an earlier start in this case, the Dis
trict Court, with the benefit of current information,
should find it appropriate to fashion an order which is
much more specific and more comprehensive. What is
done on remand, however, must be done upon a sup
plemented record after an appraisal of the practical,
4
administrative and other problems, if any, remaining
to be solved and overcome.
Remanded
We respectfully submit that the Fourth Circuit’s action
was proper and, as the Court specifically noted, the remand
of the case coupled with the District Court’s retention of
jurisdiction would have permitted the District Court to
move expeditiously to determine what steps should be taken
with respect to faculty and whether the freedom of choice
plans were being administered in a proper manner. The re
mand would have permitted the record to be properly
assembled and brought up to date rather than have the
petitioners seek to bring to this Court statements and rec
ords not a part of the record below.
Thus, we submit, the only relevant facts before this court
are the plans adopted by the school board which plans are
set forth in the Appendix to the Petition pages 4a through
11a.
ARGUMENT
I
The Constitutionality of Freedom of Choice Plans Under
the Brown Decisions
The petitioners apparently are having some difficulty
finding their footing as they seek to establish the principle
that a state or locality offends the constitutional right of
someone if it provides that, “under a so-called freedom of
choice plan of desegregation, students are given a privilege
rarely enjoyed in the past— the opportunity to attend the
school of their choice.” (Petition, p. 13). Would it not be
strange if the Constitution of the United States denies this
5
privilege? Prior to Brown it was denied in many areas. It
was to establish just such right that Brown was brought and
it was to fix just such right that Brown was decided.
Petitioners recognize difficulty in complaining of such
privilege and thus seek on page 12 of the Petition to limit
their attack so as not to urge the per se unconstitutionality
of such plans but the operational unconstitutionality. It is
at this juncture, we submit, that they concede the validity
of the action of the District Court in approving the plan
with the retention of jurisdiction in order that the opera
tion of the plan could be observed and they also concede the
wisdom of the Court of Appeals in remanding the case for
the District Court to review and update the record and
fashion proper remedial decrees.
The difficulty encountered by the petitioners is that while
in Charles City and New Kent Counties a geographical plan
of school zoning might result in a student body composition
satisfactory to the advocates of compulsory integration a
similar plan might not accomplish their goal in a different
geographical context— thus in Hopewell, Virginia and Gary,
Indiana they were not content with geographical plans.
It becomes apparent then that the sole point presented by
the petition is whether or not the Brown decisions require
compulsory integration in schools, although as a preliminary
question one might inquire who it is that is aggrieved by
the freedom of choice plan since each petitioner is free to
choose— what petitioner is denied what constitutional right?
Unless the “ freedom of choice” principle approved in
Bradley v. School Board of the City of Richmond, 345 F. 2d
310, vacated and remanded on other grounds 382 U.S. 103
(1965) is now to be declared invalid the admission of the
petitioners that there exists an “unrestricted choice” would
6
“A system of free transfers is an acceptable device
for achieving legal desegregation of schools.”
The Court of Appeals for the Fourth Circuit speaking
further in Bradley said:
“ It has been held again and again, however, that
the Fourteenth Amendment prohibition is not against
segregation as such. The proscription is against dis
crimination. . . . There is nothing in the Constitution
which prevents his voluntary association with others of
his race or which would strike down any state law
which permits such association. The present suggestion
that a Negro’s right to be free from discrimination
requires that the state deprive him of his volition is
incongruous. . . .There is no hint (in Brown) of a sug
gestion of a constitutional requirement that a state
must forbid voluntary associations or limit an indi
vidual’s freedom of choice except to the extent that
such individual’s freedom of choice may be affected by
the equal rights of others. A state or a school district
offends no constitutional requirement when it grants to
all students uniformly an unrestricted freedom of choice
as to schools attended, so that each pupil, in effect,
assigns himself to the school he wishes to attend.”
“ Imposed discrimination is eliminated as readily by
a plan under which each pupil initially assigns him
self as he pleases as by a plan under which he is in
voluntarily assigned on a geographic basis. . . .The
other means (in addition to geographic zoning) of
abolishing the dual zone system was to do away with
zones completely. From the point of view of the ulti
mate objective of eliminating the illegal dual zoning,
dezoning seems the obvious equivalent of rezoning and,
seem to bring the case squarely within the language of
B ra d le y
7
administratively, far easier of accomplishment when
the School Board intends ultimate operation to be
founded upon the free choice of the pupils.”
Under the freedom of choice plan involved here a 15 day
choice period is provided, all activities of the schools are
covered, transportation is without regard to race and no
person may be subjected to penalty or favor because of the
choice made.
No real attack was made upon the operation of the plan
in the courts below. The only attack made was upon the
principle of free choice. The movement which began to free
the Negro from the inability to exercise a choice because of
race would now— for purely racial motives— deny him the
choice. The Petitioners say in effect there can be no free
choice— there must be intermixture. The desire of parents
must fall before the desire of those who would require
“ immediate total desegregation.”
In spite of the fact that every Petitioner in this law suit
admits the existence of an “ unrestricted choice” they would
have the Court force others to do what they are free to do
already.
It is difficult to envision this as a bona fide action if the
parents are merely asking the Court to do for others that
which they can do by a mere application to the School
Board. This argument flys in the teeth of the very type relief
which was originally asked in the school cases. For example,
it was argued before this Court in the District of Columbia
case on April 11, 1955:
“ Now, it would seem to me that this also could be
of assistance to the Court in dealing with the question
if, in a situation where the Court has as wide a super
visory power as in this, the Court directed the courts
8
below here to enter a decree which is in effect, Mr.
Justice Frankfurter, this judgment reversed and cause
remanded to the District Court for proceedings not
inconsistent with this Court’s opinion, and entry of a
decree containing the following provisions:
“ (1) All provisions of District of Columbia Code or
other legislative enactments, rules or regulations, re
quiring, directing or permitting defendants to admin
ister public schools in the District of Columbia on the
basis of race or color, or denying the admission or
petitioners or other Negroes similarly situated to the
schools of their choice within the limits set by normal
geographic school districting on the basis of race or
color are unconstitutional and of no force or effect;
“ (2) Defendants, their agents, employees, servants
and all other persons acting under their direction and
supervision, are forthwith ordered to cease imposing
distinctions based on race or color in the administration
of the public schools of the District of Columbia; and
are directed that each child eligible for public school
attendance in the District of Columbia be admitted to
the school of his choice not later than September, 1955
within the limits set by normal geographic school dis
tricting ;
“ (3) The District Court is to retain jurisdiction to
make whatever further orders it deems appropriate to
carry out the foregoing;” *
We shall point out later herein that the Court embodied
that free choice principle in its whole reasoning.
In Brown v. Board of Education, 347 U.S. 483 after
holding that there is doubt that the Fourteenth Amendment
was intended to apply to public education at all but that
* See Page 75, Vol. I Transcript in Supreme Court of the United
States, April 11, 1955, Bolling v. Sharpe, 347 U.S. 497.
9
“ In Sweatt v. Painter (U.S.) supra, in finding that
a segregated law school for Negroes could not provide
them equal educational opportunities, this Court relied
in large part on ‘those qualities which are incapable
of objective measurement but which make for great
ness in a law school.’ In McLaurin v. Oklahoma
State Regents, 339 U.S. 637, 94 L. ed. 1149, 70 S. Ct.
851, supra, the Court, in requiring that a Negro ad
mitted to a white graduate school be treated like all
other students, again resorted to intangible considera
tions : ‘ . . . his ability to study, to engage in discussions
and exchange views with other students, and, in gen
eral, to learn his profession.’ Such considerations apply
with added force to children in grade and high schools.
To separate them from others of similar age and
qualifications solely because of their race generates a
feeling of inferiority as to their status in the community
that may affect their hearts and minds in a way un
likely ever to be undone. The effect of this separation
on their educational opportunities was well stated by
a finding in the Kansas case by a court which neverthe
less felt compelled to rule against the Negro plaintiffs:
“ ‘Segregation of white and colored children in pub
lic schools has a detrimental effect upon the colored
children. The impact is greater when it has the sanction
of the law; for the policy of separating the races is
usually interpreted as denoting the inferiority of the
Negro group. A sense of inferiority affects the motiva
tion of a child to learn. Segregation with the sanction
of law, therefore, has a tendency to [retard] the educa
tional and mental development of Negro children and
to deprive them of some of the benefits they would
receive in a racial[ly] integrated school system.’
“ Whatever may have been the extent of psycho
logical knowledge at the time of Plessy v. Ferguson, this
under today’s conditions it must be applied, the Court
reached the heart of its reasoning:
10
finding is amply supported by modern authority. Any
language in Plessy v. Ferguson contrary to this finding
is rejected.”
So it was legally enforced segregation which the Court
struck down— not freedom of choice. Indeed the Court
answers our question vividly in the fourth of five questions
which it had propounded for counsel to reargue. It asked
for still further argument on question 4 which was:
“ 4 Assuming it is decided that segregation in public
schools violates the Fourteenth Amendment
“ (a) would a decree necessarily follow providing
that, within the limits set by normal geographic school
districting, Negro children should forthwith be ad
mitted to schools of their choice, or
“ (b) may this Court, in the exercise of its equity
powers, permit an effective gradual adjustment to be
brought about from existing segregated systems to a
system not based on color distinctions?” (Emphasis
added)
Clearly all that concerned the Court was shall free choice
be granted now or can there be a gradual adjustment— ?
Gradual adjustment to what? A school with racial balance?
No!— “ to a system not based on color distinctions.” Indeed
the Court invited freedom of choice by the very nature of
the relief it was considering.
When one considers that the Court had difficulty deter
mining that the 14th Amendment forbade compulsory segre
gation— it is hard to understand how the Petitioners so
easily find that it forbids free choice!
In attempting to understand the law as It has developed
in public school field, it is important to define the term
“ segregation” and the term “ desegregation.” Petitioners use
11
the term “ segregation” as though it means any situation in
which all pupils in a particular school are of one race. They
apparently contend that even so defined segregation is un
constitutional. If that be true it is unconstitutional for
Colonial Heights, Virginia, to engage in public education at
all for its entire population is white. Obviously then, a wholly
white or a wholly colored school does not necessarily violate
the Constitution. The missing ingredient is someone who is
denied admission— someone who is discriminated against.
Thus we come to the meaning of the term just as Webster
defines it.
In Webster’s New Collegiate Dictionary the terms segre
gate and segregation are defined as follows:
segregate— Set apart; separate; select. To separate
or cut off from others or from the general mass; to
isolate; seclude.
segregation— Act of segregating or state of being
segregated; separation from a general mass or main
body; specif., isolation or seclusion of a particular group
of persons.
We submit that when the State stops acting, segregation
no longer exists: for segregation is the result of action—
a setting apart, separation or selection.
Desegregate is defined in that same work as follows:
desegregate— To free (itself) of any law, provision, or
practice requiring isolation of the members of a par
ticular race in separate units, esp. in military service
or in education.
Under that definition our schools are desegregated!
On remand to the District Court the original Brown case
resulted in the following statement by that Court:
“ Desegregation does not mean that there must be an
intermingling of the races in all school districts. It
means only that they may not be prevented from inter
mingling or going to school together because of race '
or color.” 139 Fed. Supp. 470)
X ~ " ; ' '■ ’ 1 ■" 'X X X . . . X U
Surely freedom of choice is constitutionally acceptable.
II-•* - ........................... - ' • ■ - •
‘ \ ' •
The Decisions of the Various Circuits Do Not Require
Action by This Court
Having reviewed the decision of the Court of Appeals for
the Fourth Circuit we would point out that the decisions of
other Circuits are not inconsistent.
In Clark v. Board of Education of Little Rock, 369 F. 2d
661 rehearing denied 374 F. 2d 569 (1967) the Court of
Appeals for the Eight Circuit reached the same conclusion.
The Tenth Circuit in Downs v. Board of Education of
Kansas City, 336 F. 2d 988 (1964) cert. den. 380 U.S. 914
held that “ although the Fourteenth Amendment prohibits
segregation, it does not command integration of the races
* * So, too, with the First Circuit in Springfield School
Committee v. Barksdale, 348 F. 2d 261 (1965) and the
Seventh Circuit in Bell v. School, etc., City of Gary, 324
F. 2d 209, (1963) cert. den. 377 U.S. 924 (1964).
The decision of the Fifth Circuit in Jefferson County
Board of Education, 372 F. 2d 836 (1966) is not in con
flict. There the decision was based upon local resistence and
the Court admitted that it had not had to deal with “non-
racially motivated de facto segregation.” Clearly that de
cision would not declare unconstitutional a fairly adminis
tered freedom of choice plan.
13
CONCLUSION
We respectfully submit that the record racial unrest
which has swept this country dictates that the proper course
of action in these cases is to permit or require the States and
localities to shape and operate non-discriminatory plans
under the guidance of the District Court. It certainly does
not indicate that a concept should be outlawed which is
gaining orderly acceptance, is totally non-discriminatory, is
resulting in markedly increased integration and is giving
“ a privilege rarely enjoyed in the past— the opportunity to
attend the school of their choice.” (Petition, p. 13.)
Respectfully submitted,
Frederick T. Gray
Williams, Mullen and Christian
1309 State Planters Bank Bldg.
Richmond, Virginia 23219
Counsel for Respondents
%
/